DeKalb County Board of Education Operations Division Sam A. Moss Service Center 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, GA 30084-6705
Request for Proposals (RFP) No. 14-752-003 for ARCHITECTURAL & ENGINEERING SERVICES (PREQUALIFIED FIRMS only)
Project: DCSD Project No.: Owner:
Miller Grove Middle School HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement 122-422 DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”)
Solicitation Timeline Summary EVENT
DATE(S)
TIME
LOCATION
Solicitation Opens
December 5, 2013
Mandatory PreProposal Conference
December 11, 2013
10:00 AM
Mandatory Site Visits
December 11, 2013
1:00 PM
Questions Due
December 16, 2013
2:00 PM
[email protected]
Final Addendum
December 19, 2013
2:00 PM
http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/solicitations
Proposal Due Date & Time
January 8, 2014
11:00 AM
Sam A. Moss Center 1780 Montreal Rd. Tucker, GA 30084
Selection Committee Evaluation Anticipated Board Review and Approval Anticipated Notice of Award
http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/solicitations Sam A. Moss Center 1780 Montreal Rd. Tucker, GA 30084 Miller Grove Middle School 2215 Miller Road Decatur, GA 30035
January 7-8, 2014 February 3, 2014 February 4-5, 2014
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 1 of 20
Table of Contents I.
BACKGROUND ................................................................................................................................ 4
II.
PURPOSE ........................................................................................................................................ 4
III.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................... 5 A.
Offeror Performance ........................................................................................................... 5
B.
Non-Discrimination ............................................................................................................. 5
C.
Drug-Free Workplace ......................................................................................................... 5
D.
Smoke-Free Workplace ...................................................................................................... 5
E.
Costs Incurred .................................................................................................................... 5
F.
Insurance ............................................................................................................................ 5
G.
Indemnification.................................................................................................................... 7
H.
Interviews............................................................................................................................ 7
I.
Contract Terms ................................................................................................................... 7
J.
Permits and Applicable Law ............................................................................................... 7
K.
Non-Collusion ..................................................................................................................... 7
L.
Conflict of Interest ............................................................................................................... 8
M.
Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure ..................................................................................... 8
N.
Business License ................................................................................................................ 8
O.
Rights Reserved ................................................................................................................. 8
P.
Taxes .................................................................................................................................. 8
Q.
Conditional Proposals ......................................................................................................... 8
R.
Offeror Failure..................................................................................................................... 9
S.
Georgia Open Records Act................................................................................................. 9
T.
No Assignment of Award .................................................................................................... 9
U.
The Laws of the State of Georgia ....................................................................................... 9
V.
Proposal Duration ............................................................................................................... 9
W.
Expenses of Preparing Responses to this RFP .................................................................. 9
IV.
SITE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ 9
V.
SCOPE OF A/E SERVICES ............................................................................................................. 9
VI.
PROPOSAL Submission REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................... 14
VII.
EVALUATION AND AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................... 18
VIII.
DESIGN FEE .................................................................................................................................. 19
IX.
CONTACT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE .................................................................................... 20
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 2 of 20
Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix I:
Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements (SCL >$2M) (11 pages) DCSD Middle School Educational Specifications issued February 15, 2013 (82 pages) DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (67 pages) Aerial Image (1 page) Floor Plan (1 page) Owner’s Master Schedule (2 pages) Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (28 pages) 2013-2014 School Calendar and Testing Schedule (3 pages)
Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F
No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (6 pages) Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 3 of 20
I.
BACKGROUND As the third largest school district in Georgia, the DeKalb County School District (DCSD) has more than 15,000 full-time employees and serves over 98,000 students throughout DeKalb County. DCSD has approximately 154 facilities, including 78 elementary, 19 middle and 21 high schools; seven centers; five stadiums; and five administration buildings. Most facilities were constructed in the 1950’s and 1960’s. Almost all facilities have had some form of renovations, repairs, or additions over the years. Since 1997, DCSD has utilized SPLOST (Special Purpose Local Option Sales Tax) funds as the primary funding source for its Capital Improvement Programs (CIP). On November 8, 2011, DeKalb County voters approved DCSD’s fourth SPLOST program through the utilization of the approved SPLOST IV funds, in conjunction with the State of Georgia’s Capital Outlay Program. It is anticipated that approximately $496 million will be available to fund the District’s 2012-2017 CIP. Previous SPLOST programs have been managed through a DCSD Staff augmented team. SPLOST IV will be managed with a Program Management format and not staff augmentation. URS Corporation has been contracted to provide the Program Management Services. A copy of the CIP Summary and more detailed information regarding the CIP can be obtained on the District’s website at www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/splost-iv.
II.
PURPOSE The purpose of this RFP is to solicit proposals from DCSD’s pre-qualified Architectural/Engineering firms to provide professional design services for K-12 educational facilities. This solicitation is specifically for one middle school, and final documents will become the property of DCSD. The scope of work for the RFP includes the full professional architectural and engineering services for Project 122-422, Miller Grove Middle School HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement. The selected Professional shall provide all required design, engineering and documentation to fully and completely describe the materials and work required to successfully complete the scope of work above. We have attached the 2011 Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report for Miller Grove Middle School as a guide in determining the priority of needs for the improvements. The Architect/Engineering Firm shall survey the entire existing facility and site to determine the facility needs (i.e. MEP systems, ADA provisions, etc.) to be in compliance with the DCSD and the Department of Education(DOE) facility requirements. The anticipated construction delivery method for this project is Design/Propose/Build. The selected A/E shall provide professional services for the project as described in Section IV of this RFP.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 4 of 20
III.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Offeror Performance The successful Offeror is required to perform and fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of this RFP document and any negotiated contract(s). Failure of the Offeror to fully perform these obligations may result in cancellation of the award and contract. DCSD will look to the Offeror and his/her identified personnel to coordinate and deliver the services described in this RFP. The services shall not be delegated to subcontractors or assigned to any third party. B. Non-Discrimination DCSD does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or disability in any of its employment practices, education programs, services or activities. DCSD supports an open, fair, and impartial free-market system which maximizes competition and seeks to include all responsible businesses and to provide ample opportunities for business growth and development. Minority businesses are encouraged and given the opportunity to bid on various projects; however, all responses will be evaluated on the same criteria. It is not the intention or desire of DCSD to restrict or impede competition, nor to increase the cost of the work. C. Drug-Free Workplace By submission of a response to this RFP, the Offeror certifies that he/she and his/her employees shall not engage in the unlawful manufacture, sale, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of controlled substance or drugs during the performance of the contract. D. Smoke-Free Workplace By submission of a response to this RFP, the Offeror certifies that he/she and his/her employees shall not use tobacco products on DCSD property at any time during the performance of this contract. E. Costs Incurred DCSD is not liable for any costs incurred by an Offeror in preparing and/or submitting a response to this RFP or for any interview if requested. Any and all costs incurred by the Offeror in preparing and/or submitting a response to this RFP and interviewing with DCSD (if requested) shall be the sole responsibility of the Offeror and shall not be reimbursed by DCSD. There is no guarantee of any Offeror receiving an award as a result of submitting a response to this RFP. F. Insurance Certificate of Insurance and/or ACORD form is required with solicitation submittal. Provision of Certificate of Insurance is a mandatory requirement. Proposals submitted with certificates of insurance will be considered conditionally responsive to the insurance and indemnification requirement. Final award of this RFP will be contingent upon receipt within three (3) business days of request for insurance documentation complete with the following requirements. In the event the awarded Offeror cannot produce insurance coverage acceptable to the DCSD within the time provided, DCSD reserves the right to award this solicitation to the next highest ranked firm.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 5 of 20
1) The Architect shall maintain the following errors and omissions insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project: a. Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the Owner the certificate from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia showing issuance of errors and omissions insurance (professional liability insurance) with minimum limits per claim of 20% of the Stated Cost Limitation but not less than the minimum limits of $2,000,000 per claim coverage, $2,000,000 aggregate. Such errors and omissions insurance shall be with a deductible amount of no more than $50,000 per claim unless a different deductible amount is (i) agreed upon in writing by the Owner and (ii), if necessary for the benefit of the Owner, approved by the Georgia Department of Education. b. The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing sixty (60) days notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. 2) The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner. a. Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits. b. Comprehensive Commercial General Liability including Owner’s & Contractor’s Protective with the following limits; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
General Aggregate: $1,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000; Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000; Each Occurrence: $1,000,000; Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and, Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.
c. Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. The Owner shall be included as an additional insured on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 2.b. and 2.c. above, and shall be indicated as such on certificates of insurance required herein.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 6 of 20
These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until sixty (60) days after the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter. G. Indemnification The Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense, including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner. H. Interviews DCSD reserves the right to require Offerors to participate in one or more interviews with DCSD staff. Offerors must be prepared to discuss the salient points of their proposal within two (2) normal working days of being asked to participate in interviews. There are to be no presentations, individually or collectively, without such invitation. I.
Contract Terms Appendix H is DeKalb County School District’s Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013, which specifically outlines the contractual responsibilities. All responders should thoroughly review the documents prior to submitting a proposal. Any proposed revisions to the terms or language of this document must be submitted in writing with the responder’s response to the request for proposals. Since proposed revisions may result in a proposal being rejected if the revisions are unacceptable to the DeKalb County School District, responders should review any proposed revisions with an officer of the Firm having authority to execute the contract. No alterations can be made in the contract after award by the DeKalb County School District.
J. Permits and Applicable Law Offerors shall at their own expense obtain all necessary permits, certifications, and licenses and shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations necessary to the full execution of the requirements stated herein. Offerors shall maintain all such permits, licenses, certifications, and compliances in a current status throughout the course of the contract. Offerors shall submit copies of permits, licenses, and certifications evidencing proof of the aforementioned immediately upon request of DCSD. Offerors shall be in compliance with registration with the Georgia Secretary of State’s office as applicable. K. Non-Collusion Offerors shall fully certify that they, as individuals or as officials of a business entity, have not entered into any agreement, participated in collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free and competitive responses to this RFP. Further, Offerors guarantee that their response is not made in conjunction with or on behalf of another party and that they have not been directly or indirectly induced in any manner or taken any action to result in a restriction of trade or in an unfair advantage.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 7 of 20
L. Conflict of Interest Offerors shall disclose with their proposal the name of any officer, director, or agent who also is a DCSD employee or DeKalb County Board of Education member. Offerors shall also disclose the name of any DCSD employee or board member who owns, directly or indirectly, an interest in five percent or more in the Offeror’s company or any of its branches. Offerors shall certify that their response to this RFP is impartial, at arms-length, and free of any conflict of interest, unfair advantage, or personal benefit to any DCSD official. M. Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Information made available to Offerors by DCSD shall be used only for purposes related to responding to this RFP and shall not be used for any other purpose without the express written permission of DCSD. Offerors to this RFP unequivocally agree to assume responsibility for protecting and safeguarding the confidentiality of DCSD records that are not public information. Such information may include, but is not limited to student and human resource file contents. N. Business License Offerors shall submit with their proposal, a copy of their valid company business license. If the Offeror is a Georgia corporation, Offeror shall submit a valid county or city business license. If the Offeror is not a Georgia corporation, Offeror shall submit a certificate of authority to transact business in the state of Georgia and a copy of their valid business license issued by their home jurisdiction. If Offeror holds a professional certification which is licensed by the state of Georgia, Offeror shall submit a copy of their valid professional license. Any license submitted in response to this requirement shall be maintained by the Offeror for the duration of the contract. Provision of copy of business license is a mandatory requirement. O. Rights Reserved DCSD reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all parts of responsive proposals received and/or to reject all proposals submitted. DCSD reserves the right to award any resulting contract in the manner that is in the best interest of and most advantageous to DCSD. DCSD reserves the right to waive any technicalities or minor irregularities in responses received and to award the contract in the most beneficial manner for DCSD. The decision of DCSD shall be final. DCSD reserves the right to request and negotiate a “best and final” response from Offerors. P. Taxes Purchases made by DCSD are not subject to federal, state, or local sales tax. A Sales Tax Exemption Certificate will be furnished upon request. Q. Conditional Proposals Proposals that are conditional and/or in any way qualify or vary the terms of these instructions, conditions, and specifications shall be considered non-responsive and disqualified.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 8 of 20
R. Offeror Failure In the event services to be furnished by the successful Offeror should for any reason fail to conform to the scope of work contained herein, DCSD reserves the right to reject the services and further reserves the right to terminate the contract. Failure of the successful Offeror to perform contracted services may also result in the removal of that Offeror from doing business with DCSD for a period of not less than one year. S. Georgia Open Records Act Without regard to any designation made by the person or entity making a submission, DeKalb County School District considers all information submitted in response to this invitation or request to be a public record that may be disclosed upon request pursuant to the Georgia Open Records Act, O.C.G.A. 5018-70 et seq., without consulting or contracting the person or entity making the submission, unless a court order is presented with the submission. You may wish to consult an attorney or obtain legal advice prior to making a submission. T. No Assignment of Award The successful Offeror may not assign the award or contract to or subcontract with another party without the express written permission of DCSD. U. The Laws of the State of Georgia This RFP and subsequent agreement are subject to the laws of the State of Georgia. V. Proposal Duration Proposal submitted in response to this RFP must be valid for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) days from proposal submission deadline, as indicated by submission of the Design Fee Form . W. Expenses of Preparing Responses to this RFP The DeKalb County School District accepts no responsibility for any expenses incurred by the responders to this RFP. Such expenses are to be borne exclusively by the responders. The District reserves the right to end the RFP and/or design process as they feel appropriate. IV.
SITE INFORMATION Miller Grove Middle School is located at 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, Georgia 30035. It was originally built in 1985 with an addition made in 1988. The school is approximately 132,700 SF and is located on 27.8 acres.
At a minimum this capital renewal project should meet the DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ Design Program and Guidelines, (Appendix C). The current version can also be accessed on the DCSD website at: http://www.dekalb.k12.ga.us/www/documents/splost-iv/guidelines/design-guidelines.pdf. V.
SCOPE OF A/E SERVICES A. Program Narrative:
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 9 of 20
The selected Professional shall provide all required design, engineering and documentation to fully and completely describe the materials and work required to successfully complete the scope of work described below. 1. Recommended Professional shall first verify existing conditions and equipment. Confirm the intended Scope of Work and Construction Cost Limitation are in agreement and obtain DCSD approval prior to start of design. 2. Conduct thorough inspection of existing conditions, both below and above existing ceilings, in order to ensure a cohesive design. Recommended Professional to ensure that there is sufficient ceiling height to accommodate ductwork above drop ceilings. 3. Recommended Professional shall develop phasing plans and/or swing space plans as needed to successfully complete this Project. Develop DeKalb County approved Evacuation plans through all phases for posting within the school as required by DCSD Life and Fire Safety Specialist. 4. Replace HVAC system w/ new heat pumps and RTU’s. Provide new DDC Energy Management Controls in compliance with DCSD standards. 5. Replace existing ceilings and electrical lighting fixtures throughout entire facility. 6. Provide new emergency generator in accordance with DCSD standards. 7. Replace existing cooling towers, pumps, boilers, and heat exchangers. Provide water treatment for existing piping system. 8. Install new 3000 gal grease trap, RPZ on existing domestic and fire water supply lines. 9. Replace Roof Hatches and ladders with OSHA compliant systems. This is not intended as all inclusive listing of the scope of work. The selected professional shall confirm and obtain DCSD approval of full scope of work prior to start of design. B. Design Services 1. Prior to starting Schematic Design, the Architect will perform a preliminary consultation with the Owner including, but not limited to, reviewing the Owner’s policies, concepts, objectives, design criteria, schedule, budget, and operational needs for this project. The Architect will submit within 10 days of NTP, a written report with their proposed recommendations, solutions to problems, etc. 2. The Architect will prepare and submit schematic design documents per the requirements of Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule provided within this RFP.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 10 of 20
3. The Architect will prepare and submit a construction estimate based on the Schematic Design documents. This estimate will be compared with the stated cost limitation (SCL) for this project. If the estimate is more than 5% over the SCL, then the Architect will prepare new schematic design documents and prepare a recovery schedule. 4. The design scope shall be based upon a construction Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) of $6,000,000 for the HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement, and development of design scope for the replacement of some Kitchen Equipment as an alternate to the Project. 5. The Architect will submit drawings for review by the District and the Program Manager. 6. Once Schematic Design Documents are reviewed and approved and upon written direction to proceed, the Architect will proceed with the Design Development phase per Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. 7. The same process used in the Schematic Design Phase will be performed for the Design Development, 30%, 80%, and 100% CDs. 8. The Architect will submit to DCSD and the Project Manager reports, drawings, specifications, and estimates for review according to the chart below: Reports
Drawings
Specifications
Estimates
Preliminary Consultation
Schematic Design
Construction Documents – 30%
Construction Documents – 80%
Construction Documents – 100%
Design Development
Others as required
This information will be submitted to the GaDOE for review, comment, and approval. 9. The Architect will visit the school site. All areas of the existing facility will be made available to the Architect and it is expected that the Architect will study these areas to fully understand any and all accessible existing conditions. Each Architect shall investigate and document any limitations to be resolved during the design process. 10. Provide complete construction contract documents with professional seals and signatures in accordance with the requirements of the Georgia Department of Education Facilities Services Unit.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 11 of 20
11. Assure that the construction contract documents are in conformance with generally accepted architectural and engineering practices and comply fully with all applicable DCSD and GaDOE criteria, along with all federal, state, and local codes and laws. 12. Provide full and complete specifications including Division 1- General Conditions, reflecting current DCSD and GaDOE requirements. Specify materials and equipment that are readily available, in order to avoid delivery concerns during construction. 13. Provide phasing plans, as appropriate, for construction. Include submission to and approval by DCSD and the Fire Marshal for the phased exiting of the facility. 14. Provide design for on-site swing space (modular) as appropriate for the improvement activities; i.e. phasing. 15. Provide design drawings and specifications for demolition of areas, as appropriate. 16. Provide design drawings and specifications for security system (cameras, alarm, card access, motion detectors, recording devices, etc.), and MIS conduit/raceways, as needed. Equipment and cabling design and installation will be provided by approved DCSD vendors. 17. Coordinate entrance design with and obtain approval from the agencies having jurisdiction as appropriate. Provide renderings when exterior modifications to the building are made. 18. Coordinate and design all utility connections (gas, electrical, plumbing, sewer), with local utility provider and obtain necessary approvals. Deposits will be paid for by the District. The Architect will coordinate this effort. 19. Represent DeKalb County School District by presenting necessary oral and/or graphic presentations to state, county agencies, or any other group having interest in the projects per the direction of DCSD. 20. Complete all forms and documents in formats required by GaDOE and any other state or county agency. 21. Each design phase submittal must include a detailed cost estimate confirming that the cost of the design is below the construction SCL for the project. Design estimates will be reviewed by the program manager. If the estimate shows a cost more than 5% greater than the SCL, the Architect must redesign the project to be below the construction SCL at no additional cost to the owner. The Architect will also be required to develop a recovery schedule to complete the design in the original timeframe. 22. DCSD has adopted and implemented Primavera P6 as the standard scheduling software program for the District. All Contractors will be required to use P6 and the Architect of Record will have to be versed in P6 in order to review and comment on the contractor’s schedule.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 12 of 20
23. The Architect shall also comply with all activities and terms as outlined in the Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013. See Appendix H. 24. Provide the selected GC with three (3) copies of the construction contract documents (specifications and drawings) at the Preconstruction Conference. For each additional copy of the Contract Documents requested by the Contractor, the Contractor will be charged, and shall pay the Architect, actual cost of reproduction. 25. The Architect will develop the list of required shop drawings, product data, samples, etc. and issue it to the selected GC. The selected GC will take the list and incorporate it into their project construction schedule. 26. The Architect is responsible for providing and submitting all permit packages to the proper authorities. The Architect is responsible for pursuing the issuance of the permits until the permit is ready to be issued to the contractor or until the contractor receives a Notice to Proceed (NTP). Once the NTP is received, the Architect will hold a formal meeting to transfer the permit responsibilities to the contractor. The Architect is still responsible for assisting the contractor and for responding to any questions or issues documented by the permitting authorities. 27. The Architect will update DCSD’s state inventory plans at the end of construction. 28. The Architect will perform Construction Administration for this project. C. Primavera Contract Management DCSD has adopted and implemented Oracle’s Primavera Contract Management System (PCM) as the District’s project management software. DCSD will issue one license to the successful Architect and expects the Architect to participate in the management of the project within the PCM guidelines. This management will be performed in conjunction with DCSD and the Program Manager. This includes but is not limited to: 1. General All documentation will be processed through PCM All meeting minutes will be produced and issued through PCM All questions and answers will be processed through PCM All invoicing – architect’s, contractor’s, vendors’, etc. will be processed through PCM 2. Schematic Design and Design Development Phases All drawings will be posted in PCM as one package for each phase (one file for SD and one file for DD) The detailed estimate will be posted in PCM for each phase All reports will be posted individually in PCM 3. Construction Document Submittals (30%, 80%, 100%) All drawings for the 30% and 80% CD submittals will be posted in PCM as one package RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 13 of 20
The detailed estimate will be posted in PCM for both the 30% and 80% submittals All reports will be posted individually in PCM A detailed estimate is not required at 100% drawings Each individual drawing will be posted to PCM (as individual files) at the 100% drawing submittal
4. Construction Administration RFIs will be processed in PCM Submittals will be processed in PCM Shop drawings will be processed in PCM Samples (color boards, brick, etc.) will be processed outside PCM, but will be tracked by a transmittal inside PCM Invoices will be processed in PCM
VI.
PROPOSAL SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. All Offerors must attend the mandatory pre-submittal conference and site visit scheduled by DeKalb County School District as described in this RFP. B. All Proposals shall be signed by an authorized principal of the A/E Firm. By submitting a proposal, the Offeror certifies that all information provided in response to this RFP is true and accurate. Failure to provide information required by this RFP could result in rejection of the proposal. C. Proposals should be prepared simply and economically, providing a straightforward, concise description of the A/E’s capabilities for satisfying the requirements of the RFP. Emphasis should be on completeness and clarity of content. D. The Respondent’s proposal to DeKalb County School District shall include one (1) signed original, five (5) identical duplicate copies, and one (1) electronic copy. Each copy of the proposal shall be bound in a separate binder where practical. E. One original of “Attachment C: Design Fee Form” shall be submitted in one separate sealed envelope. Included with the Design Fee Form will be one copy of the firm’s Financial Statements as described in Section VI Item G 5.a. on page 17. Clearly label this envelope: “Design Fee Form and Financial Statements.” F. A Delivery Label (Appendix F) is provided. Cut this label as indicated and affix it to the outside of your sealed RFP package. Be sure to include the name and address of the firm submitting the RFP where requested. The package must be sealed and opaque. G. The Respondent’s sealed proposal shall be submitted in the following format: 0. Cover Letter
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 14 of 20
1. Firm Overview (5 points): a.
Firm name, address of Firm headquarters and branch office handling this Project as well as related telephone and fax numbers. Respondent’s branch office and sub-consultants offices must be within a 150 mile radius of the Sam Moss Center, located at 1780 Montreal Road, Tucker, GA 30084.
b.
Include the number of years in business under the name stated above. Describe Firm ownership, structure and history. Include type of legal entity (e.g., corporation, limited liability company, etc.), state or commonwealth of formation (i.e., where incorporated) and year of formation or organization. In the case of a joint venture, provide the same information for each partner in the joint venture.
c.
Provide information on depth of resources both locally and nationally. Include the same information for major consultants on your team.
d.
Provide an organization chart of your company.
e.
Provide other pertinent information about your firm.
2. Project Specific Approach (15 points): a.
Describe your Firm’s specific design approach for this project and how you propose to implement the design process based on the attached design schedule.
b.
Describe your approach to involve the community, its stakeholders and school representatives throughout the design process for this project.
c.
Describe your Firm’s approach to working with a General Contracting firm and with phased construction (as appropriate) for this project.
d.
Provide a detailed design schedule incorporating the activities and durations provided in the Owner’s Master Schedule (Appendix G).
3. Project Resources (20 points): a.
For each employee or consultant you intend to assign to the Project, include a paragraph which outlines their role and responsibility, past relevant Georgia K-12 experience with similar middle school projects, and their availability (percentage of time) for this Project. Include the names of the principal and project architect to serve as direct point of contacts for the Architect team. It shall be understood that it is the intent of the Owner to insist that those key personnel indicated as the project team in the proposal response actually execute this Project.
b.
Provide a separate organizational chart of the proposed Project team and resumes of your key employees and consultants you intend to assign to this Project.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 15 of 20
4. Firm’s Relevant Project Experience (30 points): a.
Provide a list of current projects for which your Firm is currently responsible, percent of design completion, and/or construction completed and the total value of work under each contract (and, in the case of a joint venture, for each partner or entity in the joint venture). Please limit the list of projects to those that are being managed out of the same office that will be responsible for this project. Please list the principals, project manager, and project architect(s) for each project. This will help determine availability of resources of your firm to complete this project per the attached schedule.
b.
Provide a project listing of your educational projects completed over the past ten (10) years by your Firm. List the projects relevant to this RFP first (i.e. high schools). Include in the listing, for each project, the following information:
c.
Name of School System or District Project Name and Address School System’s Representative and Telephone Number Project Delivery Method Original and Actual Design Schedule Start & Completion Dates Actual Construction Start and Finish Dates Original construction budget and final construction cost Role and Responsibility (Scope) Your Firm had on Project General Contractor’s Name and Telephone Number Principals, Project Manager and Project Architect (s) for each project- (particular attention will be paid to those Team Members being proposed for this Project). Pictures of each school Relevance of the project to this RFP
Identify the projects which were completed with unusual schedule or budget constraints, with a brief explanation of the constraints.
5. Financial and Litigation Information (20 points): a. The Respondent’s financial capability is to be expressed in the financial statement (audited financial information current within the past twelve months, such as a balance sheet and statement of operations) and should indicate the resources and the necessary working capital to assure financial stability through the completion of the project. A certified audit is preferred; however, the Respondent’s most recent tax return and balance sheet will be accepted. The statement can be labeled Confidential. Disclose any material changes in the business operations of the Firm, including without limitation any pending bankruptcy proceedings, bankruptcies, receiverships, mergers, acquisitions, stock acquisitions or spin-offs which have occurred within the last three (3) years and any material pending or threatened litigation. If appropriate, discuss the impact of these changes on the Firm’s financial or managerial ability to perform the noted tasks under this Contract. Provide the name, title, address and phone number of the financial officer of the Firm responsible for providing this information. RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 16 of 20
All Respondents shall certify and provide a statement that they are financially stable and have the necessary resources, human and financial, to provide the services at the level required by the DeKalb County School District. Include this in the separate sealed envelope with the Appendix C: Design Fee Form. b. Describe any claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution filed by or against your company (and, in the case of a joint venture, by or against any partner in the joint venture) in the past five (5) years, including case name, number, location of court or arbitration, and, if an arbitration, the name and telephone number of at least one arbiter. If there are no claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution filed by or against your company (and, in the case of a joint venture, by or against any partner in the joint venture) in the past five (5) years, please include a statement that the Architect has no claims, mediation, litigation, arbitration or other form of dispute resolution. This list shall also disclose any failure or failures to complete a contract, or contracts, and any instances of having defaulted or having been declared to be in default, on any contract or contracts, and any penalties imposed by reason of any contract undertaken and determined to be in noncompliance with pertinent statutes within the past five (5) years, and all such items shall be explained in detail, including without limitation, identification of the project by name and the name, address and telephone number of the owner of each such project. If there is no failure or failures to complete a contract, please include a statement that the Architect has never failed to complete a contract or contracts or have defaulted or have been declared in default on any contract. c. Identify and briefly discuss any claims made against your E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years, for joint ventures, include individual entity claims and those against a responding joint venture. If there are no claims against your E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years, please include a statement that the Architect has no claims against its E/O Insurance in the past five (5) years. d. Include a statement as to whether or not the Architect (and in the case of a joint venture, each of the partners in the joint venture) or any of its officers has been convicted or entered a guilty plea (or plea of nolo contendere) in any court within the two (2) years prior to the date of application of a violation of any state or federal statute concerning competitive bidding or competitive proposals or the restraint of trade. e. Identify and briefly discuss any instances in the past five (5) years where your contract was terminated, with or without cause. Provide Owner name, project name and Owner Project Representative Name and Number. For joint ventures responding to this RFP, provide the above information as it pertains, to the joint venture and for each partner or entity creating said joint venture. f.
Provide two bank references including bank names, addresses, bank contacts and telephone numbers. Two references from a single bank shall be sufficient.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 17 of 20
6. Acceptance of Owner’s Form of Agreement (10 points): It is the Owner’s expectation that the Architect will fully comply with the attached Standard Form of Agreement for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 (“Agreement”)(Appendix . Provide a declarative statement to attest your willingness and capacity to execute the Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 without exceptions, modifications, or revisions. The Owner reserves the right to modify or revise Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non-State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect; Version 11.2013 if it is determined to be in the best interests of the District. See Section III General Requirement, Item I. Contract Terms of this RFP for further information relating to the Standard Form of Agreement and required Exhibits. 7. Owner’s Standard Forms required to accompany Proposal Failure to include these forms may serve as grounds for non-consideration of the entire RFP response. Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F
VII.
Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (6 pages) – SEPARATE SEALED ENVELOPE Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)
EVALUATION AND AWARD OF CONTRACT A. Evaluation of Proposals The selection criteria points associated with each of the required proposal sections are indicated below. 1. Firm Overview (5 Points) 2. Project Specific Approach (15 Points) 3. Project Resources (20 Points) Project Key Staff, Experience, Resumes, Availability, Commitment 20 Project Organizational Chart
Y/N
4. Firm’s Relevant Project Experience (30 Points) 5. Financial and Litigation Information (20 Points)
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 18 of 20
Financial Statements
10
Litigation
5
Convictions
5
6. Acceptance of Owner’s Form of Agreement (10 Points) For your proposal to be considered, all information listed above must be included in your proposal. With 100 total points available, the points to the right of the item indicate the percentage weight that line item carries. The point value listed to the right of the item is the percentage of selection criteria value that line item carries. The items that have “Y/N” to the right will be judged as “Y” Yes it’s present in the proposal or “N” it’s not present in the proposal. “N/A” means that line item may not be applicable to the proposal. B. Award of Contract After evaluation of the Proposals received in response to the RFP, DeKalb County School District may interview two or more proposers deemed fully qualified, responsive, responsible and suitable on the basis of initial responses, and with professional competence to provide the required services. DCSD is under no obligation to perform interviews for this RFP. At the conclusion of the interviews, if they are held, and on the basis of evaluation factors set forth in Section III and the information provided and developed in the selection process to this point, DeKalb County School District Selection Committee shall rank, in the order of preference and begin negotiations with the firm considered to the most qualified. If a contract satisfactory and advantageous to DeKalb County School District cannot be negotiated, then the Owner reserves the right to automatically, without notification, terminate such negotiations and enter into negotiations with the second most qualified firm. Failing accord with the second most qualified firm, DCSD shall terminate negotiations and enter into negotiations with the third most qualified firm. Should DCSD be unable to negotiate a contract at a fair and reasonable price with any of the top three selected firms, the selection committee shall select additional firms in order of their rankings, and DCSD shall continue negotiations until an agreement is reached. VIII.
DESIGN FEE Design fee is NOT included in the Selection Criteria. Include in a separate sealed envelope and label per Section V, Item E. a. Indicate your proposed Design Fee for the Services and Work as required by the Proposal Documents and the Owner’s Agreement. Use Owner’s Design Fee Form (Attachment C) included in this Request For Proposal. b. Indicate any breakdown of the proposed Design Fee as required by the attached form. c. Acknowledge receipt of addendum, if any.
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 19 of 20
All blanks shall be filled in, and shall be filled in by typewriter or manually and legibly, in ink. Where so indicated on the Owner’s forms, amounts and sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount or sum written in words shall govern. Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Proposal. No changes to the Design Fee will be allowed by marking “Additions” or “Deductions” on the outside of the envelope/ package. Marking the outside of the envelope/ package will cause the proposal to be disqualified. IX.
CONTACT AND SUBMISSION DEADLINE The DCSD contact for all questions regarding this RFP is Stephen Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer, Sam Moss Center, 1780 Montreal Road, Tucker, Georgia 30084. Email:
[email protected] One (1) signed original, five (5) identical duplicate copies, and one (1) electronic copy of the proposal must be received at the above address, addressed as stated in Section V Item F of this RFP, not later than Wednesday, January 8, 2014 at 11:00 AM. All questions about this RFP and submission requirements must be directed in writing to Stephen Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer not later than Monday, December 16, 2013 at 2:00 PM. Prospective respondents must limit their contact regarding this RFP to Stephen Wilkins. Any contact with any other DCSD personnel or representatives other that Mr. Wilkins will cause that firm to be disqualified.
(END OF RFP – SEE APPENDICES AND ATTACHMENTS)
RFP No. 14-752-003 for Miller Grove Middle School (Project No. 122-422) HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement - A/E Services December 5, 2013
Page 20 of 20
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
Preliminary Consultation 1. As-built Documentation/Building Space Survey 2. MET Analysis/Investigation 3. Needs Assessment 4. Code Review 5. Utilities Review 6. Program/Planning Work Sessions 7. Preliminary Presentation 8. Final Submission 9. Owner Review & Approval 10. Notice to Proceed 11. Soil Borings 12. Survey Schematic Design - Minimum Submittal Requirements: The purpose of the Schematic Design is to confirm that the design solution meets the client’s functional needs as defined in the Program for the project. Reviewers focus on site use, layout, adjacency requirements, room sizes, and similar issues. 1.
Site plans showing: a) Adjacent building structures b) Easements and infrastructure/utilities c) Topographical features and existing plantings d) Vehicular and pedestrian site access and flow e) Landscape/ hardscape plan f) Grading plan g) Draft of storm meter management plan (as needed) h) Preliminary site logistics plan i) Tree protection plan
2. Floor plans showing: a) Double line room layouts with door swings b) Public, private and service circulation c) Vertical circulation through the facility d) Program room numbers and corresponding program areas on the plans special features e) Wall ratings and types 3. Elevations:
Page 1 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) a) Identify major elements for facility character b) Graphical identification of proposed materials with shades and shadows to illustrate depth and volume as well as the contextual relationships to the Owner’s site as appropriate. 4. Preliminary Mechanical Plans and System Diagrams a) Cut sheets for major mechanical equipment b) Provide calculated loads for MEP and FP c) Outline a commissioning strategy plan 5. Preliminary Electrical Plans and One-line Diagrams a) Cut Sheets for major electrical equipment 6. Cost information showing: a) Preliminary cost comparisons between schemes b) Cost of special features or phasing premiums 7.
A statement of probable construction cost. At a minimum, the cost estimate must address the systems shown below. A breakdown into sub-component systems is encouraged but not required. Each component or sub-component must identify the unit, unit cost, cost per square foot, and the percentage of the total construction cost: a) General conditions, profit and overhead b) Site work c) Foundations d) Superstructures e) Exterior closures f) Roofing g) Interior construction and finishes h) Conveying i) Special construction j) Fire protection k) Plumbing l) HVAC m) Electrical n) Controls o) Communications and security
8. Specifications and Other Information: a) Include the proposed table of contents b) Provide an outline specification indicating materials, types of construction, proposed mechanical systems, plumbing systems, fire protection, security systems, and proposed electrical and life cycle analysis investigations. 9. A written narrative of the energy and life cycle analysis investigation. 10. An updated project schedule
Page 2 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 11. Any special phasing or sequencing 12. Any testing / analysis 13. Any LEED or sustainable design considerations 14. An updated Space and Functional Program specifically identifying any modifications. 15. Life Cycle Cost Analysis. Design Development - Minimum Submittal Requirements In the Design Development Phase, reviewers are looking at methods of construction, materials, building support systems, and choice of products. Design Development requirements are in addition to Schematic Design Requirements. 1.
All comments from the Schematic Design Review Process must be incorporated into the Design Development design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included.
2.
Architectural and Civil Disciplines a) Site Layout and Materials Plan: Illustrate the design forms and materials to be used. Major dimensions will be indicated. All appearance-related design issues should be addressed, resolved, and shown. LEED and sustainable design and construction should be considered. b) Site Grading and Drainage Plan: Show developed drainage concepts, include existing and new contours, drainage structures (numbered for general reference), and spot grade elevations. c) Site Utilities Plan: Indicate the plan relationships of existing and proposed utilities. Vertical relationship of the utilities will be noted by plan notations and profiles. Site plan including grading and site utilities, utility connection points, and a storm water management design. d) Planting Plan: Illustrate the center points at desired spacing of major plantings. A key will explain the proposed form and design characteristics of the plants (large shade tree, flowering ornamental tree, low evergreen shrub, etc.). An existing tree to remain will have an “o” for its center point. A proposed tree will have an “x” for its center point or appropriate legend indicators. e) Design Details: Show the design or detailing to be used in the site development. These details will clarify the relationship of vertical and horizontal surfaces, steps, walls, and pavements, etc., including edge conditions at adjacent surfaces. f) Dimensioned floor plans indicating structural bay sizes and overall building dimensions. Floor Plan should show dimensions of major elements and final partition locations, including all openings. g) Exterior and core wall sections showing final dimensional relationships, materials, and component relationships. h) Floor Plan showing all fixed and loose equipment i) Large-scale plans and sections j) Room finish schedule identifying all finishes. k) Building sections. l) Door and hardware schedule showing door, frame and hardware type, and fire ratings, if any. m) Window schedule showing types and sizes. n) Preliminary development of details. o) Reflected ceiling plan including ceiling grid, light fixtures, and all devices that penetrate or are mounted upon finished ceiling. p) Interior movable furniture, office equipment, demountable partitions and system furniture, layouts for all departments and floors, including proposed building signage system.
Page 3 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) q) Gross and net area calculations by department to determine compliance with Program of Requirements. r) A thorough outline technical specification, including selected acceptable manufacturers. 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Structural Discipline a) Foundation drawings. b)
Floor plan with all structural members located and sized.
c)
Footing, beam, column, and connection schedules.
d)
Final floor elevations.
Plumbing and Mechanical Disciplines a) Heating and cooling load calculations for each individual space, including cooling requirements for heat loads generated by office equipment, personal computers, etc. b)
Mechanical equipment schedule indicating size and capacity.
c)
Plumbing Fixtures Schedule.
d)
Floor plans showing mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures. All equipment and fixtures should be shown and located.
e)
Floor plans that show main ductwork distribution, branch ductwork, and plumbing piping. All ductwork and piping should be located and sized to coordinate with structural framing system.
f)
All ceiling-mounted devices should be located.
g)
Legend showing all symbols used on drawings.
Electrical Disciplines a) Floor plans locating all power-consuming equipment with a description of the equipment load characteristics. b)
Estimate total electric load, confirm Design Manual required excess capacity.
c)
Floor plans showing all major electrical equipment (switchgear, distribution panels, emergency generator, transfer switches, UPS system, etc.), which will be dimensioned and drawn to scale.
d)
Site plan showing preliminary site lighting design with pole and fixture type designations.
e)
Floor plans showing lighting layout, power, telecommunications, and office automation devices and switches with preliminary circuiting.
f)
Light fixture schedules should be finalized.
g)
Estimate interior electrical loads for systems furniture, receptacles, lighting, food service equipment and any other special use areas, etc.
h)
Preliminary Distribution Panel Schedules.
Cost Information Showing: a) Relocation costs (temporary and permanent) b)
Contingencies
c)
Temporary services
d)
Confirm scope and budget
e)
Proposed V/E items
Other Deliverables a) Schedule of Spaces: Provide a comparative schedule of spaces arranged in tabular form, listing the building’s various spaces and showing the original square footage allotted in the approved Program for each space. Any
Page 4 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) deviations from the approved Space and Functional Program, involving square footage or otherwise, must be clearly indicated. b)
Survey and geotechnical information are required as part of the Design Development Documents.
c)
Project Specification Manual complete with all Division 01: “General Requirements” sections and technical sections. General Requirements sections unique to the project, such as including temporary facilities and Supplementary Conditions, must be fully developed. With each technical specification section, for each product or material specified, include a photocopy of a cut sheet of the basis of design components and at least two acceptable components specified.
d)
Final Life Cycle Cost Analysis.
e)
Detailed Cost Estimate building on the estimate previously developed in Schematic Design
f)
Information provided outside the initial scope of services and based on subsequent written authorization must be clearly noted.
g)
Final site logistics plan showing access, laydown area, traffic re-routing, pedestrian access and flow, fencing, construction parking, etc.
30% Construction Document – Minimal Submittal Requirements 30% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all Design Development information plus the following: 1. 2.
3.
All comments from the Design Development review process must be incorporated into the 30% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included. Cover Sheet(s) a) Name and address of Owner, Architect b)
Vicinity map
c)
Location map
d)
Index to all drawings
Site Plan e) Abbreviation and symbol glossary f)
A certified plot plan (sealed by a licensed land surveyor)
g)
A grading plan 1’-0” or 2’-0” increments with appropriate sections
h)
Sediment control and storm water management plans and profiles
i)
Local governing utility standards included in all utility details
j)
Standard details must be modified to suit project conditions. All non-applicable information must be deleted.
k)
Existing and proposed electrical, gas, sewer, water, storm drainage, telephone and TV cable utilities must be identified.
l)
Utility designs must show plan, profile, and all fittings and details required by code and local government standards.
4.
Landscape a) An overall site plan showing plantings, irrigation and drainage system, site lighting, and all site development features
5.
Architectural a) A basic floor plan of the entire facility showing minimal detail with a grid or column reference system showing overall building layout dimensions, core spaces, Owner-numbered or named rooms, room square footage, floor opening penetrations, etc. Fire ratings of all partitions, fire doors, etc., should be clearly denoted.
Page 5 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) b)
A dimensioned floor plan locating all interior partitions and exterior wall partitions from the grid or column reference system. Floor plan should include room workstation designations, interior and exterior door and window designations.
c)
Room wall elevations for all non-typical walls.
d)
Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations.
e)
Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill conditions.
f)
Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly addressed).
g)
A reflected ceiling plan showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads, security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.
h)
Details to illustrate transitions between finish materials and construction types. Major building sections in at least two directions. A sufficient number of details to clearly indicate the method of construction for all building components and include, but not be limited to: walls, floors, roofing assemblies, waterproofing systems, insulating systems, interior and exterior finishes, architectural details, interior stairs and elevators.
i)
Final locations of major equipment must be shown on the floor plan with associated floor loadings being shown on the structural drawings.
j)
Partition-type schedule and section details for all interior, exterior, and floor wall conditions.
k)
Roof plan showing all roofing material, roof drains, overflows, access hatches, roof walk pads, roof drainage slopes and elevations, scuppers, skylights, and mechanical and plumbing penetrations. Details must be provided for all edge, parapet, and flashing conditions.
l)
All exterior building elevations showing finish materials, exterior door and window openings and designations, lights, louvers, grilles, signage, speakers, and other devices.
m) All structural members included in, or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the structural engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.
6.
n)
All mechanical/electrical elements included in or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the design engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.
o)
Code Analysis Information such as: fire resistance plans and building code construction type and occupancy information I would require separate plans and not make them part of the site plans
Structural a) A dimensioned foundation plan showing and locating in plan and in elevation all footing, foundations, foundation piers, caissons, grade beams, reinforcement with all layouts for masonry, and anchor bolts. b)
A dimensioned floor plan for each floor, showing all beams, beam sizes, duct and piping penetrations, construction joints, expansion joints, edge conditions, imbedded anchors and frames thickened slabs, recessed slabs stair penetrations, elevator shafts, floor loading, top of structure elevation and reinforcement.
c)
Footing, column, grade beam, caissons, piers, reinforcement, and beam schedules.
d)
Dimensioned to scale details showing all conditions, connections, and structural sizes.
e)
Shear walls clearly shown on plan and schedule if symbol code is used.
f)
Abbreviation and symbol glossary.
g)
Fastener/connection schedule.
h)
Elevations of all footings, elevations to top of all beams, columns, recesses, and floors.
i)
Roof beam plan, elevator hoist beams.
Page 6 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 7.
8.
9.
Mechanical a) Abbreviation and symbol glossary. b)
Mechanical equipment schedule.
c)
Exterior louver schedule, as coordinated with architectural louvers.
d)
Floor plans indicating ductwork with sizes, ductwork mechanical devices, beams for floor above with ductwork penetrations.
e)
Reflected ceiling plan showing final location of all ceiling-mounted mechanical devices, which include but are not limited to: diffusers, return air grilles, and thermostats.
f)
Floor plans should indicate housekeeping pads and weight of concentrated loads.
Plumbing a) Fixture/connection schedule b)
Abbreviations/symbol glossary
c)
Floor plans indicating domestic hot and cold water, storm, waste, vent, and gas piping plans, including all valves, unions, fixtures, pipe sizes, and riser diagrams, etc.
d)
Areas of concentrated plumbing equipment (hot water heaters, circulating pumps, etc.) must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” detail in both plan and section views.
Electrical a) Lighting fixture schedule started b)
Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting
c)
Power riser diagram for interior lighting systems
d)
Abbreviations and symbol glossary
e)
Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan started
f)
Fan/motor control schedule/diagram
g)
Power riser diagram and main distribution panel layout in large enough scale so each run can be clearly seen.
h)
Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. started
i)
Separate plans for power, voice, and data must be provided
j)
Reflected ceiling plan indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. started
k)
Main service entrance connection diagram as verified and coordinated with the governing power utility; locations of services entrances and transformers must be verified with the Architect
10. Statement of Probable Construction Cost a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 80% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 30% Completed Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments. 11. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.
Page 7 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) 80% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements 80% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all 30% Submittal information plus the following: 1. 2.
3.
4.
All comments from the 30% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 80% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated. Landscape a) Details and sections of all site development features, sidewalks, curbs, paving stones, bollards, ramps, exterior stairs, lawn areas showing seeding methods, etc. b)
All landscape conditions should be thoroughly detailed.
c)
A symbol glossary
d)
Planting schedule
e)
Seeding schedule
f)
Modify standard details to suit project conditions and delete all non-applicable information
Architectural a) Interior signage locations must be shown on the floor plan complete with details and schedules. b)
Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations
c)
Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill conditions.
d)
Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly addressed).
e)
A reflected ceiling plan showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads, security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.
Mechanical a) Floor plan indicating the sprinkler and standpipe riser systems, including all required pumps and control devices. b)
Fire damper schedule and location of dampers on each floor.
c)
Ductwork sound attenuation schedule.
d)
Vibration isolation schedule.
e)
Terminal control box schedule with electrical and air volume requirements.
f)
Chilled water, condenser, refrigerant, fuel oil, steam and gas riser piping floor plans and riser diagrams, and schematics, including pipe sizes. Piping schematics must be in large enough scale to clearly indicate all control devices, valves, unions, and miscellaneous appurtenances.
g)
Areas of concentrated mechanical equipment must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0”, illustrating detailed ductwork and equipment within the mechanical room in both plan and section views; coil access and filter access are to be shown to scale as verification of clearance.
h)
Access doors – both wall and ceiling, must be called out at each applicable location as coordinated with the architectural drawings (rated where applicable).
i)
Duct/piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
Page 8 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) j) 5.
6.
Locate on the floor plans all controls system equipment and provide a panel and device schedule, indicator and panel graphics complete with sequence of operation and control system program diagram.
Plumbing a) Piping and insulation jacket dimensions are to be coordinated with architectural finishes and casework; all exposed piping is to be verified with the Architect. b)
Plan drawing of all water and sanitary branch piping for installation of interior equipment and fixtures.
c)
Typical piping riser schematics for all gravity flow piping systems.
d)
Access panels, doors, and provisions in both walls and ceilings are to be shown on floor plans for all valves, cleanouts, and caps, etc.
e)
Connections to existing and new building utilities must be clearly shown. Requirements of governing utilities must be determined and clearly detailed and shown. Connection details and elevations must be checked and coordinated with applicable civil drawings.
f)
Design details
g)
Piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
Electrical a) Lighting fixture schedule completed b)
Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting completed
c)
Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan completed
d)
Floor plan showing location of all fire alarm device/panel schedule, indicator graphics, riser diagram including activated hardware and pull stations. Confirm activated hardware with hardware schedule.
e)
Floor plan showing location of all intercom devices, panel schedule and location, and program riser diagram.
f)
Floor plan showing location of all security devices, panel schedule and locations, and riser diagram.
g)
Floor plan showing location of all intercom and TV outlets and devices.
h)
Telephone board schedule and riser diagram coordinated to equipment size requirements and connection provisions with the governing telephone utility and Owner requirements.
i)
TV terminal/splitter and riser diagram coordinated as to equipment size requirements and connection provisions to antenna and cable TV system.
j)
Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. completed
k)
Floor plan indicating power connections to all mechanical equipment.
l)
Reflected ceiling plan indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. completed
m) Areas of concentrated electrical equipment, and electric vault rooms in particular, must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” and must be shown in plan and elevation. n)
Sheet notes must be applicable to each sheet. Standard notes and details must be modified to specific conditions.
o)
Access to systems must be verified. Doors, panels or other provisions must be called out in all wall and ceiling locations for junction boxes, controls, or any other device requiring access.
p)
Raceway penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
Page 9 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) q)
A dimensioned floor plan showing wire management system with openings located for voice data, video and electrical and outlet locations. This is more typically done by the electrical engineer
7.
Statement of Probable Construction Cost a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 80% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 30% Completed Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments.
8.
Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.
9.
Other Deliverables a)
Commissioning final plan
b)
Updated project schedule
100% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements 1. 2.
Submittal for 100% complete documents will be the same as the 80% submittal requirements with all appropriate 80% review comments from the Owner incorporated within the drawings and specifications. All comments from the 80% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 100% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated.
Review, Comment and Approval Submissions to DCSD and GaDOE at: 1.
Schematic Design Phase
2.
Design Development Phase
3.
30% Construction Documents Phase
4.
80% Construction Documents Phase
5.
100% Construction Documents Phase
Building Permit 1.
Submit for Building Permit
2.
Submit for L.D. Permit
3.
Incorporate Permit Review Comments
Bid Negotiations 1.
Bid Period
2.
Pre-Bid Conference
3.
Negotiations & Award
4.
Begin Construction
Page 10 of 11
Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M) Phasing (as appropriate) (List Phasing as appropriate
Page 11 of 11
MIDDLE SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAM
MIDDLE
DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ FEBRUARY 15, 2013
DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ DESIGN PROGRAM AND GUIDELINES
VERSION 1.1
MIDDLE SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAM INDEX Section No.
Educational Area
Pg. No.
INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS Section 01
CLASSROOM TYPE I
2
Classrooms: ( English, Foreign Lang, Math, SS, ISS, CT) Section 02
SCIENCE CLASSROOM
Section 03
MEDIA CENTER
7
Section 04
ART
11
Section 05
MUSIC
14
4
Instrumental (Band / Orchestra) Choral (Choral / Keyboarding) Section 06
SHARED LABS
17
(Computer Writing, Math, Reading ) Section 07
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
19
(Playfields - Ref. Section 14.2) Section 08
SPECIAL EDUCATION
24
Section 09
AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12)
27
SUPPORT AREAS Section 10
ADMINISTRATION
28
Main Administration Suite Faculty Workroom Satellite Administration Suite Section 11
COUNSELING
33
Section 12
NUTRITION
35
Kitchen Cafetorium Section 13
BUILDING SERVICES
39
Section 14
OUTDOOR AREAS
43
14.1 Outdoor Spaces (Educational) 14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields: Softball, Football/Soccer, Tennis, ) OTHER PROGRAMS Section 15
47
BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY 15.1 Business & Computer Science 15.2 Engineering & Technology 15.3 Family & Consumer Science
APPENDIXES Appendix A - Square Footage Summary
55
Appendix B - Furnishings & Equipment
66
DeKalb County School District
1 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 01 - CLASSROOM TYPE 1 General Description Classroom Type 1 is comprised of the middle school interdisciplinary classrooms: English/Language Arts, Mathematics, Social Studies, World Language, and In School Suspension. The manner of grouping middle school students for instruction is determined by the faculty and administrative staff of each school. The classrooms are often grouped or organized, so that all classrooms of one grade level are together in a single area or part of the school. Classrooms are used for large and small group activities including group projects, demonstrations, teacher presentations, student presentations, research, individualized and small group computer assisted instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate classrooms in close proximity to the Media Center.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
CR1 1 Classrooms (6th-8th)* Room sized for 34(+3) students. Minimum required area for students = 740-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.
Qty 900
TSF
44
Adjacency
39,600
Total Area SF
39,600
* Includes English, Math, Social Studies, World Language, In School Suspension
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
CR1 1
Size (wxh) 4' x 4'
#/RM 2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
CR1 1
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
CR1 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
CR1 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate at back of classroom.
MB
CR1 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adj. to Tack Board at back of classroom.
TB
CR1 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
PSH
CR1 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
C/BKT
CR1 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
CMP
CR1 1
4
OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables.
WHS
CR1 1 (World Language) - New
CLK
CR1 1
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology Plan 1
Locate at teaching wall.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Student)
WHS - Wireless Headphone System
C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)
Finishes Walls:
a CR1 1
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b CR1 1
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
Floors:
a CR1 1
Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.
Ceilings:
a CR1 1
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b CR1 1
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c CR1 1
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
CR1 1
Classroom
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
CR1 1
Classroom
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
CR1 1
Classroom
Shelving Unit (open front)
1
4'x1'x7'
DeKalb County School District
2 of 83
Notes
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Utilities Utility Electrical:
Location
1
CR1 1
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
2
Teaching Wall
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
3
Computer Area
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
4
CR1 1
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
5
CR1 1
Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.
6
CR1 1
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
CR1 1
None.
1
CR1 1
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
CR1 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
Plumbing: HVAC:
Acoustics 1
CR1 1
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
3
Interactive Board/Components (shelf, projectors etc.) are provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board per Instructional Technology requirements.
DeKalb County School District
3 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 02 - SCIENCE CLASSROOM General Description Classroom Type 2, Science Classroom, provides students the opportunity to become active participants of scientific processes through a variety of "hands-on" experiences. Students participate in large and small group activities (discussion, lab demonstrations, field experiences etc.), conduct experiments, utilize computer technology, and listen to and observe demonstrations by instructors. Key Adjacency: Science Lab Prep/Storage rooms are shared between two Science Classrooms. Locate Science Classrooms together in close proximity to general classrooms.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
SC 1
Science Classroom
SC 2
Prep / Storage Room
NSF
Room sized for 34(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 720-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 280-sf for Teacher's demo table/desk, science casework along walls, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.
Qty
TSF
1,000
13
13,000
250
6.5
1,625
Total Area SF
Adjacency SC 1
14,625
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
MB
SC 1
4' x 4'
2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
SC 1
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
SC 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
SC 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
CMP
SC 1
4
OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables. Locate on teaching wall.
CLK
SC 1
1
SG
SC 1
1
EW
SC 1
1
Integrated into the Teachers Demo Table counter top.
ES
SC 1
1
Adjacent to the Teacher's Demo Table.
EW/DH
SC 2
1
FH
SC 2
SD
SC 2
1
Locate at sink area.
SD
SC 1
4
Locate at sink area. Locate at sink area.
4" W
1
PTD
SC 1, SC 2
1
MFC
SC 2
1
AC
SC 2
1
FEC
SC 2
1
PSH
SC 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Student)
MFC - Metal Flammable Cabinet
FB - Fire Blanker Cabinet
FH - Fume Hood
SD - Soap Dispenser
AC - Acid Cabinet
FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet
SG - Safety Goggle Cabinet
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
EW - Eye Wash
ES - Emergency Shower
EW/DH - Drench Hose Type Eye Wash Mounted In Counter
Finishes Walls:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
DeKalb County School District
4 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
Counters: a SC 1, SC 2
Provide flat black epoxy countertops at casework.
Stations:
Provide flat black epoxy countertops at student and teacher demo station.
a SC 1
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
Size
Notes
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
2
3'x2'x7'
Shelving Unit (open front)
4
12" Deep
4
36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Reference Division 12 - Furnishings, in the Design Guideline. SC 2
Prep/Storage Room
Wall 1: Upper Cabinet (double door) Countertop*
─
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
36x24x34 1 continuous top drawer, 6 bottom dwrs.
Base Cabinet (double door)
3
36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
30x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.
Drying Rack
1
-
Center on wall at sink.
Wall 2: Upper Cabinet (double door)
4
Countertop*
SC 1
Science Classroom
36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. ─
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (single door)
2
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
36x24x34 1 continuous top dwr, 6 bottom dwrs.
Student Desk
18
20x54x30 1 table to be ADA accessible.
Teacher Demo Station
1
30x96x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
4
36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
2
30x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
48x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Wall 1:
Countertop*
─
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
36x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.
Specialty Cabinet
1
48x24x34 w/ 24 drawers.
Wall 2: Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
Teacher Cabinet (lockable)
1
Upper Cabinet (double door)
4
36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
2
30x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
24x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
3'x2'x7' 3'x2'x7'
─
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
36x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Wall 3: Shelving Unit (open front)
1
4'x1'x7'
Locate adj to Teaching Wall
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Utilities
DeKalb County School District
5 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Utilitiy
Location
Electrical: 1
SC 1, SC 2
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
2
SC 1 - Lab Casework
Provide three (3) G.F.C.I. duplex receptacles, mounted above counter, per casework wall.
3
Teaching Wall
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
4
Computer Area
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
5
SC 1, SC 2
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
6
SC 1, SC 2
Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.
7
SC 1, SC 2
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
SC 1, SC 2
Provide plumbing for eye wash and emergency shower stations. Provide floor drain at shower.
2
SC 1, SC 2
Provide gas outlets and cold/hot water at student workstations, teacher demo table, and Prep Room.
3
SC 1, SC 2
Provide acid resistant piping in classroom and prep room.
4
SC 1, SC 2
Lab sinks are to be integral with laboratory tops.
1
SC 2
Provide fume hood. See Design Guidelines for requirements.
2
SC 2
Provide exhaust fan purge button adjacent to fume hood.
3
SC 1, SC 2
Provide limited-range temperature control.
4
SC 1, SC 2
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
SC 1, SC 2
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Acoustics General Notes 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on SC 1 door only. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
3
Provide classroom stations with valved gas, water and electrical supplies that are controlled through a key control with emergency stop for each work area. The gas solenoid valve for the laboratory gas system should be normally closed and interlocked with the lighting circuit.
DeKalb County School District
6 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 03 - MEDIA CENTER General Description The Media Center serves the entire school population by providing appropriate materials to support and enrich the curriculum. Media Center Activities include individual as well as large and small group instruction, reading, browsing, listening and viewing areas. Establish a prominent and visible main entrance to facilitate security and way finding for users. Provide direct line of sight from the distrubution desk to all student computer areas, for monitoring/supervision purposes. Appropriately located electrical/data outlets throughout the Reading Room to facilitate small group study in various parts of the space. The space should accommodate full class sizes of 30 - 100 students to view audio/visual presentations on screen. Natural lighting is a desired amenity; with the option of darkening the space for projection screen/ interactive board presentations. Key Adjacency: The Media Center should be located centrally within the school with ease of access from all classroom wings. Reading Room Seating Capacity: 82. Based on NFPA 101; 50-sf/person net.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
MC 1
Reading Room
MC 2 MC 3
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
4,100
1
4,100 Visual & direct access to MC 2 - MC 7.
Conference Room (6 person each)
300
2
600 Two rooms w/operable partition in place.
Office
150
2
300
MC 4
Periodical Storage
300
1
300
MC 5
Audio/Visual Equipment Storage
500
1
500
MC 6
Workroom
500
1
500
MC 3
MC 6a
Staff Toilet
0
1
0
MC 6
MC 7
Vestibule (internal circulation)
0
2
0
Total Area SF
6,300
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
TB
MC 1, MC 3
4' x 4'
1
MB
MC 3
4' x 4'
1
IB
MC 1
8' x 4'
1
OP.
TB
MC 6
2' x 4'
1
Included w/ marker board.
MB
MC 6
3' x 4'
1
Combo MB w/ 2'x4' TB included.
MB
MC 2
6' x 4'
2
CPR
MC 1, MC 6
1
OP.
CUR
MC 7
-
See "Finishes" below.
CLK
MC 1
2
CLK
MC 6
1
SD
MC 6
1
Locate at sink area.
PTD
MC 6
1
Locate at sink area.
BD
MC 1
1
Provide one at main entry.
PSM
MC 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking, power and data.
PS
MC 1
1
PSS
MC 1
2
Wall mounton each side of the projection screen.
C/BKT
MC 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. OP - GC to provide power and data.
CMPR
MC 1
1
OPP
MC 2
1
WB
MC 1
-
CMP
MC 1
23
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CMPC
MC 5
11
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
DeKalb County School District
7 of 83
Provide at each exterior window.
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
LDS
MC 1
PSH
MC 1
MB - Marker Board
2
Locate a set at each main entry to MC 1.
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board (portable)
CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
LDS - Library Detection System
C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)
TS - Tack Strip
CMP - Computers (Student)
OPP - Operable Partition
PSM - Plasma Screen Monitor (wall mtd.)
CUR - Curtains/Rod
CMPC - Computer Carts*
BD - Book Drop
PS - Projection Screen (retractable)
CPR - Copier
WB - Window Blinds/Shades
SD - Soap Dispenser
PSS - Projection Screen Speakers
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
CMPC - Mobile Computer Cart Recharging Stations
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish to wall and soffit areas, and any exposed structure, structural deck, and/or exposed exposed ducts. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b MC 7
Provide curtained backdrop, or other acceptable background, for televising announcements.
c All Spaces
All walls surrounding reading rooms, offices, storage rooms, etc. shall extend to underside of deck. Walls separating the Media Center from corridors must be CMU. Wall within the Media Center may be impact resistant gypsum board.
a MC 1, 2, 3, 7
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b MC 4, MC 5, MC 6
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
c MC 6a
Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile and 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
b All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
c MC 1
May provide a combination of lighting solutions and ceiling plane configurations/heights if design solutions meet adequate levels of lighting for reading, audio visual, and acoustic purposes.
Casework Space No. MC 1
Room Name Reading Room
MC 4
Periodical Storage
MC 5
A/V Equip. Storage
Unit Type
Qty
Circulation Desk Book Return
1
Desk w/cash drawer
1
Cupboard (dbl. door)
1
Work Desk
1
Adjustable Shelves
(wxdxh)
Notes
17'x30"x * * Desk Ht Variable: 3'-4" to 2'-5".
17 LF
208 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
48 LF
16" D
2 tier, wall mounted on standards.
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
16" D
2 tier, wall mounted on standards.
(Provide on 3 walls.) Adjustable Shelves
(Mount at ht. for computer cart storage beneath.) Adjustable Shelves MC 6
Workroom
76 LF
Wall 1: Adjustable Shelves (Mount at ht. to locate copier beneath.) Upper Cabinet (double door)
3
36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
5
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers
Base Cabinet (single door)
2
18x24x34
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Wall 2: Base Cabinet (double door) Wall 3:
DeKalb County School District
8 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
4
18x24x30 w/ 2 drawers
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Work Counter (w/knee space)
1
30' H
Work Table (Stand alone)
6 LF
1
8'x4'
Countertop
1
Base Cabinets
4
Base cabinets both sides, counter 36"AFF Counter 36"AFF, 12" overhang both sides
36wx24d
Base cabinets both sides,
Notes
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Furniture Space No. MC 1
Room Name Reading Room
MC 2
Conference
MC 5
A/V Equip. Storage
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Shelves (Periodicals)
4
36x12x60
Shelves (Reference)
1
36x12x60
Shelves (Reference)
6
36x24x48
Shelves (Reference)
14
36x10x60
Shelves
37
36x20x60
Circulation Desk Chairs
2
Vertical Newspaper Rack
1
Depressible Receiving Truck
2
Dictionary Stand
1
Computer Workstations Desk
15
Computer Workstations Desk Chairs
15
Computer Study Carrels
8
Rectangular Table
12
Chairs
72
Rectangular Table
36x30xX
(Modular Furniture)
36x90
6 person
1
36x60
4 person
Book Case
6
36x10x60
Chairs
14
Wood Book Trucks (mobile)
2
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
MC 1 - Motorized screen
Install outlets along walls w/casework horizontally in toe kick. Provide multiple flush floor boxes containing duplex receptacles for table areas in Reading Room. Provide floor boxes w/cover plates that can be closed when connected to device(s). Provide power rough-in for ceiling mounted projector for use w/motorized screen.
2
MC 1 - TV/Monitor
Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle and one (1) wall mounted data outlet . Mount outlets behind TV at 84" AFF.
3
MC 1 - Circulation Desk
Provide two (2) Multi-Service Assembly flush cast-in-place floor mounted outlet, containing one (1) quadraplex receptacle computer outlet; and one (1) telephone/data outlet.
4
MC 1 - Modular Furniture
Provide wall mounted junction boxes for power connection and tele/data connection to modular furniture. Coordinate modular furniture systems electrical tele/data requirements with manufacturer.
5
MC 1 - Detection System
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for Library Sensor Control Module at each entry. Provide electrical conduit w/pullstring to Library checkpoint system control module.
6
MC 2 - Conference
Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall. Provide two sets of one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) per subdivided conference room.
7
MC 5 - Computer Carts
Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per computer cart.
DeKalb County School District
9 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
8
MC 6 - Workroom
9
MC 6a
Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle wall mounted.
MC 7
Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per vestibule.
1
MC 1
Provide media center sound system speakers, ceiling recessed.
2
MC 6
Provide one (1) sound system amplifier (microphone system).
1
MC 1
Provide two (2) microphone outlets.
1
MC 1 - Computer Area
See MC-1 Modular Furniture note above.
2
MC 1 - Circulation Desk
Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets.
3
MC 2
Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.
4
MC 6
Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each set of quadraplex receptacles at work counter.
1
MC 1
Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets for single face clock.
1
MC 1 - Main entry door
Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control, magnetic door position switches, and card reader device.
2
MC 1 - Circulation Desk
Provide high security intercom station.
1
MC 1
Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet and TV tap box (to TV headend).
2
MC 2
Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.
1
All spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
MC 6
Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.
2
MC 6 a
Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA
10
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data) @ copier. Provide three (3) sets each containing one (1) quadraplex receptace (w/data) mounted above countertops; and one (1) additional quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle mtd. above counter at sink area. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for sound system amplifier.
Intercom:
Microphone: Data:
Clock: Security:
Television:
Other:
Plumbing:
compliant. HVAC: 1
All spaces
Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas.
2
MC 1
Provide humidity sensor(s).
3
Media Center
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements. Acoustics
1
MC 1, 2, 3, 6, 6a, 7
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements. General Notes
1
Provide exterior windows w/ ability to darken in MC 1 (Reading Room) to facilitate use of projection screen.
2
Provide interior windows w/ blinds in Media Center spaces MC 2, 3, 4 ,5, 6, 7, with view of MC 1.
3
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
4
Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
DeKalb County School District
10 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 04 - ART General Description The Art classroom provides instruction for techniques and processes required to create and produce a variety of 2 and 3 dimensional media; including ceramics, sculpture, printmaking, photography, film making, computer art, fiber arts and art criticism. Art education provides students opportunities to see, analyze and research art history, as they develop and practice creative, expressive and critical thinking. Key Adjacency: The Art Lab is ideally located on the first floor w/direct access to the Art Terrace.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
ART 1
Art Lab
1,650
1
1,650
ART 2
Storage
250
1
250
ART 1
ART 3
Kiln Room (2 Kilns)
100
1
100
ART 1
Room sized for 37(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 780-sf net based on 20-sf/person.
Total Area SF
Art Terrace, Section 14.1
2,000
Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
MB
ART 1
4' x 4'
2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
ART 1
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
ART 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
ART 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
CMP
ART 1
-
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
SK
ART 1
1
SK2
ART 1
2
SD
ART 1
3
Locate at sink area.
PTD
ART 1
3
Locate at sink area.
KN
ART 3
2
OP
TL
ART 1
2
CLK
ART 1
1
Locate at teaching wall.
PSH
ART 1
1
OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Student)
SD - Soap Dispenser
TL - Track Lighting
KN - Kiln (digital)
SK - Single Bowl Sink
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
SK2 - Double Bowl Sink
Finishes Walls:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.
c ART 3
Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixture in ART 3, open to structure (OTS).
d ART 1
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
Casework Space No. ART 1
Room Name Art Lab
Unit Type Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
DeKalb County School District
Qty
(wxdxh)
1
3'x2'x7'
Notes
Wall 1:
11 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
2
3'x2'x7'
Upper Cabinet (double door)
4
32x12x30
w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
3
18x12x30
w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
4
32x24x30
w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
3
18x24x30
w/ 4 drawers
Upper Cabinet (double door)
3
42x12x24
w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
4
18x12x30
w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x30
w/ sink (single bowl).
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
42x24x30
w/ sink (double bowl).
Base Cabinet
4
18x24x30
w/ 4 drawers
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Wall 2:
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Wall 2: (alcove) ART 2
Storage Room
Adjustable Shelves
7'- 6" LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Adjustable Shelves
108 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Adjustable Shelves
116 LF
12" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Adjustable Shelves
16 LF
10" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Art Bin (horizontal shelving)
1
4'x3'x3'-6"
Art Bin (vertical shelving)
1
2'x3'x3'-6"
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Furniture Space No. ART 1
Room Name Art Lab
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Moveable Platform (model table)
1
4'x4'
Moveable Platform (cutting table)
1
4'x4'
8
3'x3'
Art Tables
Notes
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: General, ART 1
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
ART 1 - Sink Area
Provide four (4) wall mounted GFCI receptacles above countertop w/sinks.
2 3
ART 1 - Casework ART 3 - Kiln
Provide three (3) duplex receptacles at work counter area. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) disconnect switch, per kiln. Provide one (1) general purpose duplex receptacle in kiln room. Coordinate exact connection type with kiln vendor prior to rough-in.
4
ART 1 - Ceiling
Provide power as required for ceiling mounted track lighting.
1
All spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2 3
All spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
All spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
Plumbing: 1
ART 1
Provide one (1) single and two (2) double stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water. Two (2) sinks shall be as deep as possible w/plaster trap and strainer. One sink shall be shallow and ADA compliant.
2
ART 1
Refer to Division 15 - Design Guidelines, for plumbing fixture requirements.
1
ART 1
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
ART 3
Provide exhaust / ventilation and cooling as required for kilns.
Power:
Other:
HVAC:
DeKalb County School District
12 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
3
ART 1, 2, 3
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
ART 1
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
1
Provide access from the lab to exterior art patio. (Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.)
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
3
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
4
Coordinate electrical requirements w/supplied kiln prior to installation and ordering of electrical devices. Install per manufacturers recommendations, maintain proper clearances around kiln.
Acoustics General Notes
DeKalb County School District
13 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 05 - MUSIC General Description The Music curriculum offers Exploratory Music, Band, Orchestra, Chorus and Keyboard. The music curriculum provide students opportunities to express themselves by performing, describing, creating, and responding to music. Music classes are taught in classrooms that are specifically designed for music instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate Music Suite within close proximity to the Stage Area (Cafetorium) and Toilet Facilities, on the ground level.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
Instrumental (Band / Orchestra): MUS 1
Instrumental / Band Classroom (150 max.)
2,500
1
2,500
MUS 2 MUS 3
Instrument Storage
210
1
210
Percussion Storage
150
1
150
MUS 4
School Instrument Storage
150
1
150
MUS 5
Office (Band, Orchestra)
150
2
300
MUS 6
Orchestra Classroom (100 max.)
1,750
1
1,750
MUS 7
Orchestra Storage
100
1
100
Instrument Subtotal
5,160
MUS 1, MUS 6 MUS 6
Choral (Choral / Key Boarding): MUS 8
Chorus Classroom (100 max.)
950
1
950
MUS 9
Office/Library (Chorus)
150
1
150
MUS 10
Keyboard Classroom (37 max.)
990
1
990
MUS 11
Keyboard Storage
150
1
150
Choral Subtotal MUS 12
Practice Rooms
MUS 13
Music Suite Vestibule (internal circulation)
MUS 8 MUS 10
2,240
90
3
270
MUS 1, MUS 8, MUS 10
250
1
250
MUS 12
Total Area SF
7,920
Instrumental/Band Classroom sized for 150 students. Minimum required area for students = 2,250-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Orchestra Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,500-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Chorus Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 700-sf net based on 7-sf/person. Keyboard Classroom sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf net based on 20-sf/person.
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
TB
MUS 1, MUS 8
4' x 4'
2
Locate adjacent to Interactive Board.
MBL
MUS 1, MUS 8
4' x 12'
1
Locate at teaching wall.
IB
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
8' x 4'
1
OP - Locate at teaching wall.
MBL
MUS 1
4' x 16'
2
Locate at teaching wall.
MBL
MUS 6, MUS 8
4' x 16'
1
Locate at teaching wall.
TB
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
ISU
MUS 1
As required
10
Locate around perimeter walls of Band Classroom.
ISU
MUS 2
As required
10
ISU
MUS 3
As required
6
ISU
MUS 10
As required
8
ISU
MUS 11
As required
-
MFU
MUS 4
6
OP.
SD
MUS 4, MUS 8
1
Locate at sink.
PTD
MUS 4, MUS 8
1
Locate at sink.
DeKalb County School District
14 of 83
#/RM
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
AP
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
Varies Wall and ceiling mounted.
SS
MUS 1, MUS 6
2
PR
MUS 1, MUS 8
1
CMP
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
-
CLK
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
1
PSH
MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10
1
Wall Mounted. OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements. OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
MBL - Marker Board w/ lines
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Student)
MFU - Moveable File Unit*
TB - Tack Board
AP - Acoustical Panels
ISU - Instrument Storage Unit*
SD - Soap Dispenser
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
SS - Sound Speakers
PR - Performing Risers
* Manufacturer: Wenger (Coordinate requirements w/Owner.)
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
a MUS 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b MUS 2, 7, 11, 13
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in all spaces except provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height in MUS 1, 6, 8, and 10.
Casework Space No. MUS 1 MUS 4
Room Name Instrumental / Band School Instr. Storage
Unit Type
Qty
Chorus Classroom Chorus CR Alcove
1
3'x2'x7'
Shelving Unit (open)
1
4'x12"x7'
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
-
Base Cabinet (double door) Keyboard Storage
5 shelves, wall mounted.
3'x2'x7'
-
Countertop*
MUS 11
Notes
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
Countertop*
MUS 8
(wxdxh)
Adjustable Shelves
70 LF
(Provide on 3 walls.)
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
4 tier, wall mounted on standards. Coord. Depth w/ Owner
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
DeKalb County School District
15 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
MUS 4, 8 - Sink Area
Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles above counter.
2
MUS 2, 3, 4, 7, 11, 13
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms and vestibule.
3
MUS 12
Provide one (1) above counter double duplex receptacle computer outlet (w/ data). Provide one (1) duplex receptacle, general purpose.
1
MUS 12 - Practice Rms.
Provide one (1) data outlet adj to each duplex receptacle.
1
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
2
All Spaces
Locate restrooms and electric water cooler convenient to Music Classroom.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Avoid parallell walls within classrooms to limit echo.
2
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Control sound transmission between music suite and other spaces.
3
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Provide wall-mounted acoustical panels w/ concealed attachment.
4
MUS 1, MUS 6
Provide CMU sand filled partition between adjacent music classrooms.
5
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Provide doors without grilled louvers. Provide sound seals at all classroom doors.
6
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Extend wall acoustic treatment to top of structure.
7
MUS 1, 6, 8, 10
Provice sound batt insultation above walls and ceiling tile.
Data: TV: Other:
Plumbing: 1
Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water in MUS 4 and MUS 8.
HVAC:
Acoustics
General Notes 1
Provide exterior windows for each music classroom when feasible.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
3
Refer to Design Guidelines for door width requirements.
4
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
5
Provide interior windows between office MUS 5 (Band) and MUS 1; office MUS 5 (Orchestra) and MUS 6.
6
Provide interior windows between practice rooms and all adjacent music classrooms. Locate practice rooms to allow observation by any music teacher with direct visibility from the music classroom.
DeKalb County School District
16 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 06 - SHARED LABS General Description Shared Labs provide opportunities to focus on specific areas of study outside of the regular classroom. The Computer Reading Lab provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve reading comprehension. The associated Testing Room is used to administer individualized reading assessments; or to work with remedial readers in privacy. Writing Labs provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve writing skills. Key Adjacency: Locate shared labs within close proximity to general classrooms.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
SL 1
Computer Reading Lab
SL 1a
Testing Room
SL 2
Labs (Writing - 1 / General - 2)
Room sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf based on 20-sf/person.
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
1,000
1
1,000
150
1
150
1,650
1
1,650
Total Area SF
SL 1
2,800
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
SL 1, SL 2
Size (WxH) 4' x 4'
#/RM 2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
SL 1, SL 2
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
SL 1, SL 2
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
SL 1, SL 2
12' x 4'
1
Locate on side wall near door.
CMP
SL 1, SL 2
38
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CLK
SL 1, SL 2
1
Locate at teaching wall.
PSH
SL 1, SL 2
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Student)
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
Walls:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
Finishes
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty 8'-6" LF
(wxdxh)
SL 1a
Testing Room
Fixed Shelving Units
SL 1
Computer Reading Lab
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
SL 2
Writing/General Labs
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
Notes
102x14x28 3 equal shelves
Countertop*
36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. ─
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x30 w/ 4 drawers
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
DeKalb County School District
17 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Utilities Utility Power:
Location General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
Other: Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
1
All Spaces
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
All Spaces
None.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
3
Provide interior windows in SL 1a, with view of Computer Reading Lab.
Plumbing: HVAC:
Acoustics General Notes
DeKalb County School District
18 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 07 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION General Description The Physical Education curriculum provides students opportunities fo participate in PE programs geared to their needs and abilities, to develop physical fitness, sportsmanship and safe practices. Students are involved in individual, dual and team games, self-testing activities, health/wellness instruction, conditioning exercises, coeducational activities and lifetime skills. The gym is also used for intramural, extramural, school and community functions and assemblies. Key Adjacency: Separate from academic areas with access to playfields, and parking facilities. Bleacher seating capacity: 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.) Total Gymnasium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible on the floor based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc. and for recommendations for a stage or presentation area.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Notes/Adjacency
Gymnasium: PE 1
Gymnasium
PE 2
Gymnasium Lobby
11,830
1
11,830
170
1
170
0
1
0
Area based on layout of required number of lockers.
35
2
70
PE 3 Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.
PE 1
Boy's: PE 3
P.E. Locker Room
PE 3a
Vestibule (PE Locker Room)
PE 4
Toilet
0
1
0
PE 4a
Showers
0
1
0
PE 5
Athletic Locker Room
0
1
0
Area based on layout of required number of lockers.
PE 5a
Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)
35
2
70
PE 5
0
1
0
Area based on layout of required number of lockers.
35
2
70
PE 6 Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.
Girl's: PE 6
P.E. Locker Room
PE 6a
Vestibule (PE Locker Room)
PE 7
Toilet
0
1
0
PE 7a
Showers
0
1
0
PE 8
Athletic Locker Room
0
1
0
Area based on layout of required number of lockers.
PE 8a
Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)
35
2
70
PE 8
150
2
300
20
2
40
Coach/ Support Areas: PE 9
Office (Coach)
PE 9a
Closet
PE 10
Office (P.E.)
150
2
300
PE 11
Staff Toilet
75
2
150
PE 11a
Staff Shower
0
2
0
PE 12
Concessions
200
1
200
PE 13
Concessions Closet
50
1
50
PE 14
Laundry
150
1
150
1,100
1
1,100
20
1
20
500
1
500
PE 9
To be integral with PE 11 PE 12
Wellness: PE 15
Health Classroom (sized for 46 students max.)
PE 15a
Closet
PE 16
Weight Room (10 occupants max. at 50-sf/person)
DeKalb County School District
19 of 83
PE 1 PE 1
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Storage: PE 17
Gym Storage Rooms (general)
100
2
200
PE 18
PE Storage - Girl's side
310
1
310
PE 19
PE Storage - Boy's side
310
1
310 15,910 *Does not inculde locker rooms and toilets/showers noted above.
Total Area SF *Refer to Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES for athletic playfields and courts
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
PE 15
Size (wxh) 4' x 4'
#/RM 2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
PE 15
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
PE 15
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
PE 15
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
MB
PE 5, PE 8
8' x 4'
1
MB
PE 9, PE 10
4' x 4'
1
TB
PE 9, PE 10
4' x 4'
1
SMT
PE 1
12' x 6'
6
BL
PE 1 (motorized bleachers)
VBS
PE 1
Locate behind basketball goals. 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.)
6
Provide posts and nets for 3 volleyball courts.
BBA
PE 1
2
BG
PE 1
4
Contractor to provide/coordinate suspension structure.
SB
PE 1
1
OP
PUB
PE 1, PE 6
ATL
PE 5, PE 8
12x18Dx36
144 72 lockers, double high
1
PEL
PE 3, PE 6
12x12Dx12
486 81 lockers, six tier high
PEL
PE 3, PE 6
12x12Dx36
DDF
PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8
1 set
W/D
PE 14
1 set
CR
PE 2
1
Double door entry.
MDT
PE 2
1
Double door entry.
26
13, lockers two tier high
HSS
PE 1
8
Quantity as required.
SS
PE 1
7
Quantity as required. (Mount to ceiling structure)
SA
PE 19
1
MI
PE 16
-
Provide full length of one (1) wall.
MD
PE 12
1
For concessions window.
DFIB
PE 1
1
REF
PE 12
1
SD
PE 12
1
PTD
PE 12
1
CLK
PE 1
4
CLK
PE 9, PE 10, PE 15, PE 16
1
PSH
PE 15
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
MB - Marker Board
OP - Owner Provided
VBS-Volley Ball Post Sleeves
BBA-Basketball Assembly (mobile)
TB - Tack Board
WP - Wall Pads
BL - Bleachers (Telescoping)
BG - Basketball Goal (retractable)
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
SMT-Safety Mats (wall mtd.)
ATL - Athletic Locker
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
MI - Mirrors
SB - Score Board
PEL - PE Lockers
MD - Motorized (Overhead Coiling) Door
W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)
PUB - Pull Up Bar (wall mtd.)
DDF - Dual Drinking Fountains
HSS - High Security Intercom Stations
DeKalb County School District
20 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
CR - Card Reader
MDT - Metal Detector
DFIB - Defibrillator
SA - Sound System Amplifier
REF - Refrigerator
SD - Soap Dispenser
SS - Sound System Speaker
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls separating rooms to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
c PE 4a, PE 7a, PE 11
Provide all ceramic tiled walls.
a PE 2, 9/9a, 10, PE 12-
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
15a, PE 17-19 b PE 1
Ceilings:
Provide wood athletic flooring system.
c PE 1
Provide floor striping for volleyball and basketball courts.
d PE 3/3a, PE 4/4a, PE 5/5a, PE 6/6a, PE 7/7a, PE 8/8a, PE 11/11a,
Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.
e PE 16
Provide resilient floor pad/tiles.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile w/exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.
d PE 1
Open to Structure (OTS). Provide painted exposed truss system.
e PE 1
Provide surface mounted metal halide fixtures.
f PE 18, PE 19
Open to Structure (OTS). Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixtures.
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
PE 3, 6
P.E. Locker Room
Benches (Locker Room)
27 LF
3
9' Long
PE 5, 8
Athletic Locker Room
Benches (Locker Room)
36 LF
4
9' Long
PE 9a
Closet
Shelf, w/ coat rod
1
PE 9
Office (Coach)
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
PE 10
Office (P.E.)
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
PE 12
Concessions
Notes
Wall 1: Upper Cabinet (double door)
2
30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
2
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
4
30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
2
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers
1
84x24x34 Locate at motorized door area.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
3
36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (single door)
3
18x24x34
Base Cabinet
2
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
36x12x34
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Countertop*
Work Counter (open beneath)
-
7' LF
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Wall 2:
Countertop*
PE 13
Concessions Closet
-
Adjustable Shelves
16" D
Continuous at all base cabinets.
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
(Provide on 3 walls.)
DeKalb County School District
21 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
PE 14
Laundry
Counter (wall mounted)
1
60"Wx36" D
PE 15
Health Classroom
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
PE 15a
Closet (Health CR)
Adjustable Shelves
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power: 1
PE 1 - Gym
Provide electrical outlets @ 40' max spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to other requirements.
2
PE 1 - Scoreboards
Coordinate installation requirements of wireless remote control components w/manufacturer.
3
PE 1 - Scoreboards
Official Scoring Desk Location: Provide voice, data, audio, video connectivity devices required for application. Coordinate w/sound system, teledata etc. Provide recessed floor box.
4
PE 1 - Goals
Mount receptacle in 4" square box w/cover within 3'-0" of basketball goal electric winch. Goals controlled via key switch.
5
PE 9, 10, 15, 16
Provide one (1) quadraplex computer outlet (w/ data) for teacher workstation, one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted A/V equipment.
6
PE 4, PE 7 - Toilet
Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles.
7
PE 11 - Toilet
Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle.
8
PE 12 - Concessions
Provide GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle (w/data) at serving window.
PE 14
Provide one (1) wall mounted single receptacle, one (1) special receptacle, one (1) duplex receptacle.
10
PE 16 - Weight Room
Provide two (2) duplex receptacles per wall.
11
PE 17, 18, 19
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms.
1
PE 1 - Gym
Provide wall mounted clock outlets at each end of basketball courts, and one (1) at Gym entry.
2
PE 16
Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.
1
PE 1 - Gym
Provide eight (8) wall mounted intercom stations (high security); or as required per layout.
2
PE 9, 10, 15, 16
Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.
3
PE 3,4,5,6,7,8,15,16
Provide ceiling mounted intercom speakers in Boy's & Girl's toilet, locker areas, classroom areas.
1
PE 1 - Gym
Provide gymnasium sound system speaker assembly, with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Mount top of speaker flush w/ bottom of joist.
1
PE 1 - Gym
Provide one (1) wall mounted microphone receptacle with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.
9
Clock:
Intercom:
Sound:
Microphone:
Data: 1
PE 1 - Gym
See note above. Power: PE-1 Scoreboard
2
PE 12 - Concessions
Provide one (1) voice/data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle.
1
PE 9, PE 10
Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.
2
PE 1 - Gym
Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets at perimeter wall of gym.
1
PE 2 - Gym Lobby
Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control , magnetic door position switches, and card reader device @ entry doors.
1
PE Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
TV:
Security:
Other:
DeKalb County School District
22 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
2
PE Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
PE Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
PE 11
Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.
2
PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8
Provide electric drinking fountains.
3
PE 12
Provide sink in PE 12, Concessions.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8
Provide humidity sensors in locker rooms.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
2
All Spaces
Provide CMU walls for all PE spaces extended to structural deck above.
General Notes 1
Provide sound seals on doors in PE 1 and building corridor. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
2
Avoid specification of building materials w/ rough edges or surfaces that project into the Gymnasium area.
3
Provide wall pads (safety pads) quantity as required to achieve safe environment for gymnasium activities. Coordinate wall pad locations with placement of wall mounted receptacles.
DeKalb County School District
23 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 08 - SPECIAL EDUCATION General Description Classrooms for Special Education provide services to students with varying disabilities in the least restrictive environment. Disabilities served include Autism (AU), Behavioral Disorders (BD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Hearing Impaired (HI), Language Impaired (LI), Mild Intellectual Disabilities (MI), Visually Impaired (VI), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and Other Health Impairments (OI). Classrooms are configured according to standards established for regular classrooms, but for smaller numbers of students that can be self-contained (inter-related classroom.) Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to other general classrooms, near exits.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
SPED 1
Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)
SPED 1a
Toilet
SPED 2
Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)
SPED 2a
Toilet (Adaptive)
Room sized for 28 students max. Minimum required area for students = 560sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
720
1
720
60
2
120
720
2
1,440
250
1
Internal to SPED 1 classroom
250
Total Area SF
Shared between SPED 2 classrooms
2,530
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
SPED 1, SPED 2
Size (WxH) 4' x 4'
#/RM 2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
SPED 1, SPED 2
8' x 4'
1
OP - Center on teaching wall.
TB
SPED 1, SPED 2
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
SPED 1, SPED 2
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
MB
SPED 1, SPED 2
16' x 4'
1
Locate at wall adjacent to teaching wall.
CMP
SPED 1, SPED 2
CTBL
SPED 2a
1
GB
SPED 1a, Sped 2a
2
CLK
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
Locate at teaching wall.
PSH
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
W/D
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
SD
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
Locate at sink area.
PTD
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
Locate at sink area.
REF
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
RGE
SPED 1, SPED 2
1
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements. OP. Center on teaching wall.
MB - Marker Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (student)
W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)
TB - Tack Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
RGE - Electric Range
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
IB - Interactive Board
GB - Grab Bars (36" & 42")
REF - Refrigerator
SD - Soap Dispenser
CTBL - Changing Table
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a SPED 1, SPED 2
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
c SPED 1a, 2a
Provide all ceramic tiled walls.
a SPED 1, SPED 2
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b SPED 1a, 2a
Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
DeKalb County School District
24 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c SPED 1, SPED 2
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
d SPED 1a, SPED 2a
Provide minimum 9'-0" ceiling height.
Casework Space No. SPED 1, 2
Room Name Classroom
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
-
-
Built-in Storage
SPED 1
Classroom
Notes
Provide cubbies for coats, book bags/lunch boxes for number of students in room.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)
2
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Base Cabinet
SPED 2
Classroom
1
Continuous at all base cabinets.
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Work Counter (open beneath)
1
42x24x34 w/ two (2) single sinks.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)
2
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Base Cabinet Work Counter (open beneath)
Continuous at all base cabinets.
42x24x34 w/ one (1) sink.
Base Cabinet (single door) *All cabinets to be lockable. *Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
SPED 1, 2 - Kitchenette
Provide three (3) GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator.
2
SPED 1,2-Washer,Dryer
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) special receptacle for washer and dryer. Coordinate NEMA type w/ equipment specified.
3
SPED 2a - Toilets
Provide one (1) GFCI receptacle.
Other:
DeKalb County School District
25 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
Plumbing: 1
SPED 1, SPED 2
2
SPED 2a
3
Adaptive Toilet
Adaptive sink, grab bar, wheelchair accessible shower, changing station, shelves on wall.
1
SPED 1, SPED 2
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
3
SPED 1, SPED 2
Provide exhaust hood at kitchenette range.
Provide two (2) stainless steel sinks at classroom base cabinetry w/goose neck faucet and bubbler, cold water only. Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors. Toilet room doors shall not have closers.
3
Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
General Notes
DeKalb County School District
26 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 09 - AUDITORIUM (See Section 12 - NUTRITION) General Description
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Total Area SF
Adjacency
0
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
Finishes
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical:
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Acoustics General Notes
DeKalb County School District
27 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 10 - ADMINISTRATION General Description The Administrative Suite provides support to the instructional program, assistance to teachers, staff and students, and serves as an information and public relations center to the community. It is the main welcome/administrative center for parents, community, and visitors. The reception/guest waiting area is the sole sign-in security check point for all visitors. Highly accessed Administrative functions such as the Clinic and Attendance office may be located near the core Administrative Suite, with direct corridor access to assist with the control of student traffic to and from these areas. Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to Main Entrance, with full view of the school front, in close proximity to the Counseling Suite, Media Center and Cafetorium.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
Main Administration Suite: (1st floor-Main Entry) ADM 1
Reception (Waiting / Main Office)
500
1
500
ADM 1a
Administration Corridor (internal circulation)
280
1
280
ADM 2
Office (Principal)
400
1
400
Provide 2 exit routes / ADM 4
ADM 2a
Closet
10
1
10
ADM 2
ADM 2b
Restroom
50
1
50
ADM 2
ADM 3
Offices (Bookkeeper, Secretary, Attendance)
150
3
450
See General Notes
ADM 4
Conference Room
300
1
300
ADM 2
ADM 5
Workroom/Mailroom
300
1
300
ADM 6
Records Vault
150
1
150
ADM 7
Supply Room
50
1
50
ADM 8
Teacher's Lounge
ADM 8a
Restroom (pair)
ADM 9
Clinic (2 patient cots)
ADM 9a
Restroom (1 toilet)
ADM 10
Testing Room
ADM 10a
Test Storage Data Room
ADM 10b
ADM 3 (Bookkeepers Office)
400
1
400
50
2
100
ADM 8
180
1
180
Provide direct entry off main corridor
50
1
50
385
1
385
100
1
100
145
1
145
300
3
900
50
1
50
Locate within Administrative Suite
Satellite Administration Suite: (@ CR floors) ADM 11
Office (Assistant Principal)
ADM 11a
Restroom
ADM 12
Office (Receptionist)
150
1
150
Planning Room
300
1
300
150
6
900
20
1
20
150
1
150
ADM 13
Miscellaneous: ADM 14
Offices (Transpor., SRO, Drama, Gen. (2), S. Psych.)
ADM 15
PTA Closet
ADM 16
Archive Room
Total Area SF
6,320
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
TB
ADM 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14
TB
ADM 5, ADM 8,
4' x 4'
2
TB
ADM 1, ADM 13
8' x 4'
1
MB
ADM 4, ADM 5, ADM 11
4' x 4'
1
MB
ADM 13
8' x 4'
1
DeKalb County School District
Size (wxh) 4' x 4'
28 of 83
#/RM 1
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
IB
ADM 4
8' x 4'
1
OP - Locate at presentation wall.
MB
ADM 4
6' x 4'
1
MB
ADM 13
12' x 4'
1
TB
ADM 4, ADM 8
6' x 4'
2
TB
ADM 1a, 2, 3, 5
6' x 4'
1
CPR
ADM 5
2
OP.
VM
ADM 8
2
OP.
REF
ADM 8, ADM 9
1
UREF
ADM 9
1
SD
ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13
1
PTD
ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13
1
OPP
ADM 4
1
CMP
ADM 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14
IC
ADM 1 (Alcove)
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
SC
ADM 1
1
Ceiling mounted.
SC
ADM 1a
4
Ceiling mounted.
SM
ADM 1, ADM 2
4
OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.
SM
ADM 13 (SRO Office)
4
OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.
IAS
ADM 1 (Receptionist), ADM 3 (Attendance), ADM 2
1
IVC
ADM 2, ADM 4
1
DFIB
ADM 9
1
PTC
ADM 9
2
1
PCT
ADM 9
2
FS
ADM 6
1
KC
ADM 6
1
SDR
ADM 6
1
PSH
ADM 5
1
CLK
ADM 1, ADM 4, ADM 8
1
CLK
ADM 1a
OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.
OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.
Set in concrete pedestal @ 2'-10"A.F.F.
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
2
MB - Marker Board
KC - Key Cabinet (wall mtd.)
IB - Interactive Board
SD - Soap Dispenser
TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided
SDR - Steel Door
CMP - Computers (Admin.)
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
FS - Floor Safe *
CPR - Copier
SC - Security Camera
IC - Intercom Console (Main)
VM - Vending Machines
UREF-Undercounter Refrig.
SM - Security TV Monitors (wall mtd.)
IAS - Intercom Admin Station
OPP - Operable Partition
REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
DFIB - Defibrillator
PTC - Patient Cot
IVC-Intercom Volume Control
PCT - Patient Curtain/Track
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.
c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a
Provide all ceramic tiled walls.
a All Spaces
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b ADM 5,6,7,9,12
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a
Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
DeKalb County School District
29 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
c ADM 4
Provide fluorescent downlights and decorative pendant fixtures.
d ADM 4
Provide dimmable lighting (dual switching).
Casework Space No. ADM 1
Room Name Reception
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
Reception Desk (Provide 2 knee spaces) Work Counter
14 LF
24dx30h
Transaction Top
10'-6" L
15dx42h
Provide transaction top w/dropped opening.
ADA Work Counter opening
3'-6" L
24dx30h
Provide ADA drop portion, centered.
Base Cabinet
3
ADM 2a
Closet
Shelf and Coat Rod
1
ADM 4
Conference
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
ADM 5
Workroom / Mailroom
36x24x30 w/ 2 drawers (1 file dwr, 1 dwr.)
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
2
32x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelves.
Base Cabinet (double door)
7
32x24x34 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
3
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Countertop*
-
Mail Boxes (slotted upright) *
16 LF
112 1
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Width to accommodate inner office docs.
Shelf and Coat Rod
2'-6" L
ADM 6
Records Vault
Adjustable Shelves
48 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
ADM 7
Supply Room
Adjustable Shelves
48 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
ADM 8
Teacher's Lounge
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
ADM 9
Clinic**
Locate in alcove.
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers
Base Cabinet (single door)
2
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Upper Cabinet (single door)
1
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
1
54x24x34
Work Counter (w/open space)
4'-6" L
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
** All Clinic cabinetry to be lockable. ADM 13
Planning Room
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
1
4'x2'x7'
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
*Provide changeable nameplates at top of each mailbox. *Provide backsplash at all countertops.
DeKalb County School District
30 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
ADM 1 - Reception Desk
Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data). Device mounted in reception desk millwork.
2
ADM 1 - Main Office
Intercom Equipment Alcove: Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard.
3
ADM 1 - Main Office
Work Area: Provide two (2) sets containing: One (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and one (1) duplex receptacle .
4
ADM 1 - Waiting Area
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.
5
ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted at non-standard height in restrooms.
6
ADM 4 - Conference
Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) distributed equally to serve both spaces if subdivided. Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above countertop w/ sink.
7
ADM 5 - Work/Mail
Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) @ counter, three (3) duplex receptacles general purpose. Provide special receptacle for copier.
8
ADM 1a, ADM 6, ADM 7
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage, vault and corridor.
9
ADM 8 - Lounge
Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles mounted above kitchen area countertop; three (3) duplex outlets for refrigerator and vending machine(s); and one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data). Provide multiple duplex receptacles as required per layout. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted AV equipment.
ADM 9 - Clinic
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted above countertop w/sink, and one (1) double duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide receptacle for refrigerator, as required; and one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, general purpose.
1
ADM 1 - Reception Desk
Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet
2
ADM 1a
Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets.
1
ADM 1 - Reception Desk
Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets adj to millwork receptacle. Device mtd. In desk millwork.
2
ADM 5, ADM 8
Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.
1
ADM 1, 2, 8, 13
Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet mounted @ 84" AFF.
2
ADM 1a
Provide four (4) television tap boxes.
1
ADM 1 - Waiting Area
Provide one (1) wall mounted telephone outlet. Stub 1" electrical conduit above accessible ceiling.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a
Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.
2
ADM 4, 8, 9, 13
Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.
3
ADM 8
Provide cold water line for refrigerator and coffee maker appliance.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
10
Clock:
Data:
TV:
Telephone: Other:
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes
DeKalb County School District
31 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
3
Provide walls to structure at ADM 6, Records Vault.
4
Testing Closet should be visible, accessible from corridor ADM 1a, with entry in view of security camera.
5
Provide windows with blinds in ADM 11 and ADM 14, with view to main classroom corridors.
6
Provide windows with blinds in ADM 1 with view of main entrance lobby.
7
Povide counter with window at ADM 3, Attendance Office.
8
Provide direct access from ADM 3, Attendance Office, to the main corridor to facilitate student traffic and eliminate student travel through the Administrative Suite.
9
Provide an alcove to house intercom equipment adjacent to and secured behind the reception desk.
DeKalb County School District
32 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 11 - COUNSELING General Description The Counseling Suite provides guidance and counseling as an integral part of the instructional program designed to promote the social and emotional cognitive development of each student. Activities include, but are not limited to, individual, and small group counseling, crisis counseling, staff and parent conferences, staff development, and coordination of special school events. Key Adjacency: Centrally located in close proximity to the main corridor and main entrance to school. Locate adjacent to and separate from the Administrative Suite.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
CSG 1
Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite)
100
1
100
CSG 1a
Counseling Corridor (internal circulation)
165
1
165
CSG 2
Office (Counselors-3, LTSE, Registrar)
150
5
750
CSG 1a
CSG 3
Conference Room ( 6 person )
350
1
350
CSG 1
CSG 4
Storage/Copy Room
150
1
150
CSG 5
Records Room (Student)
150
1
150
Total Area SF
Main Corridor
1,665
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
TB
CSG 1, CSG 2
4' x 4'
1
MB
CSG 3
4' x 4'
1
IB
CSG 3
8' x 4'
1
TB
CSG 1, 1a, 2, 3
6' x 4'
1
MB
CSG 3
6' x 4'
1
IVC
CSG 3
OP - Locate at presentation wall.
1
CPR
CSG 4
1
OP.
VF
CSG 4
3
OP.
VF
CSG 5
14
OP.
CMP
CSG 1, CSG 2
-
SD
CSG 3
1
PTD
CSG 3
1
CLK
CSG 1a
1
MB - Marker Board
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
VF - Vertical File Cabinet (4 dwr.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (Admin.)
SD - Soap Dispenser
IVC - Intercom Volume Control
CPR - Copier
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.
a All Spaces
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b CSG 4, CSG 5
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
DeKalb County School District
33 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Casework Room Name CSG 3
Conference Room
Unit Type
Qty
Storage/Copy Room
Notes
1
42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (single door)
4
18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
CSG 4
(wxdxh)
Upper Cabinet (double door)
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).
Base Cabinet (single door)
2
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
2
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
1
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf and counter top.
Adjustable Shelves
16 LF
Base Cabinet (single door)
10" D
2 tier, wall mounted on standards.
*Provide backsplash at all countertops.
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
CSG 1 - Waiting Area
Provide three (3) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.
2
CSG 3 - Conference
Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data). Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above counter top.
3
CSG 4 - Stor./Copy
Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles (w/data).
1
CSG 1a - Corridor
Provide one (1) wall mounted double faced clock.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
CSG 3
Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/ gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
1
All spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
Power:
Clock: Other:
Plumbing: HVAC:
Acoustics General Notes
DeKalb County School District
34 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 12 - NUTRITION General Description The Nutrition program provides breakfast and lunch each day for students, teachers, administrators and visitors to the school. There would typically be 4 lunch periods occurring between 10:00 am and 1:00 pm to feed the school population. Lunch period length and timing will vary by school. The Cafetorium also serves as the school auditorium/multi functional space; with a stage for presentations and other large school functions. (i.e., Recognition Honors and Awards programs, school stage productions, district/community meetings, open house curriculum nights.) Key Adjacency: Within close proximity to the main entrance lobby of the school and located on a major corridor. Note: Minimum space requirements to accommodate 1200 FTE (84 IU's) enrollment. Overall cafetorium student/faculty seating capacity: 360 Overall Cafetorium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
Kitchen / Servery Area: KIT 1
Preparation Kitchen
KIT 1a
Dish Wash
KIT 2
Serving Area (2 serving lines)
KIT 3
Dry Storage
KIT 4 KIT 5
2,125
1
2,125
350
1
350
KIT 1, KIT 2
1,000
1
1,000
CAF 1, KIT 1
325
1
325
KIT 1, KIT 9
Can Wash (exterior )
20
1
20
Provide access near bldg. service entrance
Laundry Room / Locker Room
90
1
90
KIT 6
Staff Toilet
70
1
70
KIT 5
KIT 7
Office (1 person)
120
1
120
KIT 1, KIT 9
KIT 8
Mop Closet
50
1
50
KIT 9
Corridor (internal circulation) Incl. in KIT 1
0
1
0
KIT 10
Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1
0
1
0
KIT 11
Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1
0
1
0
Kitchen Subtotal
KIT 10
4,150
Cafetorium Areas: CAF 1
Cafetorium (Student Dining)
6,000
1
6,000
Bus entrance, CAF 2, KIT 2
CAF 2
Stage
1,000
1
1,000
Music Classroom, CAF 1
CAF 2a
Stage Ramp
0
1
0
CAF 2
CAF 3
Stage Storage
500
1
500
CAF 2
CAF 4
Cafeteria Storage
500
1
500
CAF 1
Cafetorium Subtotal
8,000
Total Area SF
12,150
*Cafeteria seating for 360 students. (30 12-person "fold-n-roll" tables.)
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
TB
KIT 1, KIT 7
4' x 4'
1
MB
KIT 1, KIT 7
4' x 4'
1
OPS
CAF 1
1
OP.
DB
KIT 1
1
Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.
AKP
KIT 1
1
Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.
DH
KIT 10, KIT 11
1
EH
KIT 1
1
HSK
KIT 2
1
DeKalb County School District
Size (wxh)
35 of 83
#/RM
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
MSK
KIT 8
1
SD
KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6
Varies
Locate as required.
PTD
KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6
Varies
Locate as required.
CSH
KIT 2
2
CLK
KIT 1
1
CLK
CAF 1
2
SL
KIT 5
10
W/D
KIT 5
1 Set
DRA
CAF 1
-
Cafetorium window treatment.
SS
CAF 1
2
Wall mounted at stage area.
SC
CAF 1
2
Or as required based on design of space.
TL
CAF 2
Varies
CMPR
CAF 1
1
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
C/BKT
CAF 1
1
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CUR
CAF 2
1
WBL
CAF 1
Varies
AP
CAF 1
Varies
PS
CAF 2
1
SA
CAF 3
1
MS
KIT 3
21
MS
KIT 8
MS
KIT 10
7
MS
KIT 11
15
CMP
KIT 7
1
MB - Marker Board
4'x2'x7'
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
Cyclorama, scrim, side stage curtains as required. Provide on cafetorium side of servery area.
1
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CMP - Computers (Admin.)
OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
W/D - Washer, Dryer
CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector
AKP - Access Key Pad
SL - Staff Lockers
HSK - Hand Sink
C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)
SC - Security Cameras
EH - Exhaust Hood
MSK - Service Sink
PS - Projection Screen (suspended)
DB - Door Bell
CH - Condensate Hood
DRA - Drapery (motorized)
TL - Theatrical Lighting
DH - Door Heater
SA - Sound System Amplifier
STG - Portable Stage (w/stair)
CUR - Stage Curtain (motorized)*
MS - Metal Shelving Units
SS - Sound Speakers
WBL - Window Blinds
SD - Soap Dispenser
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
AP - Acoustical Panels
CSH - Cash Registers
Walls:
a Cafetorium Area
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6
Provide full height ceramic tile walls.
a CAF 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
b CAF 2
Provide elevated concrete stage with VCT and stairs with rubber stair tread and riser. Provide stair access at both sides of stage.
c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11
Provide quarry tile w/quarry tile base.
d KIT 4
Sealed Concrete.
e KIT 7
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2'x2' acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, with the exception of CAF 2 and KIT 4. Provide appropriate ceiling tiles in kitchen and wet areas.
b CAF 2, KIT 4
Open to Structure (OTS).
c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 9
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
d KIT 5, 6, 7, 8
Provide minimum 8'-0" ceiling height.
Finishes
Floors:
Ceilings:
DeKalb County School District
36 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
e CAF 1, 2a
Provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height.
f CAF 3,4
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
g All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of KIT 10 and KIT 11, cooler/freezer.
h CAF 2
Provide theatrical lighting as required.
i CAF 1
Provide 2x2 high absorption acoustical ceiling tile in Cafetorium.
*See Design Guidelines for additional details and requirements.
Casework Room Name KIT 6
Staff Toilet
Unit Type
Qty
Casework Closet
(wxdxh)
Notes
1
Wood Bench
1
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
KIT 2 - Serving Area
Provide multiple wall mounted GFI duplex receptacles in servery area.
2
KIT 3, KIT 6, KIT 8
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.
3
KIT 7 - Office
Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) adj to desk area and one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) on rear wall. Provide junction box in office and in kitchen area for office phone chime capability.
4
KIIT 10, KIT 11
Provide junction boxes and motor rated toggle switches for lights, switch, and door heater.
5
KIT 5 - Laundry, Locker
Provide one (1) special purpose receptacle:and one (1) duplex receptacle for washer and dryer. Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle fror general use.
6
CAF 1 - Cashier
Provide per each serving line: One (1) duplex receptacle (w/data), two (2) special purpose receptacles. Provide multiple special purpose outlets, and GFI duplex receptacles as required per equipment layout.
7
CAF 1 - Cash Register
Provide flush recessed floor box.
8
CAF 2 - Stage
Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data).
9
CAF 2 - Projection
Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) for operation of ceiling mounted projector and projector screen.
10
CAF 3, 4
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.
11
CAF 4
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for amplifier equipment in storage room.
1
KIT 1
Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.
2
CAF 1
Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets, or as required per layout.
1
KIT 7
Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.
2
KIT 1, CAF 1
Provide wall mounted intercom (high security) station(s); quantity as required per layout.
1
KIT 7 - Office
Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) point of service (POS) data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle. Provide one inch (1") electrical conduit to POS in Cafeteria.
2
CAF 1 - Portable Sound
Provide one (1) data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.
3
CAF 2 - Stage
Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.
1
CAF 1, CAF 2
Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets.
KIT 7
Office Telephone Chime: Provide and mount junction box at 72" AFF for Phone Chime outside of KIT 7 (Office), in view from kitchen area.
Clock:
Intercom:
Data:
TV: Telephone: 1
DeKalb County School District
37 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Reader: 1
KIT 1 - Entry Door
Provide one (1) card reader at main entry door to kitchen area.
1
KIT 1 - Entry Door
Provide magnetic door position switch.
2
KIT 1 - Entry Door
Provide electric strike.
3
KIT 1 - Entry Door
Provide power supply for access control.
4
CAF 1 - Exterior Doors
Provide magnetic door position switch.
1
CAF 1 - Speakers
Provide cafetorium sound system speaker(s), and sound system speaker jacks at stage end of cafetorium.
2
CAF 2 - Speakers
Provide two (2) sound system monitor speaker jacks, and two (2) sound system local intercom jacks.
3
CAF 2 - Microphone
Provide three (3) ceiling mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.
4
CAF 5 - Microphone
Provide four (4) wall mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.
5
CAF 1 - Portable Sound
Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) for portable sound system equipment.
6
CAF 1
Provide cafetorium sound system amplifier.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
Security:
Sound:
Other:
*Coordinate kitchen equipment power requirements w/kitchen consultant and DeKalb County School District. Plumbing: 1
KIT 6
Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.
2
KIT 1, 1a, 2
Provide sloped floor and floor drains as required for ease of cleaning floor surfaces.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All spaces
See Finishes section above regarding ceiling tile in cafetorium and kitchen areas.
2
KIT 1, CAF 1
Extend CMU walls to structural deck around cafetorium and kitchen.
3
CAF 2
Provide acoustical treatment (i.e. suspended acoustical panels) at stage areas.
4
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
3
Provide interior windows in KIT 2 w/ view of Cafetorium CAF 1.
DeKalb County School District
38 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 13 - BUILDING SERVICES General Description Building Services (building infrastructure) spaces support the instructional programs by providing a comfortable, healthy, safe and attractive environment where students can learn and others can work with minimal distractions. These areas include essential components needed to maintain the school infrastructure and operations such as custodial, main building storage, mechanical/electrical equipment, data/telephone equipment and restroom facilities .
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
Storage: BS 1
Book Storage Rooms
200
3
600
Locate 1 per floor.
BS 1a
Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school)
200
3
600
Locate 1 per floor (40 carts per school).
BS 2
Maintenance Equipment Storage (exterior)
175
1
175
Lawn equipment storage.
Janitor / General Building Storage
250
1
250
BS 3
Custodial: BS 4
Main Custodial Supply Room
BS 5
Branch Custodial Rooms
BS 6 BS 7
150
1
150
70
2
140
Office (Custodian)
120
1
120
Custodian Workroom
250
1
250
580
1
580
Building Mechanical & Electrical Services: BS 8
Main Mechanical Room
BS 9
Branch Mechanical Rooms
BS 10
Main Electrical Room (incl. electrical closet)
BS 11
Branch Electrical Rooms
BS 12
Main Distribution Frame Room (MDF)-incl. CTSS Office
175
1
175
Locate per cabling requirements.
BS 13
Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF)
50
3
150
Locate per cabling requirements.
BS 13
Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF)
30
4
120
Locate per cabling requirements.
840
1
840
Outdoor Mechanical Yard (See HVAC)
8
2,960
BS 14
Mechanical/Electrical Plant
0
0
0
230
1
230
70
3
210
Size & quantity per system design.
Restrooms: (3-story school) BS 15
Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's
370
BS 15
Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's
275
8
2,200
BS 16
Staff Restrooms
56
6
336
2 per floor
BS 17
Visitor Toilet
60
1
60
One (1) unisex near main entrance lobby
Total Area SF
10,146
Note: Room quantities assume 3 story structure.
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
BS 6, BS 7
Size (wxh) #/RM 4' x 4'
1
TB
BS 6, BS 7
4' x 4'
1
M/B
BS 4, BS 5
4' x 4'
1
MS
BS 5
SS
BS 3, BS 4, BS 5
1
HS
BS 7
1
SD
BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7
1
1
PTD
BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7
1
CT
BS 17
1
DeKalb County School District
39 of 83
OP.
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
CLF
BS 14
8" H
-
Provide fence w/ barbed wire top.
MB - Marker Board
OP - Owner Provided
MS - Metal Shelving Units
M/B - Mop and Broom Holder
TB - Tack Board
CLF - Chain Link Fence
SD - Soap Dispenser
SS - Service Sink
CT - Changing Table
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
HS - Hand Sink
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b BS 15, 16, 17
Provide full height ceramic tile on "wet walls".
a
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, except as noted below.
b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13
Provide sealed concrete w/ 4 " rubber base.
c BS 15, 16, 17
Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.
a
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, except as noted below.
b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13
Provide exposed structure.
c All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, except as noted below.
d BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13
Provide chain hung linear fluorescent fixtures.
d All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in rooms with ACT ceilings.
Casework Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
BS 1
Book Storage
Adjustable Shelves
50 LF
12" D
5 tier, wall mounted on standards.
BS 3
Gen.Building Storage
Adjustable Shelves
290 LF
12" D
5 tier, wall mounted on standards.
BS 4
Main Custodial
Adjustable Shelves
38 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
BS 7
Custodian Workroom
Adjustable Shelves
26 LF
16" D
2 tier, wall mounted on standards above casework.
Countertop* (w/2 open areas)
26 LF
24dx34h
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (single door)
2
18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
*Provide backsplash at all countertops. *BS 7 Countertop: Provide double layer 3/4" plywood w/3/4 " hardwood edge. Finish w/3 coats polyurethane. Provide 2x4 perimeter support.
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
BS 2 - Storage (exterior)
Provide motor rated toggle switch for roof exhaust fan.
2
BS 3
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle.
3
BS 4
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.
4
BS 5
Provide motor rated toggle switch for exhaust fan, one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle, water heater and pump.
5
BS 7
Provide four (4) duplex receptacles, mounted above counter.
6
BS 8
Provide multiple panel/cabinet systems as required. Design room to accommodate future equipment. Provide multiple GFCI duplex receptacles as required by equipment specified.
7
BS 10
Provide automatic transfer switch equipment, trasnformer panels, lighting control panels, primary & secondary transformer disconnect equipment, and breaker panelboards. Design room to accommodate future panelboards and transformers. Provide within this room, another secured room containing disconnect switch equipment, fire alarm panel, and transformers as required. Provide combination of quadraplex and GFI duplex receptacle(s) as required. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard where required.
8
BS 11
Provide panelboards and transformers. Provide duplex receptacles as required (i.e. panelboards, transformer etc. equipment), and junction box for secondary clock power supply.
9
BS 12
Provide electrical conduit (i.e. security system roof antenna, condensate pump, connection ground bar) and 3/4" plywood backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard Provide ladder tray and rack system to support equipment
DeKalb County School District
40 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard. Provide ladder tray, and rack system to support equipment. 10
BS 13
Provide 3/4" thick plywood backboard on wall surfaces. Provide one (1) quadraplex and two (2) double duplex receptacles, and one (1) telephone outlet; or as required. Provide ladder trays, rack system necessary to support equipment. (i.e. intercom console, TV splitter; clock system, fire alarm and security junction boxes etc..)
11
BS 15, 16, 17 - Toilet
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.
Clock: None.
1 Intercom: 1
BS 8, 10, 12
Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.
2
BS 15
Provide multiple intercom speakers, ceiling mounted.
1
BS 15, 16, 17
Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (visual) ADA approved devices per applicable codes.
2
BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 15
Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (audio/visual) device with wire guard, per applicable codes.
1
BS 12
Provide one (1) ceiling mounted motion sensor w/ dbl. gang junction box w/ single gang plaster ring located in accessible ceiling.
1
BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 13,
Provide one (1) fire alarm smoke detector.
2
BS 8
Provide fire alarm pull station.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
Fire Alarm:
Sensor:
Detector:
Other:
Plumbing: 1
BS 3, BS 4, BS 5
Provide floor sink (service sinks) in main and branch custodial closets with hot and cold water.
2
BS 16
Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.
3
BS 15, 16, 17
Provide number of fixtures in restrooms as required by code for population served. Provide one (1) wall hydrant in each multifixture restroom. All toilet rooms shall be ADA compliant.
4
General
Provide electric water coolers distributed throughout building as required by code for population served.
5
General
Provide proper sloping of floor and drain for ease of cleaning.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
General
Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC requirements.
HVAC:
3
Provide dedicated climate control.
4
BS 14
Mech./Elec. Plant - Includes power company transformer, generator, cooling tower, trash compactor. Coordinate requirements w/Owner.
1
Equipment Rooms
Provide full height CMU walls around equipment rooms and sound isolation mounts for equipment subject to vibration to achieve sound containment.
Acoustics
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
2
General Notes 1
Multi-fixture restrooms must be sized for core FTE capacity of 1,200.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
3
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
4
The Mechanical/Electrical Plant (Outdoor Mechanical Yard) includes Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter.
DeKalb County School District
41 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES General Description Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
OS 1
Art Terrace
1
0 Provide direct access from Art Lab
OS 2
Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area)
1
0
OS 3
Central Court Yard
1
0
OS 4
Parent Drop Off and Main Courtyard
1
0
OS 5
Bus Courtyard
1
0
Total Area SF
0
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
GR
OS 1
1
WR
OS 3
1
WR
OS 5
2
ELTG
OS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
-
BR
OS 3
1
BR
OS 5
3
GR - Guard Rail
WR - Waste Receptacle
BR - Bicycle Rack
ELTG - Exterior Lighting
Finishes Walls:
a OS 1
Provide low masonry enclosure and guard rail wall around perimeter of terrace.
OS 3
Provide concrete seat wall.
Floors:
a OS 3
Provide concrete (float and broom) paving finish with brick pavers.
Ceilings:
a OS 1
Provide building overhang for shading.
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
NONE
Furniture OS 3
Central Court Yard
Picnic Tables
4
Concrete Bench
6
OP
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: 1
OS 1
Provide three (3) weather proof GFI duplex receptacles.
2
OS 1 - Door to patio
Provide magnetic door position switch.
1
OS 1
Provide sloped terrace and area drain(s) as required.
2
OS 2
NONE
1
NONE
Plumbing:
HVAC:
DeKalb County School District
42 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Acoustics 1
NONE
General Notes 1
Provide direct access from Art Lab to outdoor patio areas.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for additional site requirements.
3
Refer to Design Guidelines for exterior lighting requirements.
DeKalb County School District
43 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES General Description Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
NSF
SF 1
Softball Field
SF 2
Team Dugout (@ softball field)
SF 3
Coaches Box (@ softball field)
SF 4
Athletic Storage Building
SF 5
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
1
0
240
2
480
2
0
672
1
672
Football / Soccer Field
1
0
SF 6
Running Track
1
0
SF 7
Play Soccer Field
1
0
SF 8
Tennis Courts
2
Softball Field Softball Field Football / Soccer Field
0
Total Area SF
1,152
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
BPM
SF 1
CLF
SF 1
16' H
CLF/WS
SF 8
12' H
GL
SF 5
1
DF
SF 4
1
SB
SF 5
1
OP.
WH
SF 5
1
OP.
ELTG
SF 1, SF 5, SF 6, SF 7, SF 8
HB
SF 2, SF 4, SF 5
Provide bases, home plates, pitchers mound. Provide fence @ backstop. Provide fence w/ wind screens.
GL - Goals (Football, Soccer)
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
BPM - Bases, Plates, Mounds
M/B - Mop and Broom Holder
SB - Score Boards
OP - Owner Provided
CLF - Chain Link Fence
MS - Metal Shelving Units
ELTG - Exterior Lighting
DF - Drinking Fountain
HB - Hose Bibbs
CLF/WS - CLF w/ Wind Screens
WH - Water Horse
Finishes Walls:
a NA
Floors:
a NA
Ceilings:
a NA
Casework Space No.
Room Name
SF 2
Team Dugout
Utility Power:
Location SF 1 - Scoreboard
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
Benches
Utilities
DeKalb County School District
Provide weather proof junction box(es) w/electrical conduit; and weather proof duplex receptacles. Coordinate location w/owner. Install per manufacturers recommendations.
44 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Plumbing: 1
Refer to Design Guidelines Division 15 - Mechanical for hose bibb requirements.
1
None.
1
None.
1
Refer to Design Guidelines Division 2 - Site for playfield and other requirements.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines Division 16 - Electrical for sports field lighting requirements.
HVAC:
Acoustics General Notes
DeKalb County School District
45 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 15.1 - BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE General Description Business & Computer Science programs prepare students to become productive members of the business community and to enter a post high school institution after graduation. Students develop competencies in finance, legal operations of business, administrative support, information management, international business, entrepreneurship, and management. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
BCS 1
Lab
BCS 2
Office
BCS 3
Storage
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
1,000
1
1,000
120
1
120
120
1
120
Total Area SF
1,240
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
Typical MB
BCS 1
4' x 4'
2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
BCS 1
8' x 4'
1
OP. Center on teaching wall.
TB
BCS 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
BCS 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
MS
BCS 3
4x2x7
3
CMP
BCS 1
30
OP. Center on teaching wall.
CLK
BCS 1
1
Locate at teaching wall.
PSH
BCS 1
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (student)
MS - Metal Shelving Units
Finishes Walls:
a BCS 1
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b BCS 2
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.
Ceilings:
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.
Casework Space No. BCS 1
Room Name Lab
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
1 Teachers Cabinet (lockable)
1
3'x2'x7'
Shelving Unit (open front)
1
4'x1'x7'
Notes
Utilities Utility
Location
Electrical: 1
All Spaces
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
2
Teaching Wall
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
3
Computer Area
Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.
4
BCS 1
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
DeKalb County School District
46 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
5
BCS 1
Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.
6
BCS 1
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
Plumbing: 1
None.
1
BCS 1
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
BCS 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes 1
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
2
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
DeKalb County School District
47 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 15.2 - ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY General Description Engineering & Technology program provides students the opportunity to develop technological literacy through an activity-based study of past, present, and future technological systems and their resources, processes and impact on society. Technology education utilizes computer and educational technology in the delivery of content related to systems of communication, energy/power transportation, production, and bio-related technologies. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
ETECH 1
Classroom
ETECH 2
Lab
ETECH 3 ETECH 4 ETECH 5
NSF
Qty
TSF
Adjacency
800
1
800
1,700
1
1,700
Office
145
1
145
Teacher Prep/Woodworking
300
1
300
Audio/Radio Room
100
1
100
ETECH 6
Video Broadcasting Room
150
1
150
ETECH 7
Broadcast Control Room
150
1
150
ETECH 8
Storage Room
150
1
Classroom sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 680sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 120-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc. Lab sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,700-sf net based on 50sf/person.
ETECH 2
ETECH 7
150
Total Area SF
3,495
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
Size (wxh)
#/RM
MB
ETECH 1
4' x 4'
2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
ETECH 1
8' x 4'
1
OP. Center on teaching wall.
TB
ETECH 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
ETECH 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
PP
ETECH 2, ETECH 4
TVH
ETECH 6
‐
STL
ETECH 6
Varies
VC
ETECH 5, ETECH 6
-
FE
ETECH 2
1
MR
ETECH 2
1
CMP
ETECH 2
-
Varies OP. OP.
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CLK
ETECH 2
1
Locate at teaching wall.
SC
ETECH 2
1
OP. Ceiling mounted.
PSH
ETECH 2
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (student)
SC - Surveillance Camera
MR - Microphone receptacle (duplex)
SPH - Steel Pipe Handrail
PP - Power Poles
STL - Studio Lighting
FE - Fire Extinguisher (wall mtd.)
TVH - TV Headend Equipment
VC - Volume Control Equipment
Finishes Walls:
Floors:
a All Spaces
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
a ETECH 2, 4, 8
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
DeKalb County School District
48 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Ceilings:
b ETECH 1
Provide tiered (4 level) seating area. (Light weight concrete w/metal decking.) Provide steel pipe handrail set in concrete subfloor, and rubber riser and tread.
c ETECH 1, 3, 5, 6, 7
Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
a All Spaces
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All Spaces
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
c ETECH 6
Provide studio lighting condusive to broadcasting activities.
d All Spaces
Provide minimum 10'- 0" ceiling height.
Casework Space No.
Room Name
ETECH 2
Lab
ETECH 4
TP/ Woodworking
Unit Type Teachers Cabinet (lockable) Storage Cabinet (lockable) Work Counter* (w/knee space)
18 LF
Base Cabinet
ETECH 8
Storage Room
3'x2'x7'
Notes
1
3'x2'x7'
1
24dx34h
4
24x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.
2
30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
4
30x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
10' LF
Base Cabinet (double door) Broadcast Control Rm
(wxdxh)
1
Base Cabinet (double door) Countertop* ETECH 7
Qty
Continuous at all base cabinets. 4
Work Counter* (w/knee space)
8 LF
Base Cabinet
1 2
30x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf. 30' H
w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.**
18x24x30 w/ 2 drawers.
Adjustable Shelves
72 LF
12" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Adjustable Shelves
112 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
*Provide backsplash at all countertops. **Provide grommets, ETECH 7 work counter.
Furniture Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
ETECH 1
Classroom
Fixed Audience Seating
34
ETECH 2
Lab
Technology Computer Lab Casework
14
ETECH 2
Lab
Workstation
5
Utility
Location
Electrical: Power:
General Lab
(wxdxh)
Notes
84x84x84 Single Workstation (2 person) 60x24
Single Workstation (1 person)
Utilities
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture
Provide all power connections to modular furniture.
2
ETECH 4
Provide six (6) quadraplex receptacles @ work counter areas. Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data).
3
ETECH 5, ETECH 7
Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles.
4
ETECH 6
Provide six (6) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and one (2) duplex receptacle, two (2) cable outlets.
5
ETECH 8
Provide two (2) duplex receptacle in storage room.
1
ETECH 1 ,3, 4
Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.
1
ETECH 2, ETECH 5
Provide intercom speakers as required, ceiling mounted.
2
ETECH 8
Provide one (1) sound system amplifier.
3
ETECH 5, 6, 7
Provide power as required for wall mounted volume control equipment. (Coordinate w/Owner.)
1
ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture
Provide voice/data connections to modular furniture. Stub electrical conduit above accessible ceiling, size as required.
Intercom: Sound:
Data:
DeKalb County School District
49 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
ETECH 4
Provide one (1) data outlet.
3
ETECH 5, ETECH 7
Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.
4
ETECH 6
Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.
5
ETECH 6
Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets, w/connection to TV headend located in ETECH 5.
1
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
2
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
3
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
2
Other:
Plumbing: 1
None.
1
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
2
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
HVAC
Acoustics 1
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes 1
Provide exterior window for each classroom.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
3
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
4
Provide interior windows between ETECH 5, ETECH 7; ETECH 7, ETECH 6; and ETECH 3, ETECH 4.
5
Provide interior windows in ETECH 3 and ETECH 4 to provide view of ETECH 2 lab.
6
Provide double door access/entry to ETECH 1.
7
ETECH 7 (Video Broadcasting Room) provides the venue for broadcasting and includes filming equipment. Provide overhead lighting to facilitate the broadcast process.
DeKalb County School District
50 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Section 15.3 - FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCE General Description The Family & Consumer Science program offers a unique focus on the inter-relationships between families and work; and prepares students for family life, work life, and careers. The lab is organized into several kitchen areas (student demo areas) resembling and including standard appliances as provided in a home environment, for "hands on" instruction; in addition to a classroom lecture space in view of the teacher demo area. Reference Georgia Performance Standards for these programs located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.
Activity / Space Space No.
Room Name
FCS 1
Lab
FCS 2
Storage Closet
NSF
Qty
1,880
1
120
1
TSF
Adjacency
1,880 120
Total Area SF
2,000
Equipment The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise. Item
Room Location
MB
FCS 1
Size (wxh) 4' x 4'
#/RM 2
Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.
IB
FCS 1
8' x 4'
1
OP. Center on teaching wall.
TB
FCS 1
4' x 4'
1
Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.
TB
FCS 1
12' x 4'
1
Locate above computer stations.
CMP
FCS 1
-
OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.
CLK
FCS 1
1
Locate at teaching wall.
PSH
FCS 1
1
OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.
CT
FCS 1
1
Teacher Demo Workstation - electric cooktop
DW
FCS 1
0
W/D
FCS 1
1
REF
FCS 1
2
TC
FCS 1
1
SD
FCS 1
-
Locate at each sink.
PTD
FCS 1
-
Locate at each sink.
RGE
FCS 1
3
Student Kitchen Demo areas. (electric)
RGE
FCS 1
1
Teacher Demo Workstation. (gas)
EH
FCS 1
3
Student Kitchen Demo areas.
EH
FCS 1
1
Teacher Demo Workstation
SK2
FCS 1
2
Student Kitchen Demo areas.
SK2
FCS 1
1
Teacher Demo Workstation
SK2A
FCS 1
1
Student Kitchen Demo areas.
MI
FCS 1
1
Teacher Demo Workstation
MB - Marker Board
CLK - Electronic Wall Clock
IB - Interactive Board
PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)
TB - Tack Board
OP - Owner Provided
CMP - Computers (student)
W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)
EH - Exhaust Hood
RGE - Electric Range, ADA
MS - Metal Shelving Units
MI - Mirror (swiveling)
CT - Demo Table w/ Cook Top (Elec.)
SK2 - Double bowl sink
REF - Refrigerator
SD - Soap Dispenser
MPS - Master Power Switch
SK2A - Dbl. bowl sink, ADA
TC - Trash Compactor
PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser
DW - Dishwasher
Finishes Walls:
a All spaces:
Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.
b All Spaces
All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.
DeKalb County School District
51 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
Floors:
a All spaces:
Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.
Ceilings:
a All spaces:
Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.
b All spaces:
Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.
Casework Space No.
Room Name
Unit Type
Qty
(wxdxh)
Notes
Wall 1: FCS 1
Lab
(Student Kitchen Demo Areas)
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (double door)
3
32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (single door)
2
18x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
1
24x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
1
24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Wall 2: Upper Cabinet (double door) Countertop*
-
Base Cabinet (double door)
Continuous at all base cabinets.
*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Upper Cabinet (double door)
1
42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Countertop*
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).
Wall 3: Countertop* (open beneath)
44 LF
Countertop*
FCS 1
Lab
(Teacher Demo Workstation)
-
Provide supports @ 5"-0" on center, max.
-
Continuous at all base cabinets.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
42x24x34 w/ sink (double bowl).
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34
Base Cabinet
1
18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.
Base Cabinet (double door)
1
32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
Base Cabinet (single door)
1
18x24x34
Swiveling Mirror
1
Base Cabinet (double door)
2
Mounted above base cabinets. 32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.
*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood. FCS 2
Storage Closet
DeKalb County School District
Storage Cabinet (lockable)
2
3'x2'x7'
Adjustable Shelves
24 LF
10" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
Adjustable Shelves
60 LF
16" D
4 tier, wall mounted on standards.
52 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
*Provide backsplash at all countertops. Utilities Utility Electrical:
Location General Lab
Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.
1
FCS 1 - Teacher Demo
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle. Mount flush in cabinet side. Provide one (1) wall mounted special receptacle @ range.
2
FCS 1 - Washer,Dryer
Provide and coordinate NEMA special receptacle w/specified equipment. Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle, wall mounted.
3
FCS 1 - Ranges
Provide special receptacles, motor rated toggle switch(s) and junction box(es) for appliances.
4
FCS 1 - Student Demo
Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, @ 8' max spacing, mounted above counter.
5
FCS 2 - Storage
Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.
6
All Spaces
Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.
7
All Spaces
Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.
8
All Spaces
Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.
1
FCS 1
Provide three (3) double bowl sinks at Student Kitchen Demo areas at perimeter of lab.
2
FCS 1
Provide one (1) single bowl at stand alone Teacher Demo Workstation.
3
FCS 1
Provide all necessary plumbing requirements for equipment listed above.
1
FCS 1
Provide exhaust hood at each stove in lab area.
2
FCS 1
Provide dryer exhaust.
3
All Spaces
Provide limited-range temperature control.
4
All Spaces
Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.
Plumbing:
HVAC:
Acoustics 1
All Spaces
Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.
General Notes 1
Provide exterior window for each classroom.
2
Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.
3
Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.
4
Provide double door access/entry to FCS 1.
DeKalb County School District
53 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary
DeKalb County School District
54 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
Proposed
TSF
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's)
B
F
H
Classroom Type I - (Eng., Math, SS, World Lang., ISS)
CR1 1
English
14
9240
900
14
12600
CR1 1
Mathematics
14
9240
900
14
12600
CR1 1
Social Studies
13
8580
900
13
11700
CR1 1
World Language
2
1320
900
2
1800
CR1 1
In School Suspension
1
660
900
1
Total NSF
44
29040
13
13000
1000
13
0
250
6.5
Section 02
74 IU's
G
Section 01
FTE 1200 (74 IU's)
900 39600
Classroom Type II - (Science)
SC 1
Science Labs
SC 2
Prep/Storage Room Total NSF
13000
13000 1625 14625
EDUCATIONAL COMMON SPACES Section 03
MEDIA CENTER
MC 1
Reading Room
4100
1
4100
MC 2
Conference Room
300
2
600
MC 3
Office
150
2
300
MC 4
Periodical Storage
300
1
300
MC 5
A/V Equipment Storage
500
1
500
MC 6
Workroom (incl. toilet)
500
1
500
MC 6a
Staff Toilet
0
1
0
MC 7
Vestibule (internal circulation)
0
2
Total NSF
1
4800
0 6300
Section 04
ART
ART 1
Art Lab
1650
1
1650
ART 2
Storage
250
1
250
ART 3
Kiln Room ( 2 kilns Kil R kil ) Total NSF
100
1
100 2000
1
1800
Section 05
MUSIC INSTRUMENTAL (Band / Orchestra)
MUS 1
Instrumental/Band Room
2500
1
2500
MUS 2
Instrument Storage
210
1
210
MUS 3
Percussion Storage
150
1
150
MUS 4
School Instrument Storage
150
1
150
MUS 5
Office (Band)
150
1
150
MUS 5
Office (Orchestra)
150
1
150
MUS 6
Orchestra Classroom
1750
1
1750
MUS 7
Orchestra Storage
100
1
Instrumental Subtotal
1
1400
100 5160
CHORAL (Choral / Key Boarding) MUS 8
Chorus Classroom
950
1
950
MUS 9
Office (Chorus)
150
1
150
MUS 10
Keyboard Classroom
990
1
990
MUS 11
Keyboard Storage
150
1
Choral Subtotal
1
1200
150 2240
SHARED SPACE: MUS 12
Practice Room (Chorus)
90
1
90
MUS 12
Practice Rooms (Orchestra + Band)
90
2
180
MUS 13
Music Suite Corridor (internal circulation) - 10 %
250
1
250 520
Total NSF
DeKalb County School District
2
55 of 83
2600
7920
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space Space No.
DOE Minumum Room Name
74 IU's
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
DeKalb County School District
Proposed
TSF
56 of 83
B
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F
G
H
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's A
SHARED LABS (3)
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS Section 06
Proposed
TSF
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's)
B
F
G
H
SL 1
Computer Reading Lab
0
1000
1
1000
SL 1 a
Testing Room (Computer Reading Lab)
0
150
1
150
SL 2
English Technology Lab (Writing Lab)
0
850
1
850
SL 2
Math Lab
0
800
1
Total NSF
0
0
800 2800
Section 07
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PE 1
Gymnasium
11830
1
PE 2
Gym Lobby
170
1
Gymnasium: 11830 170 12000 Boy's: PE 3
P.E. Locker Room
PE 3 a
Vestibule (PE Locker Room)
0
1
0
35
2
70
PE 4 PE 4 a
Toilet
0
1
0
Showers
0
1
0
PE 5
Athletic Locker Room
0
1
0
PE 5 a
Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room)
35
2
70 140
Girls: PE 6
P.E. Locker Room
PE 6 a
Vestibule (PE Locker Room)
0
1
0
35
2
70
PE 7 PE 7 a
Toilet
0
1
0
Showers
0
1
0
PE 8
Athletic Locker Room
0
1
0
PE 8 a
Vestibule (Athletic Room)) V ib l (A hl i LLocker k R
35 3
2
700 140
PE 9
Office (Coach)
150
2
300
PE 9 a
Closet
20
2
40
PE 10
Office (P.E.)
150
2
300
PE 11
Staff Toilet ((incl. shower)
75
2
150
PE 11 a
Staff Shower
0
2
0
PE 12
Gym Concessions (Incl. 65 sf closet)
200
1
200
PE 13
Concessions Closet
PE 14
Laundry
Coach / Support Areas:
50
1
50
150
1
150 1190
Wellness: PE 15
Health Classroom
PE 15 a
Closet
PE 16
Weight Room
1100
1
20
1
1100 20
500
1
500 1620
Storage: PE 17
Gym Storage Rooms (general)
100
2
200
PE 18
PE Storage - Girl's side
310
1
310
PE 19
PE Storage - Boy's side
310
1
310 820
Total NSF
2
16000
15910
OTHER ESSENTIAL CLASSROOMS Section 08
SPECIAL EDUCATION
SPED 1
Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)
SPED 1 a
Toilet
DeKalb County School District
57 of 83
0
720
1
720
0
60
2
120
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
Proposed
TSF
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
Qty
B
F
G
SPED 2
Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette)
0
720
2
SPED 3
Toilet (Adaptive)
0
250
1
Total NSF
5
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's)
3300
H 1440 250 2530
SUPPORT SPACES Section 09
AUDITORIUM (Ref. Cafetorium - Section 12) 0
DeKalb County School District
58 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A Section 10
Proposed
TSF B
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F
G
H
ADMINISTRATION Main Administration Suite (1st floor-Main Entry)
ADM 1
Reception Lobby (Admin. Suite)
500
1
500
ADM 1 a
Corridor (internal circulation) - 10%
280
1
280
ADM 2
Office (Principals) - incl.closet and 53 sf toilet
400
1
400
ADM 2 a
Closet
10
1
10
ADM 2 b
Restroom
50
1
50
New
Shower
ADM 3
Office (Bookeeper, Secretary, Attendance)
150
0
0
3
450
ADM 4
Conference Room (Incl. operable partition)
300
1
300
ADM 5
Workroom/Mailroom
300
1
300
ADM 6
Records Vault
150
1
150
ADM 7
Supply Room
50
1
50
ADM 8
Faculty Lounge (incl. 2 restrooms @ 46 sf ea,)
400
1
400
ADM 8 a
Restroom
ADM 9
Clinic (Incl. sink area)
ADM 9 a
Clinic Toilet
50
2
100
180
1
180
50
1
50 3220
ADM 10
Testing Room
385
1
385
Test Storage
100
1
100
Data Room
145
1
145
300
3
900
50
1
50
Satellite Administration Suite: (@ classroom wing) ADM 11
Office (Assistant Principal) - Incl. Toilet sf
ADM 11a
Restroom
ADM 12
Office (Receptionist)
150
1
150
ADM 13
Planning Room ( No Pl i R N restroom))
300
1
300 2030
Miscellaneous ADM 14
Transportation Office
150
1
150
ADM 14
SRO Office
150
1
150
ADM 14
Office (General)
150
2
300
ADM 14
Drama Office
150
1
150
ADM 14
Social Psych Office
150
1
150
ADM 15
PTA Closet
20
1
20
ADM 16
Archive Room
150
1
150 1070
Total NSF
6320
Section 11
COUNSELING
CSG 1
Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite)
100
1
100
CSG 1 a
Corridor (internal circulation)- 10 %
165
1
165
CSG 2
Office (LTSE)
150
1
150
CSG 2
Office (Registrars)
150
1
150
CSG 2
Office (Counselors)
150
3
450
CSG 3
Conference Room
350
1
350
CSG 4
Storage/Copy Room
150
1
150
CSG 5
Records Room
150
1
Total NSF Section 12
SCHOOL NUTRITION
KIT 1
Kitchen
KIT 1a
Dish Wash
KIT 2
Serving Lines (2 serving lines)
150 1665
Kitchen/Servery Area:
DeKalb County School District
59 of 83
2125
1
350
1
2125 350
1000
1
1000
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
Proposed
TSF
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
B
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F
G
H
KIT 3
Dry Storage
325
1
325
KIT 4
Can Wash
20
1
20
KIT 5
Laundry / Locker Room
90
1
90
KIT 6
Staff Toilet
70
1
70
KIT 7
Office
120
1
120
KIT 8
Mop Closet
50
1
50
KIT 9
Corridor (internal circulation incl. in KIT 1)
0
1
0
KIT 10
Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1
0
1
0
KIT 11
Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1
0
1
3000
0 4150
Cafetorium: CAF 1
Cafetorium (Student Dining)
6000
1
6000
CAF 2
Stage (incl. ramp)
1000
1
1000
CAF 2 a
Stage Ramp
0
1
0
DeKalb County School District
60 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
Proposed
TSF
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
B
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's) F
G
H
CAF 3
Stage Storage
500
1
CAF 4
Cafeteria Storage
500
1
500
CAF 5
Portable Stage (720 sf)
1000
1
1000
Total NSF
500
4,571
9000
7571
13150
BUILDING - MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, TOILETS, STORAGE Section 13
BUILDING SERVICES Storage:
BS 1
Book Storage
200
3
600
BS 1a
Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school)
200
3
600
BS 2
Exterior Maintenance Equipment Storage (Lawn Storage)
175
1
175
BS 3
Janitor / General Building Storage
250
1
250 1625
Custodial: BS 4
Main Custodial Supply Room
BS 5
Branch Custodial Rooms
150
1
70
2
BS 6 BS 7
150 140
Office (Custodian)
120
1
120
Custodian Workroom
250
1
250 660
Building Mechanical & Electrical Services: BS 8
Main Mechanical Room
BS 9
Branch Mechanical Rooms - See BS 14, BS 15
BS 10
Main Electrical Room
BS 11
Branch Electrical Rooms
BS 12 BS 13
Main Distribution Room - D Data H Hubb (A (Ave.)) M i Di ib i FFrame (MDF) R Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets
BS 13
Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets
BS 14
Mech./Elec. Plant: (Incl. Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter)
580
1
0
0
580 0
230
1
230
70
3
210
175 1 50
1 3
175 1 150
30
4
120
840
1
840 2305
Restrooms: BS 15
Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's
370
8
2960
BS 15
Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's
275
8
2200
BS 16
Staff Restrooms
56
6
336
BS 17
Visitor (unisex) Toilet
60
1
60 5556
Total NSF
10146
OTHER PROGRAMS: Section 15
BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY
Section 15.1
Business & Computer Science
BCS 1
Lab
1000
1
1000
BCS 2
Office
120
1
120
BCS 3
Storage
120
1
1 Section 15.2
Engineering & Technology
ETECH 1
Classroom
ETECH 2
Lab
ETECH 3 ETECH 4 ETECH 5
1170
120 1240
800
1
800
1700
1
1700
Office
145
1
145
Teacher Prep / Woodworking
300
1
300
Audio/Radio Room
100
1
100
DeKalb County School District
61 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
DRAFT - APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Activity / Space
DOE Minumum
Space No.
Room Name
74 IU's
Proposed
TSF
NSF
1200 FTE 1200 FTE
GENERAL CLASSROOMS
A
Qty
TSF
FTE 1200 (74 IU's)
B
F
G
H
ETECH 6
Broadcast Control Room
150
1
150
ETECH 7
Video Broadcasting Room
150
1
150
ETECH 8
Storage Room
150
1
2 Section 15.3
Family & Consumer Science
FCS 1
Lab
FCS 2
Storage Closet
IT 1
1830
1880
1
120
1
OPTIONAL PROGRAMS
Section 16.1
See Shared Labs - Section 06
A Section 16.1
120
1270
2000
1
660
720
5
4930
7455
720
Total NSF
1880
1 Career Technology Classroom
Section 16
150 3495
1
720
0
Sub-Total Basic Programs: (Net SF)
73
83041
130421
Optional Programs: Other:
0
0
0
Other:
0
0
0
1
0
0 0 0
B
Sub-Total Optional Programs: (Net SF)
1
0
0
C
Tota (A+B): Basic + Optional Programs (Net SF)
74
83041
130421
D
Public Commons: Entrance Vestibule E V ib l Main Lobby
0 0
Corridors
0
Stairs
0
Elevator
0 0
Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area E Section 14
44995
GRAND TOTAL (C x Grossing Factor 1.345%): Total Building Gross Sq. Footage
175416
OUTDOOR AREAS
Section 14.1
OUTDOOR SPACES
OS 1
Art Terrace
0
1
OS 2
Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area)
0
1
0
OS 3
Central Court Yard
0
1
0
Section 14.2
SITE FACILITIES
SF 1
Softball Field
0
1
0
SF 2
Team Dugout
240
2
480
SF 3
Athletic Storage Building
672
1
672
SF 4
Football / Soccer Field
0
1
0
SF 5
Play Soccer Field
0
1
0
SF 6
Tennis Courts
0
2
0
0
0
1152 Total NSF
DeKalb County School District
0
62 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
APPENDIX A MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary Activity / Space
DOE Minimum
Space No.
1200 FTE 74 IU's
Room Name
Proposed FTE 74
TSF
TSF
INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS Section 01
CLASSROOM TYPE I
44
29,040
39,600
English
14
9,240
12,600
Mathematics
14
9,240
12,600
Social Studies
13
8,580
11,700
World Language
2
1,320
1,800
In School Suspension
1
660
900
13
13,000
14,625
Section 02
CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science)
Section 03
MEDIA CENTER
1
4,800
6,300
Section 04
ART
1
1,800
2,000
Section 05
MUSIC
2
2,600
7,920
Instrumental (Band / Orchestra) Choral (Choral / Keyboarding) Section 06
SHARED LABS
0
0
2,800
Section 07
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
2
16,000
15,910
5
3,300
2,530
Health PE Section 08
SPECIAL EDUCATION (Severe and Profound)
Section 09
AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12)
SUPPORT AREAS Section 10
ADMINISTRATION
0
0
6,320
Section 11
COUNSELING
0
0
1,665
Section 12
SCHOOL NUTRITION Kitchen
0
3,000
4,150
Cafeteria
0
4,571
9,000
0
0
10,146
BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY (CT)
5
4,930
7,455
15.1 Business & Computer Science
1
1,170
1,240
15.2 Engineering & Technology
1
1,830
3,495
15.3 Family & Consumer Science
1
1,270
2,000
xx.x Careeer Technology Classroom
1
660
720
A. Sub-total - Basic Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF)
73
83,041
0
130,421
OPTIONAL PROGRAMS
1
0
0
0
Section 13
BUILDING SERVICES
Section 14
OUTDOOR AREAS (See below.)
OTHER PROGRAMS Section 15
Section 16
Other: Other: B. Sub-total - Opt. Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF)
1
0
0
0
C. TOTAL: (Building Interior Net SF)
74
83,041
0
130,421
D. Public Commons Grossing Factor: Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area E. GRAND TOTAL: Total Building Gross Sq. Footage
44,995 175,416
OUTDOOR AREAS Section 14.1
Outdoor Spaces
Section 14.2
Site Facilities (Playfields, Softball, Football/Soccer, Track, Tennis)
0 1,152 0
DeKalb County School District
63 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
APPENDIX B MIDDLE SCHOOL - Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment (Provided by DCS)
DeKalb County School District
64 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I (6th - 8th Grade) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT
TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT
STORAGE
FURNITURE
NOTES
n eig (F or m
Cl as sr oo
DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair (Teacher) File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Open Front Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Rectangular Table Kidney Table Table
SIZE
La ng ua ge s)
at ics ) (M at he m
m Cl as sr oo
m Cl as sr oo
m Cl as sr oo
(S oc ial
(L an gu
ag e
St ud
ies )
Ar ts )
ROOM NAME
W L D Dimensions 1 1 1 12 34
1 1 2 4 34
1 1 1 4 34
1 1 2 4 34
1*
*Rectangular table optional.
1*
*Table optional.
Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * DEKALB - FF&E Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine
1 1
1 1
1
1
1 6*
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 - 6 Student Workstations*
1*
1*
1*
1*
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
DeKalb County School District
65 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
Sc ien
ce L
ab o
ra to r
y
ROOM NAME
TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT
STORAGE
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair (Teacher) File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Open Front Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Rectangular Table Kidney Table Table
W L D Dimensions 1 1 1 34
Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * DEKALB - FF&E Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine
1
1 2
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
1*
DeKalb County School District
66 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 03 MEDIA CENTER - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
to r tS -P ri n ro W or k
oVi su Au di
om
al No n
m
en ce Ro o
Co nf er
du Pr o Vi de o
Of fic e
Ma in
Re ad i
ng
ct io n
Ro o
m
/D ist rib u
tio n
ag e
St ud
io
ROOM NAME
STORAGE
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Copy Machine w/Stand Book Trucks TV / DVD (wall mounted) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
W L D Dimensions
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Library Clerk Desk Library Clerk Chair Private Office/Reception: Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine
1 1
1 1 1 2
12
4 - 12 Chairs
1 1 4 1 1* 14 3
Conference Credenza Optional * 10 - 14 Chairs 1
3
Provide work table.
4 1 1 1
1
1 X 1
Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction
1* 15
1
2
1
2
2
Provide computer at Circ. Desk*
1
1 B&W Printer, 1 Color Printer
1 1*
1*
DeKalb County School District
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
67 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 04 ART - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT
STORAGE
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Art Stool or Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Student Art Table Teacher Work Table Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table
Vi su al
Ar ts L
ab
ROOM NAME
W L D Dimensions
1 1 32
9* 1
4 Man Student Art Table
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Trash Receptacle Art Easel Drying Rack Clay Storage Bins Camcorder DVD/VCR Digital Video Mixer Digital Video Camera Exhaust Fan Tote Tray Cabinets Damp Cabinets Flat Work Storage Cabinet Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine
1 15 1 X
X X X X X
Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction
1 2
1
Provide Color workstation .
1*
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
DeKalb County School District
68 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 05 MUSIC - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine
en ta l
Mu s
Mu s In st ru m
1 1 2 100
1 1
1 1
100*
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
2
2
1 1
1
1 1 1
Ge n
In st ru m
Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Director Stand Director Chair Podium Lecturn Standing Risers (portable) Seated Risers (portable) Music Stands Acoustic Piano w/dust cover and dolly Piano VCR/Stereo w/surround sound Microphone MIDI Keyboard Special Music Equipment Sound System Digital Video Mixer Portable Music Storage Rack Portable Equipment Cabinet Overhead Projector
en ta l
Mu si c er al
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet *
TECHNOLOGY
STORAGE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (Posture) Music Stools Student Combo Desk Student Table Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
ic
ic
(B an d)
(O rc he s
tra )
ROOM NAME
1 X X X 2
X 2
X 2
X
X
W L D Dimensions
80 -100 Posture Chairs.*
Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction Provided by DCS Instruction
X X X X X X X
1 2
1
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
1*
DeKalb County School District
69 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 06 SHARED LABS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Microphones Headphones Microscopes LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
STORAGE
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Overhead Projector
es tin g /T
La b b La Re ad
in g
Ma th
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Table Student Open Front Desk Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Folding Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Conference Table Conference Chair
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
Co mp
ut er
Co m
W
pu te r
rit in g
La b
Ro om
ROOM NAME
1 1 1 30
1 1 1 28 14
1 1
1*
W L D Dimensions
22
4
Round table optional. *
2
1
1
1
1 28
1 28*
1 6
1
1
1
1*
1*
1*
DeKalb County School District
28 Computer Workstations* w/Laptop Mobile Cart Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
70 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT
STORAGE
FURNITURE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Tables Student Open Front Desk Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Small Table Round Table
b La h
He alt
DEKALB - FF&E
PE
-T
ea c
he rs Of fic
e
ROOM NAME
1 1
1 1
W L D Dimensions
32 14*
2 1 1
14 - 16 Tables.*
1
1*
Round Table Optional *
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
1
1
1
1 2
1 1
DeKalb County School District
1*
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
71 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT 8/16/2011 SIZE
NOTES
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet * Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Podium Lecturn Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
STORAGE
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Computer Headphones Computer Microphones Computer Station Earphones Laptop Mobile Carts Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Electric Charging Station
1 1 8*
Gi fte d
Th er ap yR
m
.
* Self Contained (Orthopedically Impaired or Intellectual Disabilities)
ch
pa ct /
2 2 2 16* 12
Im
1 1 1 4* 15
Sp ee
Co nt ain ed
Se lf *
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Student Combo Desk Student Table Student Open Front Desk Study Table Kidney Table Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
Se lf
Co nt ain ed
(I nt er re lat
ed )
ROOM NAME
W L D Dimensions
1 1 1 24
4-6 Chairs/4-16 Chairs/4-8 Chairs*
10*
9 -10 Student Tables *
1 1 3**
12 combo desks or 3 Rd. Tables.**
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1 4
1 4
1 4
1 4
1
1
1
1*
DeKalb County School District
1*
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
72 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 09 AUDITORIUM - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - See Cafetorium - Section 12) ROOM NAME
STORAGE
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
NOTES
W L D Dimensions
Teacher: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
SIZE
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
DeKalb County School District
73 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
STORAGE
FURNITURE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza / Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair Guest Chairs File Cabinets End Table Magazine Table Sofa Executive Desk w/ Bridge Executive Desk Executive Credenza Hutch w/Doors Tack Board / Task Light Swivel High Back Chair Swivel Mid Back Chair Office Guest Chairs Dining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Rd. Dining Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs
Re ce
DEKALB - FF&E
NOTES
W L D Dimensions
1 1 1 6 1 X
1 1 4 - 6 Chairs
2 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 12 2 2 1 1 1
4
2-4 Tables
1
* Sofa Optional
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 4
4
15 24 4 1
1 3
2 - 4 Chairs 10 -15 Chairs 12 - 24 Chairs 2 - 4 Chairs For Office 2-3 Tables
1 1 15 1 4 3 4
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet*
1 1
Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine Scantron Machine
1 1
DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation
SIZE
pt io n Pr A in cip rea als Co Of nf fic er e en ce As Ro st .P om r Bo inci p ok al' Va Kee s O ffi ul pe ce t/ r Re Of Cl co fice in r ds ic Ro om St af fW or k Ad mi room n / Su To ite SRO ile Of t R (Lea fic e Lo oom d ) un ge Ma il R oo m W or kr oo m Te (M ac ai he r W n) In or te k rc om roo Eq m ui p. Al co ve
ROOM NAME
2-4 Tables 1-3 Tables 2 - 4 Chairs
1 2 6 6 1
10
1
1 1
1
2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 1
4
2
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DeKalb County School District
1
1
1
1
6
74 of 83
2-6 Workstations
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
TECHNOLOGY
Printer/Scanner Workstation Intercom System Interactive Board Surveillane Equipment Security Cameras Telephone
1 1
DeKalb County School District
1 1*
1
1
3 Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
1* X X 1
75 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 11 COUNSELING - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
OGY
STORAGE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Small Table Round Table Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair Guest Chairs File Cabinets End Table Display Rack Sofa Executive Desk w/ Bridge Executive Desk Executive Credenza Hutch w/Doors Tack Board / Task Light Swivel High Back Chair Swivel Mid Back Chair Office Guest Chairs Dining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs Lounge Chair Rd. Conference Table Rd. Dining Table Conference Table Conference Credenza Conference Chairs Rectangular Work Table Sq. Work Table Round Work Table Side Chairs
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine
Re ce
DEKALB - FF&E
pt io n At W te ai nd an ting ce Re Ar Of gi ea st fic ra (L e r ob Co Of by fic un ) e se l or Re O co ffi ce r Co ds nf Roo er e m C a n ce re Ro er Ce om nt er
ROOM NAME
1 1 1 8* 1 1 1
1
1
1 16* 2 1
1 16* 2 1
1 1* 1 4* 1 1
SIZE
NOTES
W L D Dimensions
Credenza w/Hutch. 2
12
4-8 Chairs / 4-16 Chairs/2-4 Chairs*
3
1-3 Bookcases Small Table Optional * Round Table Optional *
4
2-4 Display Racks
1*
1
1
10*
4 - 10 Side Guest Chairs Optional *
1 1 14*
8 - 14 Conference Chairs
1*
Work Table Optional * 1-3 Round or Square Tables *
3*
6 6 1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
DeKalb County School District
3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof 1
1
2* 1
2-4 Computer Workstations
1 1
76 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
TECHNOLO
Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
DeKalb County School District
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
1* 1 1
77 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
STORAGE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair, (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
Ca fe ter ia
DEKALB - FF&E
Ca fe ter ia Ma na
ge r
ROOM NAME
W L D Dimensions
1/3 anticipated school enrollment *
X
1 1 2 1 1
1
2 - 4 Chairs 30* 10*
25-30 Roll & Fold Student Tables* 4-10 Faculty Tables *
8* 1
5-8, 55 Gallon Trash Receptacles *
1 1
DeKalb County School District
Teacher Printer Workstation
78 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 13 BUILDING SERVICES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
1 2 1 1
1 2 1 1
1
1
ag e St or
1
Ge ne ra l
1
W L D Dimensions
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Trash Receptacle Encore 520 Scrubber Boost 28" Scrubber (20 gal) Fusion Battery Burnisher Battery Maintenance System Push Lawnmower Echo Back Pack Blower Echo PE 230 Comm Edger Echo 23CC Trimmer Rotary Cutter Slow Speed Buffer 3 Speed Blowers Wet/Dry Vacum (18 gallon)
TECHNOLOGY
Bu ild in g
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desk Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables
Cu st od ian
STORAGE
FURNITURE
DEKALB - FF&E
En gin
Of fic
e
ee r
Of fic e
ROOM NAME
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
2 X 1 X X X X X X X X X
Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services. Environmental Services.
1
1
Teacher
1*
1*
Teacher Printer Workstation *
DeKalb County School District
79 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 14 OUTDOOR SPACES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available ROOM NAME
FURNITURE STORAGE
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables
EQUIPMENT
DEKALB - FF&E
SIZE
NOTES
W L D Dimensions
DEKALB - MIS Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
DeKalb County School District
80 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
SECTION 15.1 - 15.4 OTHER PROGRAMS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SIZE
NOTES
Bookcase Lateral File Cabinet Legal File Cabinet * Letter File Cabinet* Walkie Talkie Radios Trash Receptacle Solid Waste Compactor Counter Top Refrigerator Refrigerator Microwave Oven Coffee Maker Vending Machine (Drink) Vending Machine (Snack) Laminator w/ Cabinet LCD TV 20" Overhead Projector
TECHNOLOGY
STORAGE
Classroom: Teacher Desk Task Chair File Cabinet Student Chair (18") Student Combo Desks Student Tables Cot and/or Couch Coat Rack Round Table Administrative: Administrative Desk Credenza or Return Task Chair Guest Chair File Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables
EQUIPMENT
FURNITURE
DEKALB - MIS Teacher Computer Workstation Student Computer Workstation Printer/Scanner Workstation Security Camera Microfiche Reader / Printer Fax Machine Intercom System Interactive Board Cable TV Connection Telephone Large Paper Cutter Copier Machine (small)
15.2
15.3
1 1 1 32
1 1
1 1
28 28
40
ce
ne ct io
rC on Ca re e
& ily Fa m
15.1
ns (o pt io
na l)
La b Co n
su m er Sc ien
hn ol og y Te c
En gi ne er in g&
DEKALB - FF&E
Bu sin
es s
&
Co m
pu te rS cie
nc eL
ab
ROOM NAME
W L D Dimensions
15.4
1 1 1 30*
25 - 30 Student Desks.* 14 - 16 Student Tables*
16*
1 1 1 2
1
1
1 30 1
1 28
1*
1*
DeKalb County School District
1
1
1 10* 1
5 - 10 Student Workstations *
Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *
81 of 83
February 15, 2013 Version 1.1
ELEMENTARY MIDDLE
DESIGN GUIDELINES
HIGH
DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ July 22, 2013
DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ DESIGN PROGRAM AND GUIDELINES
VERSION 1.3
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
TABLE OF CONTENTS ((Page nos. to be adjusted) DIVISION 1 – GENERAL Introduction .............................................................. 3 DeKalb County School District Guiding Documents .. 3 DeKalb County School District Educational Specifications ............................................................ 3 GDOE Architectural Review Items ............................ 3 Architectural/Engineering (AE) Contract .................. 4 Grades to be Housed ................................................ 4 Building Capacity ....................................................... 4 Room Numbers ......................................................... 5 GDOE Inventory Drawings ........................................ 5 Fire Evacuation Drawings .......................................... 6 Proprietary Specifications ......................................... 6 Green Considerations/ High Performance Schools ... 6 Acoustical Standards ................................................. 7 Close‐out Documents ................................................ 7 Owner Orientation and Instruction .......................... 7 DIVISION 2 – SITE Site Design ................................................................ 8 Future Portable Classrooms ...................................... 8 Site Circulation .......................................................... 8 Auto Parking and Student Drop‐off/Pick‐up ............. 9 School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading .................... 9 Site Signage (Road, Parking and Entrance) ............... 9 Marquee Sign .......................................................... 10 Loading Docks ......................................................... 10 Paving and Surfacing ............................................... 10 Compactor / Dumpster Pads ................................... 10 Fences and Gates .................................................... 10 Trees / Plants / Ground Covers ............................... 11 Lawns and Grasses .................................................. 11 Landscaping Irrigation System ................................ 11 Site Design Notes / Athletic Facilities ..................... 12 DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE Stadium Seating ...................................................... 15 DIVISION 4 – MASONRY Brick Masonry ......................................................... 15 Concrete Masonry Units ......................................... 15 DIVISION 5 – METALS Structural Metal Framing ........................................ 15 Ladders .................................................................... 15 Railings .................................................................... 16 DIVISION 6 – WOOD & PLASTICS Plastic Laminates..................................................... 16 Casework ................................................................. 16
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Waterproofing and Dampproofing ......................... 16 Insulation and Fire‐proofing .................................... 16 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems ........................... 16 Pre‐formed Roofing ................................................. 16 Membrane Roofing ................................................. 17 Roof Drains .............................................................. 17 Roof Hatches ........................................................... 17 DIVISION 8 – DOORS & WINDOWS Doors ....................................................................... 17 Hardware ................................................................. 18 Windows ................................................................. 18 Glazing ..................................................................... 18 DIVISION 9 – FINISHES Gypsum Board ......................................................... 19 Resilient Tile Flooring .............................................. 19 Carpet Tile ............................................................... 19 Wood Athletic Flooring ........................................... 19 Synthetic Athletic Flooring ...................................... 20 Indoor Track Athletic Flooring ................................. 20 Weight Room Athletic Flooring ............................... 20 Quarry Tile ............................................................... 20 Ceramic Tile ............................................................. 20 Terrazzo ................................................................... 20 Sealed Concrete ...................................................... 20 Polished Concrete ................................................... 20 Suspended Ceiling ................................................... 20 Non‐accessible Ceilings ........................................... 21 Sound Attenuation Blanket ..................................... 21 Exterior Painting ...................................................... 21 Interior Painting ...................................................... 21 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES Visual Display Boards .............................................. 21 Television Brackets .................................................. 22 Metal Storage Shelving ........................................... 22 Room Signage .......................................................... 22 Metal Lockers .......................................................... 22 Restroom Accessories ............................................. 24 Toilet Compartments & Urinal Screens ................... 24 Fire Extinguishers .................................................... 24 Ground Set Flagpole ................................................ 24 Canopies .................................................................. 24 DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT Book Theft Protection Equipment ........................... 24 Theatrical / Stage Equipment .................................. 25 Projection Screens ................................................... 25 Darkroom Equipment .............................................. 25 Food Service Equipment ......................................... 25 Custodial Equipment ............................................... 26
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Athletic Equipment ................................................. 26 Scoreboards ............................................................ 27 Play Equipment ....................................................... 28 Concession Equipment ............................................ 28 DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS Science Casework and Equipment .......................... 28 Darkroom Casework ............................................... 29 Music Casework ...................................................... 29 Library Shelving and Casework ............................... 30 Manufactured Casework ......................................... 30 Blinds ....................................................................... 31 Auditorium Seating ................................................. 31 Telescoping Bleachers ............................................. 32 Floor Mats and Frames ........................................... 32 DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Portable Bleachers .................................................. 33 DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS Elevators ................................................................. 33 Electric Traction Elevators ...................................... 33 Mechanical Lifts for AIA Accessibility ...................... 34 Wheel Chair Lifts ..................................................... 34 DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL Pipe and Fittings ...................................................... 34 Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies ........................ 35 Grease Interceptors ................................................ 35 Trap Primers ............................................................ 35 Plumbing Fixtures ................................................... 35 Fire Protection ........................................................ 36 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning ............... 37 Automated Temperature Controls and EMS .......... 38 DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL Solid Front Electrical Panels .................................... 38 Future Expandability ............................................... 38 Conductors and Grounding ..................................... 39 Overload Devices for Motor Starters ...................... 39 Power Outlets ......................................................... 39 Light Fixtures ........................................................... 39 Motion Sensors ....................................................... 40 Gym Lighting ........................................................... 40 Auditorium Lighting ................................................ 40 Exit and Emergency Lighting ................................... 40 Emergency Electrical System .................................. 40 Exterior Lighting Fixtures ........................................ 41 Sports Field Lighting ................................................ 42
Data Cabling System ................................................ 43 Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 43 Detection Systems ................................................... 43 Master Television System ....................................... 43 Fire Alarm System ................................................... 44 Intercom System ..................................................... 44 Public Address Systems ........................................... 44 Delivery Door Bell .................................................... 45 Clocks ...................................................................... 45 APPENDIX Proprietary Specifications ....................................... 45 Door Hardware ........................................................ 45 Data Cabling System ................................................ 49 Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 54 Intercom System .................................................... 55 Fire Alarm System ................................................... 66 Security System Guide Specification ....................... 74 Communications ..................................................... 80 Access Control ......................................................... 84
Page 2 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL Introduction The Design Guideline requirements reflect DeKalb County School District’s (DCSD) experience in building and operating schools. They are provided to assist design professionals in preparing contract documents for new schools, additions, and renovation projects. The aim is to balance the need for instructional functionality with aesthetics, accessibility, operability, and assurance of safety so that all students, staff, and community members feel welcome and safe. The Design Guideline requirements are organized in sixteen (16) divisions similar to the Pre‐2004 Master Format industry standard specification divisions. Technical specifications for each DCSD project shall be prepared by and be the legal responsibility of the design professional of record. The Design Requirements document illustrates DCSD requirements. They are not intended to be complete technical specifications. The design professional shall be responsible for incorporating these requirements into the appropriate final contract documents. All requirements noted shall be assumed to apply to every school type, unless specifically noted. DCSD or its designee shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining the DeKalb County School District Design Guideline. Design Professionals shall coordinate use of these Design Guidelines requirements with related documents, including, but not limited to: – DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Documents – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Grants Administration Documents – Architect/Engineer Contract DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Guiding Documents – Excellence in Education Plan – Strategic Plan for 2012 – 2017 – 2020 Vision – 10‐year Facility Master Plan DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications Educational Specifications provide descriptions of typical programmed spaces for each of the three main types of schools: Elementary, Middle and High. These Design Guidelines describes construction requirements applicable to all types of schools. Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Items GDOE requires that Construction Documents for DCSD projects comply with GDOE standards and be submitted for formal review. These standards and review requirements are posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources website. Drawing submittals require coordination with the current GDOE “Curriculum and Space Needs” form for each project. These forms will be provided by GDOE through the DCSD Program Manager. At projects where GDOE will provide funding, additional documentation is required. These documents are also posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources website.
Page 3 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Architectural/Engineering Contract Contracts for new schools, additions and major renovations will be either “Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect” or “Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non‐State Capital Outlay Projects) between The DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect” which provides a detailed description of the scope of work and obligations of the parties to the Contract. These contracts are posted on the DCSD website: www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. Smaller projects may utilize other forms of contract authorization to describe the scope of work and obligations. Applicable Codes The current adopted versions of these codes are to be used to guide the design of DCSD facilities: – International Building Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Residential Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Fire Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Plumbing Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Mechanical Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Fuel Gas Code, with Georgia Amendments – National Electrical Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Energy Conservation Code, with Georgia Amendments – Life Safety Code (National Fire Protection Association, 101) – ADA Standards for Accessible Design – Current State Fire Marshal's Office Modifications Grades to be Housed Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed to house the following grade levels: – Elementary: Kindergarten (K), First (1st), Second (2nd), Third (3rd), Fourth (4th) and Fifth (5th) grades – Middle: Sixth (6th), Seventh (7th) and Eighth (8th) Grades – High: Ninth (9th), Tenth (10th), Eleventh (11th) and Twelfth (12th) Grades Building Capacity Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following Full Time Equivalent (FTE) Capacity: – Elementary: 900 FTE – Middle: 1,200 FTE – High: 1,600 FTE Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following core capacity: – Elementary: 1,050 FTE – Middle: 1,350 FTE – High: 2,000 FTE The “core” consists of ancillary spaces that support the classroom instructional spaces. These include the Cafeteria, Kitchen and Media Center. The Georgia Department of Education has issued rules setting forth minimum floor areas for such spaces, based upon FTE. Thus, provision for expansion must begin with planning for a “core” large enough to support the largest practical FTE contemplated for a given site. In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original structure or site.
Page 4 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Room Numbers DeKalb County School District requires incorporation of a single room numbering system for all drawings, schedules and signage installed on the building: – Schematic Drawings – Door and Finish Schedules – Design Development Drawings – HVAC Equipment, Automated Temperature Controls and Energy System – Working Drawings – Signage on the building – GDOE Inventory Drawings To achieve this, the Architect shall develop a logical building and room numbering system at the Schematic Planning stage. The sequence of room numbers shall be assigned based on ease of locating rooms in the completed building. In order to direct students, staff and visitors, the sequence shall start at the Main Entrance and progress in a logical sequence throughout the building. Random numbering of rooms is not acceptable. – Room numbers shall be all numeric as required for GDOE Inventory. – Major room numbers at multi‐story buildings shall be 4 digits starting with the floor level, and progress around the building in sequence (# 1211 = 1st floor, 2nd wing or Corridor, 11th room). Small spaces within major rooms or suites shall be identified with the major room number plus numeric suffix (# 1211.1). Where possible use whole thousands for wings or corridors (1200) and use postal odd‐even progressive numbers down corridors (odd on right (1211), even on left (1212). All spaces must be numbered including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms. Stairs, elevator and service rooms may be numbered as a suffix of the corridor leading to them. – One story buildings shall be similar, but may use 3 digits when identification of the story is not needed. – Room numbers at additions shall extend existing Inventory Drawing numbers without repeats. – Architect shall present building and room numbering system to DCSD for review and approval before incorporating them into the construction documents. After room numbers are approved they shall not be casually altered without specific approval of DCSD Facilities Services Department. – See Division 10 ‐ Room Signage. GDOE Inventory Drawings For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare Auto CAD Inventory Drawings which the Georgia Department of Education requires for the Local Facility Plan and DeKalb County Schools uses for convenient reference. Inventory Drawing standards: – Deliver the Inventory Drawings to DCSD, formatted and saved in Auto CAD 2007. – The following layer list should be used:
– – – – – –
Building walls shall be drawn in a simplified 2‐D drawing format using Auto CAD and show only the net exposed surface of walls. (No hatching or interior chases) Show windows as a single Cyan Line without spandrels or sills. Show doors and swing as single lines similar to walls without thresholds or heads. Eliminate unnecessary detail features which may interfere with the readability of text at the prescribed sheet size. Identify all spaces, including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms, with room name, room number and net area. Standard sheet size = 11” x 17” without border
Page 5 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Do not use more than one sheet per floor level. Adjust drawing scale as necessary to fit plan on the sheet and also retain readability. All text must be readable without magnification when printed on 11” x 17 sheet. Use following Fonts and colors to better distinguish room identification: Font styles:
Georgia
– – – – –
Stylus BT
Net Room Areas shall be calculated based on the inside face of walls. Gross building areas shall be calculated to the exterior surface of exterior walls. Do not include overhangs. Provide separate area calculations for mechanical mezzanines and canopies. Text shall be individually positioned for each space for best readability. Additions shall be identified with a yellow phantom line border and a title box showing GDOE Building Number, Year when first occupied and Gross Area. Refer to typical existing Inventory Drawings for required Schedules, Tables and overall Format.
– Fire Evacuation Plans For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare small ‐ format evacuation plans in accordance with DeKalb County Fire Marshal regulations. Upon construction completion, these plans will be mounted on interior walls throughout the facility to direct building occupants to exits. Plans shall show simplified floor plan in black, with exit routes in red, on white background. – Deliver the Fire Evacuation Plans to DCSD in .pdf format at 8 ½“ x 11”. Proprietary Specifications – Technical Specifications shall generally be performance based and include a minimum of 3 acceptable manufacturers actively bidding in Georgia. These shall be reviewed by DCSD or its designee in order to confirm acceptability. – It is the desire of DeKalb County School District to utilize proprietary specifications for items for which there are less than three acceptable manufacturers or for items for which new purchases must be of the same manufacturer as existing to achieve system wide compatibility and economical use of funds in the maintenance of the systems. The current list of approved items is in the appendix to this document. – The DCSD designee will furnish a letter of justification for each project, which must be submitted with final documents to the Georgia Department of Education. The design professional shall verify that the latest and most current document is used in Contract Documents. Green Considerations / High Performance Schools DeKalb County School Board Policy EBL adopted in 2008, defines the District’s goal to “establish and maintain an environmentally conscious school system.” This policy is available for viewing on our website, www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. It is the District’s policy to promote healthy and sustainable educational environments through the design, construction, operations, and maintenance of its facilities. Architects, engineers, and contractors should review, discuss, and work with the District to establish the goals in this respect for each project at the beginning of the design and construction phase. Implementation of sustainable design features found in Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy & Atmosphere, Materials & Resources, and Indoor Environmental Quality, along with Innovation and Design Process are to be considered a goal of the District, for both renovation and new construction even if certification is not pursued. All projects should strive to meet sustainable criteria.
Page 6 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
All projects should attempt to meet the following prerequisites: – Construction Activity Pollution Prevention – Minimum Energy Performance – Fundamental Refrigerant Management – Storage & Collection of Recyclables – Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance – Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control DeKalb County School District recognizes the environmental impact of its buildings and the importance of green design and green building practices. Architects and engineers are encouraged to incorporate energy performance in the design process and design energy efficient buildings to achieve high performance buildings that will lower the schools overall operating and maintenance costs. Acoustic Standards Architect/Engineer shall be responsible for incorporating appropriate acoustic design measures into the Construction Documents. Building areas requiring special acoustic considerations include stage area, auditorium, gymnasium, cafeteria and Music areas. Sound quality considerations include controlling excessive reverberation, eliminating or minimizing echoes, and shaping rooms to create uniform sound field in audience areas. Consideration should be given to equipment noise and vibration when locating mechanical equipment. Maximum noise emissions of equipment shall be specified. To avoid vibration transfer, provide adequate isolation of all equipment with moving parts from the building structure. Building design shall address noise intrusion from plumbing and impact noise from lockers and basketball backboards into acoustically sensitive rooms. Speech privacy shall be provided at offices, conference rooms and speech therapy rooms. Follow current industry standard guidelines such as ASHRAE and ANSI Standard S12.60 guidelines regarding acoustic design of classrooms. Close‐out Documents – The process of closing out a project is of the utmost importance to DCSD. Close‐out procedures shall be incorporated into the project from the start of design. The Design professional shall coordinate with the Capital Improvements Program close ‐out manager to establish expectations regarding documentation. – Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual Notebooks for all systems and equipment no later than (30) days prior to Project Substantial Completion Date. – Provide keys, valve schedules, attic stock materials, instruction confirmations and as‐built drawings no later than the Project Substantial Completion Date. Deliver keys directly to Owner. – Provide all required warranties, inspection reports, governing certificates and other remaining required items within thirty (30) days following the project Substantial Completion Date. – Provide itemized list of Kitchen equipment with brand, model and serial number for each piece along with cost. Owner Orientation and Instruction Technical Specifications shall address requirements for training sessions for building equipment and systems. Minimally, these shall include: – Providing a training schedule spreadsheet for distribution to Owner one week before training. – Providing a video record on DVD of all trainings for future reference.
Page 7 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
DIVISION 1 ‐ GEN DIVISION 2 ‐ SITE Site Design For new facilities and major renovations, the Design Professional shall develop a master plan which provides for the programmed needs defined by DeKalb County School District including considerations for future expansion to the core capacity. In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original structure or site. For additions to existing facilities, the Design Professional shall provide DCSD with an overall as‐built site plan showing entire extent of site, including all existing and new structures, paving, and site improvements. Future Portable Classrooms For new buildings, site design shall include pre‐planned level areas for the future location of portable classroom units, in the following minimum quantities: – Elementary: 12 classrooms – Middle: 12 classrooms – High: 24 classrooms – Design of the site shall identify area(s) for placement of portable classroom units without impacting parking, play fields and other required amenities. Portable areas shall be adjacent to classroom wings if site constraints and conditions permit. Coordinate portable location with future building expansion areas to avoid relocation of portables when the building is expanded. Building service utilities (electricity, gas, water) shall not be located under the footprint of future portable locations. Avoid locating site drainage lines and inlet structures under and within portable building sites. A fire hydrant must be located within 400’ of all portable classroom building sites. – Portables should be located as close to the school building as permitted by code. Architect shall verify separation requirements with the permitting authority and with DCSD Facility Services Department during the preliminary design phase of each school. Portables are typically located a minimum of 17’ apart, face to face to accommodate required stairs, ramps and sidewalks. – Each typical portable is 1,750 sf. in area, 14’ wide and 45’ long. Portables are built to a Type V‐B construction classification and are designed and approved for educational occupancy. – Soil bearing capacity in the portable area shall be 3,000 psf minimum. – The building electrical service shall be sized to accommodate the additional portable loads. A “spare” breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s) to provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future portable classroom distribution panel, shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable classrooms noted above. Site Circulation – Site shall be designed with a minimum of two (2) vehicular entrances in and out, preferably from two separate streets. – Site traffic circulation shall be designed with separate car and bus traffic routes that should not conflict. Layout shall not require driving service vehicles through parking lots to access the service areas; provide direct access to service area from bus loop or other main site circulation driveway. – Provide walkway access from adjacent streets, parking, bus loading and sports facilities. Walkways at high traffic areas shall be sized and located to avoid trampling of adjacent lawns and landscaping especially at building entrances and at heavily traveled routes to play areas. – Provide gates or bollards to restrict vehicular access onto entrance and other major walkways. Review specific requirements for traffic gates with DCSD. Consider gates at drives leading to athletic areas, bus parking, marching band practice areas and entrances.
Page 8 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Automobile Parking and Student Drop‐off / Pick‐up – The total number of automobile parking spaces provided shall be the number required by local zoning code, or the following, whichever is greater: – ES = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. – MS = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. – HS = 6.6 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. Where space permits, provide an area without intermediate curbs within the paved parking area for marching band practice, approximately the size of a football field. – Provide a designated separate automobile drive and drop‐off / pick‐up area with appropriate stacking space for waiting cars. Consider using speed humps at automobile drives to reduce speeding. Review location of proposed speed humps which may impact bus traffic with DCSD Director of Transportation. – Consider placement of a portion of the required number of accessible (HC) parking spaces directly adjacent to main entrance building, so that disabled do not have to traverse traffic lanes to enter building. – Clearly define crosswalks (painted and/or raised) from parking areas to all building entrances. School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading / Unloading Areas – For all new schools, provide covered main bus loading area and covered handicapped‐accessible special education bus loading adjacent to appropriate building entrance. Consider locating special education bus loading area as close to special education classrooms as practicable. Access to and from the Special Education bus area shall be approximately level without extensive ramps or lifts. – Provide curbside bus loading‐unloading adjacent to High School Stadiums with appropriate turning radius and grades. Paint auto parking overlay at bus staging area for additional activity parking. – Bus parking, covered loading‐unloading areas, and driveway layout shall be reviewed and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation, to ensure appropriate turn radii and grades for bus drives. Site Signage (Road, Parking, and Drive Entrance) Appropriate metal signage shall be included in the contract per code and local requirements. – Parking and traffic signage shall be included in the site design and Construction Documents. Provide way‐finding signage for major facilities such as visitor parking, building entrance, parent and bus drop‐ offs, stadium, ball fields, etc. Identify restrictions on use of parking spaces such as handicapped, staff, visitors, students, etc. Provide signage clearance from curbs to prevent bus “tail swing” from damaging signposts. Similar clearance needs to be maintained for bus canopy posts. Mount signage on building walls and columns where possible. – Provide space at entrances for standard building identification sign furnished and installed by DCSD. – Coordinate signage design with DCSD Executive Director of Transportation. Marquee Sign Appropriate location for future marquee sign for each new facility shall be determined by Design Professional and indicated on site plan. General contractor shall provide underground conduit from building to future sign location. Loading Docks – For new Elementary and Middle Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide 6” curb loading areas adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area with 36” curb cut and ramp to grade. – For new High Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide standard height raised loading dock at adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area. – See Division 16 for delivery door bell requirements at receiving areas.
Page 9 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Paving and Surfacing – Asphalt paving shall be used in all parking and driveway areas. – Heavy‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for bus, container truck delivery and fire lane traffic. Areas of heavy‐duty paving shall be identified on the site, so that buses and heavy vehicles such as garbage trucks will be directed to drive on heavier duty paving. – Medium‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for automotive traffic. – Asphalt and graded aggregate base thicknesses shall be standardized and so illustrated in paving cross‐ sections, detailed in civil engineering design drawings. Final asphalt top shall be in place before bus run through. – Concrete paving with steel reinforcing shall be used at truck loading areas and dumpster pads. – Sidewalks and plazas shall be concrete. Compactor / Dumpster Pads For new buildings and major renovations to kitchens, concrete pads shall be placed in the service area to accommodate one compactor for garbage and one dumpster for recycling. At new High Schools, these pads can be incorporated into the concrete area at the loading dock. Drains must be provided, and shall be designed in compliance with all applicable codes. Provide reinforced concrete slab that extends a minimum of 40′ in front of the dumpster pad to resist wear from garbage trucks turning their wheels to maneuver for dumpster pick up. – Dumpster and compactor areas shall be visually shielded, in a manner compatible with the architectural design of the building. – Dumpster and compactor areas shall be easily accessible by sidewalk so that custodial carts can be used to transport trash to the dumpster. The top of the dumpster shall be accessible, in a location adjacent to a loading area or dock so that trash can be thrown into the top of the dumpster. Where the dumpster is not adjacent to a loading dock, a ramp to the back or sides of the dumpsters shall be provided. – Trash Compactor basis of design shall be Sturbridge, with the following minimum specifications: – Power Unit (electrical): Operating Power Available: 110 volt A/C, 20 amp; 12 D/C current – Overall Size: Length: 216 “ or (18’‐ 0”); Height: 105” or (8’‐ 9”); Width: 95” or (8’ ‐ 0”) – Compactor/container shall have the capability of being transported from site to site, operating from electrical D/C current provided by a vehicle or 120 volt/30 AMP A/C current provided by a grounded 8 gauge cord no longer than 150 feet. – Review space required for dumpsters and compactors with DCSD Facilities Services Department. Fences and Gates – Unless otherwise specifically approved by DCSD, all permanent fences and gates shall be black vinyl coated chain link construction. Typical fencing shall be 11 Gauge core wire and 9 gauge finish thickness. Provide appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria. – General site fencing shall be 6’‐0” high with appropriately located gates. Storm retention areas shall be fenced with the same material per local requirements. – Gates shall be provided at school driveways to limit access during certain time periods. – Perimeter and other fencing shall be installed as needed to provide safety and security of the students, teachers and staff. Exact location of fencing will be determined on‐site by DCSD in order to preserve natural areas and undisturbed buffers. – Fencing and wind screens at sports fields shall be of the height and locations described in the relevant sections of these guidelines. Fences shall be black vinyl coated chain link construction of appropriate gauge and mesh for the height required with appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria. Wind Screens shall be forest green. – Provide security fencing around any exterior equipment that is installed at ground level. (I.e. Freezer/Cooler, condensing units, generators, etc.)
Page 10 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Trees/Plants/Ground Cover – In general, use low maintenance ground cover; minimize grass/sod. Landscape designer is encouraged to look at alternatives and use the most practical application for each area. Use mulch around buildings. Provide raised curb or other devices to restrict washing of mulch onto adjacent paved walks and drives. Low maintenance ground covers may be used in low‐traffic areas and on slopes as appropriate. – Pine straw mulch for adequate coverage, no more than 4” deep, shall be provided at all new tree and shrub plantings. – New landscaping shall be maintained by the Contractor for no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by DCSD. – Comply with tree ordinances and provide additional buffers as may be directed by the municipality or jurisdiction. Review proposed new shrubs and trees with DCSD Facilities Services Department. Lawns and Grasses All general areas to be grassed shall be hydro‐seeded with Common Bermuda or Fescue depending on the planting season. Wood fiber mulch shall be included when hydro‐seeding slopes greater than 3:1. Lawns and grass shall be watered and maintained for a period of no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by DCSD. Lawns and grass shall be fully established and receive a minimum of 2 cuts prior to inspection. – Lawn specifications – Provide adequate seedbed preparation – 4″ tilled topsoil or amended organic soil. – Specify rock hounding in two directions to pick up stones greater than 1.5″ diameter. – Areas to be planted with sod vs. seed need to be identified on the drawings. Typically, all areas close to the building or inside a perimeter drive should be sod. – Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed Lawn specifications prior to issuing final Drawings. – Consider the use of “Terra‐mat” or sod on excessive slopes. Landscaping Irrigation System Landscape shall be designed to eliminate the need for landscape planting irrigation. Commercial grade sprinkler irrigation system with automatic operation shall be provided for the grass playing and practice fields at Middle and High Schools only. Do not provide irrigation at Elementary School play fields. – Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed irrigation system prior to issuing final drawings. – Include a drilled well in high school specifications for irrigation purposes. The well needs to have a yield of minimum of 100 gallons per minute. If yield is less, provide water storage facility to compensate. See Division 15 MECHANICAL, Plumbing Fixtures, for Exterior Hose Bib requirements. Site Design Notes for School Athletic Facilities Stadium Synthetic Turf System All major renovations to stadiums shall include a synthetic turf, rubber infill system. Base system will include single letter logo at midfield; school name in one end zone and mascot name in the other; single letter color; and striping and markings for football (white), soccer (yellow) – reference marks only the six yard end boxes; men’s and women’s lacrosse (red) – reference marks only. Acceptable manufacturers are Sprint Turf, Sports Turf, and Matrix Turf.
Page 11 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Stadium Track and Field All major renovations to stadium track and field shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Each field shall include the following: – Orientation with long dimension north and south. – Provide areas for field events including paved areas for pole vault, high jump, long jump with sand pit. – Synthetic turf playing field. – Polyurethane surfacing system running track (8 Lanes). – Provide concrete pads for shot put and discus field events. – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment – Field Lighting ‐ See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting High School Track and Field Surfacing High school tracks shall be a polyurethane surfacing system similar to Sports Track 300 or Beynon Sports Surfaces, BSS‐300. The elastomeric polyurethane shall be red in color with line striping and event markings in accordance with current National Federation of State High School Associations standards and guidelines. Provide minimum of 6 track lanes; 8 where space permits. Middle School Track and Field Middle school track and field areas shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Each track and field shall include the following: – Irrigated grass field inside running track. – Slope field to area drains at corners. – Asphalt running track with painted lanes. – 400 meter track with 6 lanes where space permits. – 300 meter track with 5 lanes where space is limited. – Paved H/C access from building. – Paved areas for high jump and long jump with sand pit. See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment. High School Baseball Field New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following: – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits. – Outfield and diamond of natural grass turf with irrigation system – Warning track – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety – Two concrete block dugouts – Two bullpens (one at each side, inside fence) – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (outside fence) – Weather proof water spigot within ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weatherproof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – Scoreboard located between center and left field – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard. – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads. See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers. – Field Lighting See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting. – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment.
Page 12 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Middle School Baseball Field New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations, to the extent possible. Field shall minimally include the following: – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits. – Grass outfield with irrigation system – Appropriate drainage towards outfield – Skinned earth between bases – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety – One set of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads. See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers. High School Softball Field High School softball Field shall be designed in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following: – Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield – Outfield of natural grass turf with irrigation system – Warning track – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound level with infield with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate‐ height as required for safety – Double first base – Two concrete block dugouts – Two bullpens (One at each side, inside fence) – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (Outside fence) – Water spigot within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – Scoreboard located between center and left field See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads: See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers – Field Lighting See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment Middle School Softball Field Middle school softball field shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following: – Orientation with home plate at south‐southwest and second base at north‐northeast – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield – Grass infield and outfield with irrigation system – Appropriate drainage towards outfield – Skinned earth between bases – Pitching mound level with infield
Page 13 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Fencing, 8’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate, 20’ high
High School Practice Field High school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice field shall include the following: – Orientation with long dimension north and south – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long – Grass turf with irrigation system – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas. – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals. Middle School Practice Field Middle school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. If site allows, it shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice field shall include the following: – Orientation with long dimension north and south – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long – Grass turf with irrigation system – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas. – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals. Elementary School Multi‐purpose Field Elementary School multi‐purpose field is intended for informal outdoor activities and elementary level sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards. The multi‐purpose field shall include the following: – Approximately 2 acres adjacent to the gym if site configuration will allow. – Well drained grass turf without irrigation system. Ensure that building and site drainage and/or detention systems do not impact the play area. High / Middle School Tennis Courts – For new facilities, provide a minimum of two (2) tennis courts at each middle school and a minimum of four (4) at each high school. Tennis courts shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. – Contrasting light and dark green surface between court and remaining play area – Regulation size with orientation with baselines of courts perpendicular to north‐south axis. – Fencing 10’ high, 20’ from baseline, 12’ from sidelines – Windscreens except at bleachers – 110v duplex electrical outlet at each end of the bank of courts. – At high schools, provide one set of bleachers anchored to a concrete pad at west end of courts. – See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers. DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Stadium Seating Existing structure for stadium bench seating is concrete. For major stadium renovations, existing conditions shall be fully assessed and analyzed by a structural engineer with expertise in concrete prior to design of refurbishment of stadium.
Page 14 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Any work done to refurbish stadium seating, rest rooms, parking access, concession area, etc. shall be DA compliant. Consideration should be given to providing accessible viewing areas in multiple locations (“Home” and “Visitor”) of stadium seating. DIVISION 4 MASONRY Brick Masonry Brick veneer shall be used as the exterior building material of choice. Changes in brick types, sizes, color, texture and orientation shall be kept to a minimum. Color(s) shall be recommended by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Only one mortar color will be allowed at each new school. Concrete Masonry Units Concrete block is preferred for the interior wall material for new schools. Bull‐nosed block shall be used for all outside corners. Split‐faced block shall not be used unless specifically requested by the DCSD. See Division 9 FINISHES for other materials. – CMU partitions are required at: – Vaults and the adjacent Office used for bookkeeping (Extend to roof or cap with concrete slab.)* – Corridors and other high traffic areas – Gymnasium, Auditorium, Stage, Cafeteria and Kitchen – Main Mechanical and Electrical Rooms – Gang restrooms and other high abuse areas – Locker Rooms – Mechanical and electrical closets *Note: Rated gypsum board partitions may be used in lieu of CMU at Vault and adjacent office area.) DIVISION 5 METALS Structural Metal Framing Structural steel framing systems shall generally be used for new school construction in lieu of load‐bearing masonry construction. Ladders – All low‐pitch roofs shall have a permanent means of access; stair access to roof is preferred. – Interior ladders provided for roof or mezzanine access shall be a ship’s type ladder. – Vertical or exterior ladders from the ground are not acceptable for required access to the roof. Limit the use of vertical fixed ladders to small areas projecting above the main roof. – Ladders and stairs shall be equipped with appropriate guard and handrails. Railings – Gates at guard rails between Interior track and bleachers in high school gyms shall be self storing. – All interior and exterior handrails shall be of welded aluminum construction with satin finish. DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS Plastic Laminate General use counter tops shall be plastic laminate material. One‐piece countertops with integral coved backsplash, bull nosed edges and minimal number of seams shall be specified. Color(s) to be selected by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District.
Page 15 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Basis of design is Wilsonart; acceptable manufacturers are Formica.
Casework Custom casework shall only be used where manufactured casework will not serve the intended use. Plastic laminate shall be used as appropriate. DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Waterproofing and Dampproofing Appropriate waterproofing, damp‐proofing and vapor retarders shall be specified by the Design Professional. – Avoid parapet wall penetrations. – Use copper, stainless or rubberized asphaltic flashing with an adhesive backing for through wall flashings at sills, beams and lintels. Avoid PVC products unless they are specifically recommended by their manufacturers for through wall flashing applications. Metal flashing products may be laminated with other materials such as asphalt or waterproof papers to reduce galvanic corrosion where necessary. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations when specifying through wall flashing and installation accessories. – Specify manufactured mortar nets over the horizontal run of through wall flashing to catch mortar dropping and allow water to filtrate easily downward through the net material to the flashings and out the weeps. – Provide weeps immediately upon the horizontal leg of the through wall flashing at the exterior wall construction element at sills, beams and lintels. Insulation and Fireproofing – Appropriate insulation and fireproofing shall be specified by the Design Professional to provide a safe, energy efficient, comfortable building, and to meet building codes. – Enclose space under first level of all stairs to prevent misuse of space for storage or misconduct. Pre‐formed Metal Roofing Metal roofing shall be used on high‐slope roofs. Steel is preferred, aluminum is acceptable. Membrane Roofing Modified bitumen (”cool roof”) roofing shall be used for low slope roofs. The use of parapets should be minimized. Insulation value shall be minimum R‐19. Roof Drains Internal roof drains should be avoided where possible. Concealed gutters will not be allowed. External gutters shall be used where possible. Use PVC or cast iron downspouts in areas subject to abuse. If exposed, protective boots shall be used to prevent downspout conductors from damage. Downspout transition fittings need to be seamless or welded fittings. Roof Hatches Appropriately located roof hatches shall be provided as needed for access to low slope roof areas.
Page 16 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS
Doors Door Size notes Unless otherwise specified, doors at new construction shall be 36” wide. – Pairs of 36” doors with a removable astragal shall be provided at service entrances, throughout major circulation corridors and for access into large rooms such as the Cafeteria, Stage, Gym and Media Center in order to facilitate delivery of bulky objects. – Single 42” doors shall be provided at Kitchens from the delivery corridor, for access to Bulk Storage Room, Serving Area and Cafeteria. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access into Music Practice and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of large instruments. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access to all areas with laundry equipment. Consider the use of single 42” doors to provide access into Special Education Suite (Classrooms and Adaptive Toilet), facilitating movement of wheelchairs. – Overhead roll‐up doors shall be provided as appropriate for access to Shops, Stage Scenery Areas, Mechanical Rooms and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of bulky objects. Lock must be accessible from both sides. Unless otherwise specified, door height at new construction shall be 80” minimum. Door height at renovations shall match existing. Height of doors and frames shall be selected for best value and efficiency. Door Stiles and Rails All aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors shall be constructed with 6” stiles, 8” top rails and 10” bottom rails. Doors with exit devices shall have center rails. Door Materials Wood doors shall be specified for general interior use. No plastic shall be used. Metal doors shall be used on the exterior and interior of the building where appropriate for greater security. Provide heavy duty door and hardware at Vaults and Record Rooms. Door Lights Provide factory installed small vertical door lights at typical doors to classrooms and other frequently used doors. Larger door lights and hollow metal sidelights may be used at the following: – Administration – Counseling – Media Center – Gymnasium – Cafeteria – Teacher Work Room Provide an observation light at the Kitchen delivery door constructed of security glass designed to resist break‐ins. Hollow Metal Frames Hollow metal frames shall be used throughout except at primary entrances where aluminum storefront systems shall be used. Entrances and Storefronts Aluminum storefront systems shall be used at primary entrances to the building. Aluminum doors shall be “wide stile”. Rollup Grilles and Shutters – High School ‐ if used between Serving Lines and Cafeteria: – Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles in lieu of solid roll‐up doors to allow for air circulation. – Locate key operated control on Serving Line side. – Do NOT provide supplemental latches or dead‐bolts. Grilles shall be secured by the weight of the grille.
Page 17 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
– – – –
Consider use of security grilles across corridors to separate building into zones, limiting access to certain parts of the building after hours. If used: Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles at corridor separation zones. These shall be in addition to emergency smoke doors that may be required by code. Locate key operated control on both sides. Provide security latch operated by key, accessible from both sides. Where required by Educational Specifications, provide manual operated solid roll‐up shutters with security latch operated by turn knob on room side.
Hardware Appropriate finish hardware shall be specified by the Design Professional for review and approval by DeKalb County School District. – See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Door Hardware. Windows All exterior window frames shall be aluminum. Steel window frames are not acceptable at exterior walls. Current DCSD standards do not allow for operable windows. – Architects are encouraged to incorporate windows for natural lighting into as many building spaces as practical. Architect shall provide a cost‐benefit analysis of cost savings provided by proposed window lighting compared to their impact on HVAC installation and operating cost. – Minimum Requirements: – Elementary: Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms. – Middle:Windows are desired at all general instruction classrooms when feasible. – High:Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms adjoining exterior walls. Interior window frames shall be hollow metal and shall be provided at offices where supervision of adjacent areas is required. Do not provide interior windows at Locker Rooms. Provide interior windows in the Kitchen Manager’s Office to allow observation of workers in the Kitchen and vendors during deliveries. Glazing General exterior glazing shall be insulated, double thickness. Provide tempered, laminated, and wired glass as required by code. Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories, Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces. DIVISION 9 FINISHES Gypsum Board Gypsum Board wall systems are acceptable for interior partitions at light duty spaces such as offices and partitions between classrooms and labs. Exposed layers shall be abusive resistant type. Use fire code type material as required by code. Bull nose corner beads shall be used at typical outside corners. Corner guards, in lieu of bull nose corners, may be used at the Administrative and Guidance areas. Sound batts shall be used to reduce the sound transmission of the wall system as needed. – Do not use gypsum board wall systems in any wet or damp locations. – Rated gypsum board systems may also be used at firewalls starting 10’‐0” above finish floor where the wall will not be susceptible to vandalism or abuse. – Use concrete masonry unit walls in lieu of gypsum board walls whenever possible. – Fiberglas reinforced (FRP) panels are unacceptable for use in kitchens. Resilient Tile Flooring
Page 18 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Typical floor finish, except where specialized finishes are called for, shall be Vinyl Composition Tile. Size of VCT shall be 12” x 12” x minimum 1/8”. Basis of design is Excelon, Imperial Series by Armstrong. Color and patterns shall be specified by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors shall be standard manufacturer’s colors, chosen with ease of maintenance in mind. Consider use of flexible terrazzo tile similar to “Fritztile” in corridors, lobbies, and high traffic areas. To add aesthetic interest to the building, the Design Professional is encouraged to use patterns and color, especially in corridors and lobbies. Coordinate the sequence for cleaning and waxing VCT floors with DCSD Coordinator of Environmental Services and Coordinator of Warehouse. Schedule cleaning and waxing of VCT floors at Corridors, Cafeteria and other designated areas after furniture is delivered. Base shall be 4” black or very dark color rubber cove base. Provide matching‐color transition strips adjacent to other floor materials. Carpet At locations where the Educational Specifications call for carpet, tiles are preferred over roll goods. Specify electrostatic backing to eliminate curling of carpet tiles at the edges. – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for carpet tiles is based on “Diffuse” and “Disperse” by Shaw Industries. – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for broadloom carpet is based “Expose” or “Blog” by Shaw Industries. – Standard of quality, construction and appearance for walk‐off mat is based on Crayon 01957 Vinyl Cushion Tufted Textile (VCTT) by Tandus Flooring. Wood Athletic Flooring High School and Middle School Gym flooring shall be solid maple wood strip athletic flooring system. – Minimum thickness shall be 7/8″, No.2 or better grade maple. – The flooring system shall be specifically made for athletic flooring applications. – Flooring shall include multi‐purpose court markings and custom designed school logo approved by DCSD. – Provide recessed supports for three volleyball nets at all middle and high school gyms. – Provide event floor covering at wood floors which are also used for auditorium and other assembly functions. – Flooring for new auditorium stages, dance rooms, and drama rooms shall be wooden sprung floors.
Page 19 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Synthetic Athletic Flooring Synthetic athletic flooring shall be installed in all Elementary School Gyms. Product shall be equal to Mondosport I by Mondo USA or SportGrain Plus by Connor Sports Flooring. Indoor Track Athletic Flooring Indoor track flooring shall be polyurethane flooring over Rubberized Base with continuous striping for three lanes. – Basis of design: Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Pulastic ‐ 2000 Weight Room Athletic Flooring Weight Room Athletic Flooring shall be recycled rubber material formed into squares with interlocking tabs, free‐ laid without adhesive. – Basis of design: Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Freeweight Quarry Tile Dark Red Quarry Tile with deep charcoal gray grout shall be used at Kitchen, Walk‐in Cooler & Freezer, Dry Storage, Serving Courts, Custodial wet areas. Grout joints shall not be sealed in kitchen floors. Ceramic Tile At rest rooms, unglazed Ceramic tile is acceptable for use as flooring. Glazed ceramic tile, minimum 54” high on all restroom walls, is preferred for use as wainscot material. To add aesthetic interest, consider accent patterns or strips. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors of tile and grout shall be selected with ease of maintenance and long term appearance in mind. Grout must be sealed. Terrazzo For new construction, terrazzo may be considered for high traffic areas such as corridors and lobbies. Consideration must be given to slip prevention at all entrances. Sealed Concrete Sealed Concrete flooring is acceptable at large storage, mechanical and electrical rooms. Polished Concrete The district should consider the use of polished concrete in high traffic locations including corridors and cafeterias. It has a higher first cost (VCT $1.00/sf; polished $2.20/sf) but it is easier to maintain over the building life. Polished concrete is frequently seen in big box retail stores in the main corridors. It can be stained to make it look less industrial, see this link for photos of applications: http://www.concretenetwork.com/photo‐gallery/ There are drawbacks to consider: concrete does not contribute to sound reduction like carpets, it may be perceived as lesser quality even though it costs more than VCT, concrete always cracks and control joints will be visible, and if stained – it is always stained. Suspended Ceilings Unless noted otherwise, 2’ x 2’ ceiling grids with 2’ x 2’ x 5/8” suspended acoustical ceiling tiles shall be used for all general use areas of the building. Standard ceiling tile shall be square edge, non directional, fissured design, 5/8”. – Basis of design: Cortega 770 by Armstrong. – Basis of design for ceiling tile in wet areas shall be Ceramaguard 607 by Armstrong.
Page 20 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Cafeteria – hard, washable tile needs to be installed around high HVAC vents in cafeterias, similar material to that used in the kitchen Suspension System throughout shall be 15/16” exposed tee aluminum system. Basis of design: Prelude XL by Armstrong. Ceiling system furnished shall include all industry‐standard accessories required for installation. Exposed structure and ductwork may be considered in art labs, stages, and drama rooms. When determining ceiling heights, consider maintenance of lighting and finishes. Maximum height must be within reach of ladders or lifts readily available to DCSD maintenance staff. Consider using hard ceilings in student restrooms and locker rooms.
– Non‐accessible Ceilings Ceiling access panels need to be installed wherever hard ceilings are installed to access valves, smoke detectors, etc. Minimum size shall be 24” x 24”, if personnel access is required (i.e. more than hand access to reach a valve). Sound Attenuation Blanket Sound attenuation blankets may be used above suspended ceilings in order to obtain acceptable sound transmission levels. See Acoustical Standards in Division 1 of these Design Guidelines. Exterior Painting Exterior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the material being painted. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs. – Basis of Design: Duron “Weather Shield” one coat, flat White paint for exterior painting. Interior Painting Interior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the material being painted. Semi‐gloss shall be used unless otherwise approved. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs. – Basis of Design: Pittsburgh Pure Performance Interior walls – color: Antique (Porter Paints) Zero VOC – semi gloss. Interior metal doors and frames ‐ Advantage Hi Gloss Exterior (Porter Advantage 900 High Gloss) Low VOC. DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Visual Display Boards Design professional shall consider display of student work and integrate mounting methods wherever possible into interior design. Visual Display boards and related accessories shall be included in the Construction Contract. See Educational Specifications for location, quantity and size. – Marker boards shall be factory laminated 3‐ply construction with porcelain‐enamel low‐gloss face sheet, 3/8” particle board core and aluminum sheet backing. – Provide aluminum frame with chalk tray and 1” map rail with accessory clips for flags and maps. – Provide appropriate special graphic at math and music rooms. – Provide manual sliding marker boards at science labs. – Tack boards shall be 1/4” thick, plastic‐impregnated cork sheet factory laminated to ¼” thick particle board backing. – – Provide factory applied aluminum trim.
Page 21 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Basis of design – Claridge Products & Equipment, Inc.
Television Brackets Furnish and install TV wall brackets including appropriate wall bracing at all rooms requiring televisions. Brackets shall include a shelf for VCR and CD players. Coordinate size and selection of brackets with DeKalb County School District. Television sets, VCR’s and CD players will be furnished by DeKalb County School District. Metal Storage Shelving Specify adjustable industrial heavy duty metal shelving in all Storage and Custodial Rooms. Typical shelving units shall be 36” wide x 85” high x depth appropriate for the intended use (12”, 18” or 24”). Shelves for book storage shall be 12” deep. Provide 7 shelves per unit (including base and top) to allow approximately 12” clear vertically per shelf. Room Signage Appropriate signage shall be provided for in accordance with code and A.D.A. requirements. – Typical Classrooms, Labs and Multi‐purpose rooms shall be identified by room number only. – Permanent special purpose rooms and suites (Administration, Counseling, Media Center, Gymnasiums, Cafeteria, Staff Dining, Kitchen, Restrooms, Electrical, Mechanical, Custodial, IDF, etc) should be identified by name and number, but not individual rooms within suites that may be subject to re‐ assignment. – Provide easy to read directional signage at Lobbies, Corridors, Stairways, Elevators and other special components to aid students, staff, and visitors in navigating the building. – Cafeteria Serving Lines shall be identified with easy to read graphics as well as functional room number for identification. Submit graphics to Executive Director of School Nutrition for review and approval. Metal Lockers Student Lockers at Corridors For new buildings and major additions, provide metal double tier lockers at middle and high schools corridors for student use. – Basis of design: List Industries, Republic or GSI – Provide number of lockers equal to 110% of the “Design” FTE plus corridor space to increase the number of lockers to the “core” capacity. – Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and built‐in key‐ controlled, three‐number dialing combination lock with changes made automatic with a control key. Provide A.D.A. compliant keys locks on 1% of all lockers ordered. Provide master locks. – Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs. – Door shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color. – Locker colors may alternate or be different in different parts of the building. – Specify manufacturers standard paint colors unless use of custom colors is requested and specifically approved by DCSD. – Utilize a painted metal “Z” base in lieu of raised concrete (or other material), eliminating the need for resilient base finish. – Extend VCT floor finish below lockers to allow for their future removal if desired. – Enclose sides of lockers with wall piers and tops with wall furring. – Provide additional doors of each color specified for future replacement.
Page 22 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Physical Education Lockers Provide six–tier and double‐tier lockers for new and renovated middle and high schools PE Locker Rooms in the quantities indicated in the DCSD Educational Specifications. – Lockers in six‐tier units shall each be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 12” high (72” total unit height). – Lockers in double tier units shall each be 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high (72” total unit height). – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation. – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug. – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers in five tier units. – Utilize welded construction with 16 (13) gauge bodies, 14 (16) gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs. – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard paint colors. – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement. – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches. Athletic Team Lockers Provide single‐tier lockers at each of the Boys and Girls Team Locker Rooms at new or renovated high schools. Coordinate quantity with Principal and Athletic Staff at each school. – Lockers shall be 15” wide x 18” deep x 72” high. – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation. – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug. – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers. – Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs. – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard paint colors. – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement. – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches. Football Team Lockers Provide athletic style metal lockers at Football Team Room. Lockers shall be 18” wide x 22”deep x 72” high open front with combination seat and foot locker and 12” Security box. PE Staff Lockers Provide lockers for PE Staff. Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in combination locks. Provide master locks. Provide the following size lockers: – Middle School PE Staff: single tier lockers 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE Staff Area. – High School PE Staff: single tier lockers 15” wide x 21” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE Staff Area Custodial Staff Lockers Provide lockers for Custodial Staff. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high single tier. Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in combination locks. Provide master locks. Kitchen Staff Lockers Provide lockers for Kitchen Staff. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers
Page 23 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Theater Dressing Rooms Provide lockers for new theater dressing rooms in high school auditorium areas. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers. Restroom Accessories Provide surface mounted heavy duty stainless steel commercial quality restroom and bath accessories as needed. These accessories are Owner furnished and Contractor installed items: soap, paper towels, mirrors above lavatories. – Locate soap dispensers over lavatories. – Electric hand dryers can only be used in administrators and teacher’s restrooms – not student restrooms. Architect shall specify type of Hand Dryers subject to review and approved by DCSD Facility Services before issuing Project Manual. – Coordinate toilet paper, paper towel, and soap dispenser requirements with DCSD Environmental Services. – Provide one long mirror per Restroom and one lavatory mirror per lavatory. Toilet Compartments and Urinal Screens Toilet partitions and urinal screens shall be provided at multi‐person restrooms in all new and renovated restrooms at all grade levels. – Partitions and screens shall be solid phenolic material with color impregnated through the entire thickness of the material. – Continuous piano hinges shall be used. – Partitions shall be floor mounted and overhead braced. – Hardware shall be heavy duty extruded aluminum or stainless steel. – Wall brackets for partitions and screens shall be extruded aluminum, continuous “double T” type. – Wall mounted screen shall be provided between urinals. – Masonry partitions shall not be used. Fire Extinguishers Provide fire extinguishers in sizes and locations as required by code. Provide recessed extinguisher cabinets with door alarms in all locations that are accessible to students. Ground Set Flagpole For new schools, provide 30’ high aluminum tapered flagpole, with an external halyard, in a prominent location at the front of the building. Canopies Appropriate aluminum canopies shall be provided for at bus and auto drop‐off areas, and loading areas as needed. – Drainage needs to be controlled and piped to prevent flow across sidewalks. – Provide lighting at Canopies. – Canopy shall be designed to ensure “tail swing” clearances. Height requirements for bus and truck clearances shall be reviewed and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation. DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
Page 24 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Book Theft Protection Equipment At exit(s) from Library Media Center, provide a complete book theft detection system with alarm, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags, and RFID detuners/deactivators, to assist in preventing unauthorized removal of a library’s materials. Utilize manufacturer’s specifications during installation for layout and placement of system. RFID Solution features/requirements: – RFID solution PROPRIETARY STANDARD OF DESIGN: (Strata EX system by Checkpoint, distributed by 3M) that meets ADA requirements (36” corridor width) and has flexible mounting options (direct mount or base plate) – Integrated audio and visual alarms to alert staff when an item containing a secured tag is detected – Integrated digital display to monitor alarm counts, ingoing and outgoing patron traffic, and diagnostics – Option of real‐time access to statistics and aggregated customized reports – Configurable alarm settings based on direction of travel (in/out) – Capacity to provide self‐checkout stations, security gates, and automated check‐in – 3M Digital Library Assistant, a handheld device that reads RFID tags on books and other materials, and makes collection management (circulation, inventory, shelf reading, re‐shelving, sorting, searching, weeding and exception‐finding much easier and more efficient.); RFID readers located at the circulation desk and self‐service kiosk – Pop‐up alarm notification Theater/Stage Equipment Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Stage Equipment Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Auditorium, Drama Labs and other performance studios. – Provide lighting, sound systems, curtains, stage monitors, projectors and other equipment appropriate for the specific program. – Provide a Catwalk at High School Auditoriums for access to front overhead stage lighting. Drop lighting access is unacceptable. – Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and Facilities Services for review and approval. – See Division 16 ELECTRICAL ‐ Theatrical Lighting Systems Projection Screens Provide 12’ x 16’ motorized screen at new auditorium stages. – Provide additional drop header to set bottom of screen 2’‐0” above stage floor. – Screen shall be mounted immediately in front of the stage curtain. – Screen shall be designed for rear projection system. – Provide 8’ x 8’ motorized screen at new and renovated Elementary, Middle and High School Media Centers. – Screens shall be recessed in the ceiling suspended from structure above or mounted on CMU wall. – Basis of design shall be Da‐Lite Screen Co. Inc.’s “Cosmopolitan Electrol” Darkroom Equipment Provide a darkroom for new High Schools, adjacent to art lab. – Light blocking revolving door for primary pedestrian access is preferred, in addition to a standard pedestrian door with light‐tight gasketing to allow service and ADA access to the area. – Ventilation equipment needs to be designed to handle vapor emissions of the darkroom chemicals. – Enlarger stations shall be provided, with at least one designed for ADA accessibility. Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Visual Art Coordinator and Facility Services for review and approval.
Page 25 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Food Service Equipment Kitchen Equipment shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects. – Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Kitchen Designer to develop appropriate Kitchen Design and Construction Documents. – Drawings, Specifications, and equipment descriptions shall be submitted to DeKalb County School Nutrition Department and DCSD Plant Services for review and approval. – All new kitchens shall have either all natural gas or all electric equipment. Gas‐powered appliances shall have electronic ignition only. Standing pilots are not acceptable. – Walk‐in freezer and cooler units shall have digital temperature controls and electronically commutated motors (ECM). Outside units shall have scroll compressor with ECM condenser fan motor. – Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design consisting of an inner exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio, constructed of heavy gauge stainless steel exterior. Hood shall be installed per NFPA 96, with 96” clearance from floor to bottom edge of hood. Hood shall have fire suppression (“Ansul”) system, wired to the main fire alarm panel, installed in cabinet on end of hood. Complete electrical and gas shut‐offs shall be located at hood. – Acceptable Manufacturers: Traulsen, Hobart, and Cleveland. – See DIVISION 15 for further details. Custodial Equipment – A separate space for floor equipment recharging station/garage shall be provided to keep self‐ propelled and other custodial equipment from obstructing mechanical rooms. The designated area shall be equipped with electrical service needed to meet the demands of the recharging equipment. Any appropriate fire separation and ventilation shall be provided. – Commercial duty, residential sized washer and dryer are needed in each building to wash custodial mop heads, dust mops and cleaning cloths. Athletic Equipment Architect shall be responsible for developing appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Middle and High School Athletic Equipment subject to review and approval by DCSD Coordinator of Health and PE and by the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs. Provide a heavy duty commercial grade appliance suited to this application where the project scope includes a washer/dryer for athletic uniforms. EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT: Bleachers‐see Division 12 FURNISHINGS and Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION. Football Goalpost at High School Stadiums and Practice Fields: – Basis of design, Gill model # F305, 8’ off‐set, 23’‐4” between 20’ uprights. Track and Field Equipment at High School Stadiums: – Long Jump / Triple Jump: Basis of design, Gill Model # 441TS Complete System‐Synthetics – Pole Vault Box: Basis of design, Gill Model #500 Box, # 503 Lid – Shot Put Circle Toe Board: Basis of design, Gill Model #360 – Discus Circle: Basis of design, Gill Model #367 Soccer Goal at High Schools – Basis of design, Gill Model # 477100, Portable Aluminum Soccer Goal with tie downs and wheels for portability. Exterior Basketball Goals, Backboards and supports at Middle Schools:
Page 26 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
– – –
Goals: Heavy‐duty, fixed type with nylon net. Backboard: Heavy‐duty rectangular steel. Minimum 4‐1/2” diameter steel pipe with 5’‐0” gooseneck extension.
INTERIOR EQUIPMENT: Gymnasium Basketball Backstops and Components at Middle and High Schools: – Provide six electrically operated retractable basketball goals at each gymnasium as required by the Educational Specifications. – Frame assembly: – Type: Overhead supported single center post with sway bracing, forward folding type for main court and cross courts. – Superstructure: Manufacturer’s standard design for attachment to building structure with precision die‐formed fittings. – Hoist operations: Manufacturer’s one HP minimum electric winch; self‐locking worm‐gear type, capable of holding backstop at any position when raising or lowering. Control by wall mounted key switch. – Safety Lock: Manufacturer’s safety lock, inertia sensitive lock type, capable of locking backstop in any position at any time in storage or during raising or lowering cycle due to sudden surge in speed. Provide for all backstops. – Finish on exposed metal components: Manufacturer’s powder coat finish. Color selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD Facilities Services Department. – Backboards: (Main and Cross Court): Rectangular design, ½” thickness tempered glass panel in gasketed extruded aluminum frame with bolt‐on padding along bottom edge and up sides 10’ minimum; fired vitreous enamel markings conforming to official requirements. 42” high by 72” wide. – Basketball Goals: steel rod rim welded to mounting bracket with enamel finish and nylon netting. Provide breakaway type goals for main court backstops. All goals shall be designed to absorb shock loads due to slam dunking or hanging on the rim. Wrestling Equipment at Middle and High Schools – Wrestling Mat – Wrestling Mat Storage system Volleyball and Badminton Equipment, all gyms: – Nets and removable support post – Gym Floor sleeves for Volleyball and Badminton post: – Sleeve diameter: 3‐1/2” inside diameter. – Cover plate: Chrome plated cover assembly with swivel type hinge and removable key. – Installation: Cast into concrete footing and floor slab for flush mounting with wood floor system. Gymnasium wall and column protection, all gyms: – Bonded foam filled over OSB backing board with fire retardant liner and vinyl coated nylon cover. – Panel thickness: Minimum 2 inches. – Wall panel size: 2’‐0” wide by 6’‐0” high. – Column pad size: Custom fabricated to fit around columns; height to match wall panels. – Color: As selected by the Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD Facilities Services Department. Scoreboards Provide complete Scoreboard systems at the following locations: – High School Main Gym: Provide 2 Scoreboards – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2770 – Middle School Gym: Provide 2 Scoreboards – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2330
Page 27 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
– – – –
High School Stadium: Provide 1 Scoreboard Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #3585 High School Baseball and Softball: Provide 1 Scoreboard at Baseball and 1 at Softball Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #1580
Play Equipment Play equipment shall be provided at all new elementary schools. The basis of design is Kid Builders System by Little Tikes Commercial, Play Power Farmington, Inc., and designed to accommodate the indicated number of students. All new play structures shall provide accessibility to users with differing physical abilities. Where possible, this shall include ramps to provide wheelchair access to some upper platforms. Play Equipment installer shall be approved by the equipment manufacturer. Play equipment will be provided in two separate structures. – Kindergarten to Second Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to accommodate approximately 33 users – Third to Fifth Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to accommodate approximately 33 users – Playground surfacing shall be compliant with all applicable codes, and selected for ease of maintenance. Concession Equipment Concession facilities shall be provided at the following locations as identified in the Educational Specifications: – Middle School Gym – High School Main Gym – High School Auditorium – High School Stadium – High School Baseball / Softball area Concessions facilities shall include the following utilities and equipment. – Lockable Serving Room with adjacent Lockable Bulk Storage Room. – Standard overhead florescent lighting. – Ventilation fan with thermostatic control. – Heat at exterior locations to protect pipes from freezing. – Counter with serving window. – Lockable base and wall storage cabinets. – Double sink with hot and cold running water. – Ice machine with 75 pound capacity furnished and installed as part of the construction contract. Drain pipe shall not be located in pathway. – Floor drain, located near ice machine. – 200 amp electrical service to support 110V/220V outlets for appliances furnished by others. Appliances shall be limited to refrigerator, microwave oven, drink cooler, hot dog machine, hot dog warmer, popcorn machine and other light duty appliances. Heavy duty appliances such as cooking ranges and fryers which require hoods and fire protection equipment are specifically prohibited. DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Science Casework and Equipment Science Casework and Equipment shall include modular laboratory casework, including casework, tops, ledges, filler panels, knee space panels, supporting structures and miscellaneous items of equipment as specified or scheduled. Casework shall minimally include: – Demonstration tables – Student tables
Page 28 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Storage cabinets
Science Casework and related furniture shall be of oak construction. Base cabinets and case units shall be lipped style construction having drawer heads and hinged doors with radius edges, overlapping cabinet and case openings on all edges. Face frame construction cabinets or cases are not acceptable. – Cabinets shall be constructed with flush interiors having no offsets, to maximize drawer and cupboard space and for ease of maintenance. – Cabinets shall be assembled using blind mortised and tenoned (or rabbeted) joints, glued and screwed together in accordance with best cabinet maker methods. Pinned or doweled construction is not acceptable. All exposed joints shall be closely fitted and tight, showing no open joints. – All exposed corners shall be rounded. – Counter and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy resins with surface coating; black color. – Hardware shall be stainless steel with satin finish. – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. – The basis of design shall be Kewaunee Scientific Corporation, Signature Series or Leonard Peterson Company, Vanguard Series. Acceptable Manufacturers: – Campbell Rhea Institutional Casework, Inc. – Collegedale Casework, LLC. – Fisher Hamilton, LLC Equipment shall minimally include: – Peg boards – Lockable storage for hazardous materials – Safety eyewash stations – Fume hoods, equipped with worktop, base cabinet and specified accessories. – Utility service outlet accessory fittings, electrical receptacles and switches shall be listed in the Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on Drawings as mounted on the laboratory furniture. – Laboratory sinks, cup sinks or drains troughs, overflows, and sink outlets with integral tailpieces, which occur above the floor, and where these items are part of the equipment or listed on the Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on the Drawings. Darkroom Casework Provide darkroom enlarger stations with drawer dividers to provide light safe drawers. Darkroom enlarger station countertops and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy resins with surface coating; black color. Music Casework Casework shall be designed for appropriate storage of music instruments, stands, sheet music and teaching aids. Casework shall be constructed of industrial grade particle board with plastic laminate finish selected from manufacturer’s standard finishes. Musical instrument storage cabinets and racks shall be specifically designed and engineered for the storage and protection of the instruments stored, shall meet specified minimum performance standards, shall be chip and abrasion resistant under normal usage, and shall protect instruments from damage under normal school use. Each individual compartment shall have a welded steel grill door with non‐binding, 180 degree, five knuckle safety tip hinges and a one‐piece finger pull / padlock hasp with integral door stop feature and no moving parts. Hardware finish shall be white epoxy powder coat. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. – Basis of design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc. 8200 Series or Musical Instrument Storage System by TMI Systems Design Corporation.
Page 29 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Acceptable Manufacturers: – Stevens Industries – Wenger Corporation – Case Systems, Inc. Library Shelving and Casework – Layout shall be presented to the Director of Media Services with a detailed analysis of site lines for security control. Obtain written approval before coordinating related electrical and data outlets. – Provide steel shelving system with wood trim to match other components. – Shelving system shall be constructed with vertical frames connected by horizontal and diagonal supports, thus stabilizing the shelving longitudinally. Steel shelving shall be of a welded perimeter frame design with structural nits in the form of welded rectangular columns and solid galvanized steel members providing maximum column rigidity and minimizing stack movement. No overhead bracing for support shall be accepted. – Provide single and double faced shelving, with adjustable shelves. End Panels shall be constructed of no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech plywood with square perforations. Panels shall be installed and secured at the top and bottom of the vertical frame with "J" shaped fittings that are slightly extended from the ends of the shelving, which gives the appearance of a "floating" panel. – Include construction of sloping magazine shelves, circulation desk and miscellaneous furniture (See Educational Media for each individual specification section as it pertains to the specific item). – Provide canopy tops at all units 42" high or shorter. Tops shall be no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech Plywood, top and bottom with 1/4" thick Beech solid wood edge. – Tops shall be assembled in individual lengths for each section of shelving. Corner fillers shall be added to match individual tops for continuous look. – Basis of design: BCI Eurobib (Solid Solutions) Acceptable manufacturers: – Borroughs – Estey – Montel – Bretford Inc. – Estey / Tennsco – Library Bureau Steel – MJ Industries – Russwood Library Furniture Manufactured Casework Manufactured Casework includes but is not limited to: – Classroom and office vertical storage cabinets, base cabinets with counter tops and wall cabinets. – Miscellaneous specialty cabinets and shelving, such as storage for props in stage and drama areas. Construction: Cabinet bodies shall be standard high pressure plastic laminate finish over industrial grade particle board. – Cabinet backs shall be minimum ¼” commercial standard CS‐251 tempered hardboard or minimum 3/8” high performance 47 lb. density particle board. – Cabinet sub‐base shall be of a separate and continuous ladder‐type platform design, leveled and floor mounted prior to cabinet body placement. Material shall be exterior grade plywood. No cabinet sides to floor will be allowed. Base front shall be finished with 4” high black extruded rubber cove base with pre‐molded corners to match room base. – Countertops shall be 1” deeper than base cabinet and 1‐1/2” thick with high pressure plastic laminate finish.
Page 30 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – – –
–
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Countertops for computers shall be 30” deep and be equipped w/ grommets and wire management below. Countertops without sinks shall have particle board core and water resistive adhesive. Countertop with sinks shall be constructed with calibrated plywood and non‐soluble glue to thickness indicated. Counter backsplash shall match countertop construction. Drawer fronts and hinged doors shall be overlay style with higher pressure laminate exterior and interior liner and matching 3mm PVC edging. Shelving behind doors shall be high pressure plastic laminate on particle board core with matching 3mm PVC edging. Shelves behind doors up to 27” wide shall be ¾” thick and 1” thick if over 27” wide up to 36” wide. Open shelving shall be 1” thick. No shelving shall exceed 36” unsupported width. Shelving shall be adjustable and supported by side panels with concealed fasteners capable of supporting the specified content.
Hardware: Hinges shall be adjustable 5‐knuckle, institutional grade, 2‐3/4” overlay type with hospital tip. Anchor hinges with engineered screws (no wood screws) – Hinges shall be stainless steel with satin finish – Pulls for drawers and swing doors shall be ADA compliant one piece semi‐recessed molded contour finger pulls – Catches shall be nylon roller or friction type. – Drawer slides shall be heavy duty, side mounted type, equipped with heavy duty ball bearing nylon wheels and automatic positive stops. – Locks shall be half mortise design with only round cylinder exposed, five tumbler cylinder, keyed separately with master key: satin finish. – Shelf clips shall be heavy duty design to hold shelf in place. Accessories: Provide accessories appropriate to the cabinet’s function. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. Basis of Design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc., New Century Line L44 or TMI Systems Design Corporation. Acceptable Manufacturers: – Stevens Industries – Case Systems, Inc. – Cabinets by Design – Southside Manufacturing Corporation Blinds Interior blinds shall be 1” aluminum horizontal slats. Basis of design shall be Levolor Riviera. – Provide blinds at typical classroom and Lab exterior windows. – Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories, Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces. – Interior windows are provided by the Educational Specifications for supervision purposes and shall not have blinds except where specifically approved by DCSD. Auditorium Seating For new auditoriums, seating shall be fixed upholstered multiple seating with self‐raising seat mechanisms. All seating components shall be provided by a single manufacturer. Seating Layout shall be designed with standards spaced laterally in rows so that end standards are in alignment from first to last row, regardless of whether aisles
Page 31 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
converge or are of constant width, and so that sightlines are optimized. Seating with integral lighting shall not be used. Provide appropriate accommodations for wheelchairs in accordance with ADA. Basis‐of‐Design Product: Hussey Seating Company; Quattro Chair System or comparable product by one of the following: – Seating Concepts – KI, Inc. – American Seating Company Telescoping Bleachers Provide telescoping bleachers at middle and high school Gymnasiums. – The bleacher system shall consist of motor operated, multi‐tiered, closed deck seating rows operating on the telescoping principal, and stacking vertically in minimal floor area when not in use. – The structural system shall be engineered to withstand all applicable design loads associated with the intended use. – Provide non‐marring rubber tire wheels designed for wood or synthetic floors and sized appropriately for the specific bleacher. – Provide self storing railings at all exposed bank ends and elevated sections. – Coordinate Bleacher layout with ADA requirements for wheelchair seating. – Decking and steps shall be plywood. – Provide vinyl curtains where necessary to restrict access below bleachers. – Motor Operation: – Provide integral automatic electro‐mechanical propulsion system engineered specifically for the requirements of the bleacher system. – All wiring within the seating bank, as well as all service wiring to the units shall be provided, including remote control panel or pendent control. – Controls: Start, stop, forward and reverse in a single control unit together with appropriate safety limiting features. – Motors shall be three phase and accessible from the front of the bleachers. – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. Basis of Design: Hussey Seating Company; Model MAXAM, Model MXM 26 Series. Acceptable Manufacturers: – Interkal, LLC Telescoping Seating System – Irwin Telescoping Seating Company – Sheridan Gymnasium Equipment Limited Floor Mats and Frames For new schools, main entrances shall incorporate flooring designed to increase safety and decrease dirt infiltration. Consider floor grilles in recessed frames, walk‐off mats, and/or heavy‐duty carpeting in the vestibule and entrance lobby.
Page 32 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Portable Bleachers Provide aluminum portable bleachers at high school baseball fields, softball fields and tennis courts complete with bench seats, and all related appurtenances, fittings and accessories. Attach bleachers to a concrete slab extending to walkway system. – 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long – 42” central aisle with steps – Appropriate guardrails – Space(s) for wheelchair provided, per ADA. DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Elevators Provide passenger elevator(s) as needed to comply with A.D.A. requirements. Elevators should be of minimum practical size with basic, easily maintained finishes. Provide key controlled access, cab telephone, and tie‐in to fire alarm system. Acceptable manufacturers: Montgomery Kone, Otis Elevator or Thyssen/Dover Elevator Co. Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Plant Services prior to inclusion in the specifications. Manufacturers that require proprietary tools for maintenance are not acceptable. – Elevators in school settings are often (mis)used to carry freight, causing frequent break‐downs and expensive maintenance. Consider upgrading capacity to account for this reality. – All controls shall be open access, non‐proprietary controls. Electric Traction Elevators General – When designing for the use of Electric Traction Elevator(s) adhere to all Federal, State, and Local codes, regulations and installation requirements. – Provide a gearless traction elevator with machine room‐less application. – Provide the number of elevator with a rated capacity of 2500 and a rated speed of 200 fpm as required for the project. – Main power supply shall be 208, three‐Phase, with a separate equipment grounding conductor. – Car lighting power supply shall be 120 Volts, single‐phase, 15 Amp, 60 Hz. – Machine room‐less controller(s) shall be located adjacent to the hoist‐way at the top landing in a controller space. Machine and Governor – The machine shall be AC, gearless, mounted at the top of the hoist‐way. – Provide a tension type generator. – In the hoist way, provide an emergency stop watch in the pit and terminal stopping switches. – In addition, components shall include buffers, car and counter weight, positioning system, guiderails and attachments, coated steel belts, steel governor rope, and hoist‐way entrances. Car Components
Page 33 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
– – –
Car components shall include: Car frame, steel cab, emergency car lighting, emergency pulsating lighting, fan, handrails, threshold, emergency exit contact, roller guides, platform, and certificate frame. Finishes for the car front and car door shall be stainless steel. Provide an aluminum egg crate suspended ceiling. Submit interior cab finishes to the DeKalb County School District for written approval.
Signal Devices and Fixtures – A car operating panel shall be provided which contains all push buttons, key switches, and message indicators for elevator operation. – The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency signal. – Provide buttons with raised numbers and Braille markings. – The help button shall initiate two way communications between the car and a location inside the building and switching over to another location if the call goes unanswered. – Provide hall fixtures with necessary push buttons and key switches for operations. – Provide elevator car position indicator, car lantern, and chime. Mechanical Lifts for ADA Accessibility New building design should avoid the need of stair lifts if possible. Vertical lifts will be considered for renovations only, if ramps or other ADA acceptable devices are impractical. Inclined stair lifts shall not be used. Wheel Chair Lifts When designing for the use of a Wheel Chair Lift(s), adhere to all Federal, State, and Local codes, regulations and installation requirements. Wheel chair lift(s) shall be used to provide interior vertical access where the design of a ramp is not practical. – Provide a vertical platform lift with a rated load of 750 lb. capacity, a travel speed of 9 fpm, lifting height as required by the design condition, and a minimum platform size of 37” X 51” with a non‐skid surface. – Design for all electrical service requirements. – Capacity of the motor shall be not less than 3/4 horse power with instant reversing motor. – Colors selection(s) shall be submitted to DCSD. – Control switches shall be provided at accessible locations on the upper and lower elevations. – Install a runway enclosure to prevent obstructions from entering the underside of the platform lift, when the lift is above the lowest elevation. If it is not practical to install a runway enclosure the platform lift shall be equipped with an obstruction panel that will stop the downward travel if an obstruction is encountered. – Provide an illuminated emergency stop alarm switch to signal for assistance in the event of an emergency. – Provide a grab rail on the platform lift. – Provide 42“high gates with a combination mechanical lock and positive opening electric contact at the upper and lower levels. Platform panels must be 42” in height. DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Pipe and Fittings – All mechanical piping and equipment supports exposed to the elements shall be primed, painted, and clearly labeled to mark their service. – Victaulic piping shall be Schedule 40 only, and must be installed by factory‐trained installers. Couplings shall have rubber stops.
Page 34 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – – – – –
– – – –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
All gas piping used in kitchen shall be hard black piping. Flexible connections are acceptable on drops; however, no quick disconnects shall be used. Vent stacks shall be located sufficiently far away from air intakes of HVAC equipment to prevent drawing odors back into the building. To prevent sewer gas odors from being pulled into roof top units a 25′ separation shall be maintained between sewer vents and HVAC fresh air intakes. Domestic Water pipe shall be Type L copper with lead‐free joints, chrome plated brass or copper where exposed. Domestic water supply lines from street main / meter to the building shall be copper with propress fittings (preferred) or Schedule 80 ductile cast iron (no PVC) with thrust blocks and tracer wire. No saddle tees shall be permitted. Provide T fitting at water supply to Custodial Sinks, Kitchen dish machines, and pot sinks for installation of sanitizing chemicals. Drain and vent pipes from middle and high school science labs to acid dilution tanks shall be acid resistant polypropylene or CPVC. All other drain pipes shall be cast or ductile iron to resist mechanical cleaning. In all science lab prep rooms, water taps and electrical service shall be installed for distilled / ionized water production equipment. A grate with a funnel to prevent splashing shall be provided at floor drains that receive discharge water from sinks that require an air gap, such as food handling sink in the kitchen. Provide barrier to rodent infiltration where pipes penetrate from the exterior. Provide pressure reducing valve (PRV) in boiler room.
Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies Reduced Pressure Zone assemblies for back‐flow prevention shall be installed as required by code for all new facilities and major renovations. Pressure reducing valve and backflow preventer shall be located in the main meter vault. Grease Interceptors For all new or renovated kitchens, grease interceptors shall be installed on the exterior of the building in a readily‐ accessible location. Minimum acceptable size is 3000 gallon. Trap Primers Trap primers shall be solenoid type, with direct digital control by the energy management system. Do NOT use pressure drop primers. – PROPRIETARY Standard of Design: ASCO RedHat Valve 24 / 60, 8210G094. Plumbing Fixtures The following is a list of fixtures currently in use at DeKalb County School District facilities, and kept in warehouse stock by DCSD maintenance. These fixtures should serve as the basis of design for plumbing fixtures at all new facilities and renovations. Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Facilities Services prior to inclusion in the specifications. Prefer American Standard toilets, urinals, and lavatories (no china lavatories‐must be cast iron). – 2234.015 American Standard ”Madera” Elongated Flush Valve Toilet – 3043.102 American Standard ”Madera” 17” ht. Elongated Flush Valve Toilet – C106C Comfort Seats (JSC) Commercial Elongated Open Front Toilet Seat – 6541132.020 American Standard Allbrook Urinal (Waterless urinals shall not be used) – 111‐XL Sloan Regal Flushometer (New and retrofit toilets)
Page 35 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – – – – – – –
186XL 186XL V‐500‐AA 0355.012 629203C B‐0871 B‐0890 aerators) 102EZ EZS8 EZSTL8C
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3 Sloan Flushometer – 1” Stop urinal (Retrofit urinals) Sloan Flushometer – 3/4” Stop urinal (New urinals) Sloan 3/4” x 15” Vacuum Breaker (Retrofit urinals) American Standard ”Lucerne” Wall‐hung Lavatory Watts Grid Drains T & S Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet (Low flow aerators) T & S Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet, HC Handles (Low flow Lav Guard 2 Elkay Elkay
Under Sink Pipe Covers Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (Retrofit) Bi‐level Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (New)
Sinks: Prefer T&S Brass Kitchen faucets. Prefer Gerber lavatory faucets with 2 handles. Prefer Bradley Co foot‐operated faucets for ½ moon type wash stations in restrooms. – Custodial Sinks shall be floor type with hot and cold water and hose connection on mixing valve. – Wash fountains / stations Basis of design: Bradley Co. – Kitchen hand wash sink shall have touchless, low voltage or foot operated faucet controls. Basis of design: T&S Brass – Art Room Sinks shall be shall be stainless steel, deep and wide without dividers, equipped with gooseneck faucets, equipped with plaster traps. Basis of design for trap: Zurn solid interceptor Z‐1181. Hose Bibs: – Interior: Provide a key operated hose bib at each multi stall restroom. Mount on wall below a lavatory. – Exterior: Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access wall boxes spaced approximately 200’ around the building perimeter. Provide one bib at each outdoor art lab space. – Exterior Play Fields: Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access ground boxes adjacent to all play fields. Water Heaters: Provide hot and cold water at Adult Restrooms, Kitchens, Custodial sinks, Work Room sinks, Gym, “Lab” (Science, Career Tech, and Art) demonstration and clean‐up sinks, and showers. Provide hot and cold water in all clinic areas and at any sinks where adults are providing diapering and/or toileting assistance for special needs students. Provide anti‐scalding devices on all sinks in areas accessible to children. Provide cold water only at student lavatories and Classroom sinks. – Preferred manufacturers are Rheem and Rudd.
Water Fountains: Provide in locations, quantities and design in compliance with currently adopted accessibility code. Provide water fountains attached to sinks in duplex restrooms in new kindergarten and first grade elementary school classrooms. Water fountains attached to sinks do NOT count towards Georgia Department of Education minimum drinking fountain requirements. – Provide bubbler fountains at sinks in Kindergarten and 1st Grade rest rooms.
Page 36 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Fire Protection All new school facilities and large additions constructed for DCSD shall be protected with an automatic fire sprinkler system, per currently adopted Life Safety Code, NFPA 13 and Georgia state modifications. Sprinkler system and other fire protection equipment shall be provided in accordance with building codes and local requirements. – Coordinate design of sprinkler system with design of built‐in furniture and storage units such as music instrument storage units. – Install pressure reducing stations as required if main water pressure fluctuates and exceeds fire protection system working pressure. – Smoke detector devices need to be installed in a manner that preserves accessibility for maintenance. – For additions, consideration should be given to retrofitting a fire suppression system in the existing structure to integrate protection of the entire facility. – Require in the specifications for the suncontractor to program systems a minimum of two times in coordination with the Owner’s direction. Prior to each programming, the subcontractor is to prepare a draft outline of the program for the Owner’s review. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Due to their ever‐increasing complexity, it is imperative that building mechanical systems interface correctly to provide safe and efficient operations for the life of the building. All building mechanical and electrical system construction shall be thoroughly checked for proper operation. Full commissioning is recommended. Architect and engineers shall design HVAC system with total life cycle costs in mind, using most practical approach for each project. Submit calculations for sizing HVAC units to DCSD for review and approval. DCSD maintenance staff shall fully approve all mechanical components. HVAC shall be provided in classroom areas by water source heat pumps or self‐contained wall mounted units (basis of design: Bard Manufacturing). – Water source heat pumps units shall be resettable from temperature sensor or thermostat, not from disconnects. – Water source heat pumps shall be extended range type with expansion valves. Cap tubes are not acceptable. Separate packaged units shall provide HVAC at the following spaces: – Auditorium – Administrative Offices – Counseling Offices – Media Center – Cafeteria – Kitchen – Dry Storage – Gyms and P.E. Areas, including coaches offices – Cafeteria manager’s office – Network Server Rooms – Security Camera End Equipment Room – Other rooms with temperature sensitive equipment (i.e., telephone equipment, Stadium Press Box) Areas Requiring Special Considerations for HVAC – Locker room air conditioning and ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in these spaces. – Media Center HVAC: – Office and work room and conference rooms shall be placed on independently controlled, separate zones. – Active humidity control shall be included in the media center HVAC design. A “moisture miser” or ERU shall be installed in Media Center RTU.
Page 37 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – –
–
–
–
– –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
All corridor, stair and elevator HVAC units shall have ducted return air, taking care to pressurize space. Do not locate telephone, MDF, IDF equipment or security camera head‐end racks in Mechanical or Electrical Rooms. Telephone equipment is computer based electronic equipment that should be located in an air conditioned space. Locate telephone equipment in a separate room or in a combination room with MDF, IDF equipment and security camera head‐end racks, all of which require similar constant year‐round temperature control. Heating and cooling for these rooms must be capable of maintaining ambient temperatures as required, independently of the operation of the main building HVAC systems. Consider designing this system to accommodate additional heat load (30% more than current load) created by equipment that may be added to these rooms in the future. Independently controlled, ductless split cooling systems shall be supplied for main server rooms to provide cooling separate from the building system. Power for this system shall be tied to emergency panel for generator back up. Art Suite Kiln and Dark Room ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in these spaces. Where possible, locate these spaces on exterior walls for convenient venting. Art Suite air shall exhaust directly to the exterior and shall not re‐circulate into the building return air system. Acceptable manufacturers: Vent‐A‐Kiln; Barry Blower; ILG HVAC Ionization: DCSD preference is for Global Plasma Systems due to past experience with system parts.
EQUIPMENT – Exhaust fans shall be provided per code. – Acceptable manufacturers: Greenheck, Cook, Jennaire, Gaylord, Halton, CaptiveAire – Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design, constructed of stainless steel, consisting of an inner exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio. (See Division 11) – Cooling Towers must include basin heater; open loop tower with heat exchanger, stainless steel. No sand filters are allowed. Heat tape shall be provided on all make‐up water lines. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Evapco – Preferred vendor for water treatment is Superior Water Services, Inc. (include 2 year service agreement) – All boilers shall be hot water tube type with factory start‐up. Three‐way mixing valve must be installed on all boiler loops with the actuator supplied by CCI. – Acceptable manufacturers: Ajax; Rite; Apac – Chillers shall be air‐cooled, with factory start‐up and 5‐year service plan included. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Carrier Corporation – Water loop pumps shall be installed in a manner that preserves service access. – Acceptable manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Flo‐Fab, Patterson, Taco, Inc. and Armstrong – The preferred manufacturer for dehumidification units is Munters Corporation. – Energy recovery units shall be provided. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Munters Corporation. – Heat Exchanger shall be plate and frame type and must be located in a mechanical room; no exterior installation is allowed. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Sondex Inc. – Flow Controls and Balancing Valves for Supply and Return Line Assemblies – Acceptable manufacturers: Flow Design, Inc., Griswold, Bell & Gossett Automated Temperature Controls and Energy Management System Proprietary Product: Direct digital control system sole source is STAEFA TALON. Submit listing of control points for approval by DeKalb County School District. – Building automation system controls shall be Web Control by CCI only. – Media Center shall be equipped with humidity sensors. – See DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL for non‐revenue metering connected to building automation system.
Page 38 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Solid Front Electrical Panels Placement of electrical panels in areas normally accessible to students, particularly corridors, is to be avoided whenever possible. Electrical panels and other devices located at areas normally accessible to students shall have solid front panels without louvers. If ventilation is required by the code, it shall be provided in such a manner as to prevent students from inserting small objects into the electrical panel or device. Such panels or devices shall be located in special purpose locked rooms if possible. Architect/Engineer shall incorporate this requirement into the Construction Documents and submittal review process. Future Expandability The electrical service for the building and overall site shall be designed to accommodate future loads for building expansion and future portable classrooms. (See DIVISION 1 – Core Capacity and DIVISION 2 – Future Portable Classrooms) A “spare” breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s), to provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future portable classroom distribution panel shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable classrooms noted above. Conductors and Grounding Aluminum wiring shall not be used on the building side of the meter. Plenum‐rated low‐voltage cabling may be used in lieu of conduit, if cost effective. Provide cable tray or hooks at hallways for low voltage cabling. – Low voltage cable shall be properly suspended throughout with “J” hooks, not allowed to rest on ceiling tile or grid. – Conduit shall be run in a manner that preserves service access to all adjacent equipment. – Provide junction box at center of room with service loop. – Engineered cable management systems such as Reloc are acceptable. Overload Devices for Motor Starters Motors shall be equipped with a solid state overload protection device with an adjustable trip point rather than thermal overloads. When properly rated, this type of overload provides almost instantaneous trip of the safety during a single‐phase condition. Phase protection devices shall be provided on all HVAC equipment. Power Outlets – Provide at least one 110 volt duplex outlet on each wall and an average of one per eight feet of wall. – Provide at least one 110 volt dedicated duplex outlet for each designated computer outlet. (One 4‐plex outlet for each pair of computer outlets) – Provide one 110 volt, 20 AMP GFI duplex outlet adjacent to each sink counter. – Provide special voltage outlets for designated equipment such as large printer/copy machines and other special equipment. – Coordinate power connections of appropriate voltage and phase to all electrical equipment. – Provide master power switch at Science, Computer, Business and Career Technology Education Labs. – Provide power outlets in ceiling for drop down lighting in art lab for still life and figure drawing and for small power tools in Engineering Technology lab.
Page 39 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Provide Darkroom outlets at each enlarger station for enlarger and timers.
Light Fixtures – The interior lighting design shall minimize fixture types and incorporate standardized lamp inventory to the extent practicable. DCSD mainly stocks T‐8 bulbs. – Light levels shall comply with Georgia Department of Education standards. – General interior lighting shall be provided by recessed 2’ x 4’ fluorescent fixtures with T‐8 lamps and electronic ballasts, unless noted otherwise. A safety cable should be attached to the fixture, cover reflector and lens. – Provide standard acrylic lenses, unless noted otherwise. – Polycarbonate lens are recommended for low ceilings in corridors, stairs and locker rooms. – Lighting in gymnasiums, storage areas, mechanical and electrical rooms should have metal cage protection. – Locker rooms near showers and kitchens should have vapor retardant gasket lenses. – “No hold,” 6 hour mechanical timers shall be used for mechanical space lighting control. – The use of incandescent fixtures or dimming electronic ballasted fixtures shall be limited to special situations, such as theatrical lighting. – Typical classrooms, labs, Media Centers, other Instructional spaces and Cafeterias shall have standard three‐tube fixtures with multilevel switching to allow one, two or three lamps per fixture to be turned on by two switches (not by dimmers) to produce 33%, 66% and 100% lighting levels. – In halls and cafeterias, lighting shall be controlled by key switches (Leviton Key #555‐000) not toggle switches. – Tandem wiring of fixtures is encouraged to reduce the number of ballasts. – Avoid light fixtures in hard ceilings. – If project includes new lighting mounted at high ceilings such as in gymnasiums and cafeterias, a mobile lift shall be provided. Motion Sensors Hallways, classrooms, labs and other instructional spaces shall be equipped with motion sensors that will automatically turn the lights off and place the switches in the off position when a hallway or room is not occupied. Connect motion sensors to HVAC control system. Review characteristics of system and possible additional rooms to be included with DCSD Facility Services for review and approval prior to incorporation into the construction documents. Gym Lighting – Gym lighting fixtures shall be standardized for cost efficiency to the extent possible. – Provide multi‐level lighting at all gyms by means of switching, not dimming. High school and middle school gyms shall have multi level lighting for recreational use and competition use at 60 fc, per athletic association requirements. – Gym lighting fixtures shall be T‐5 High Output (HO) or induction type with instant‐on feature. – Gym lighting fixtures shall have fixture, lens and guard safety chains to prevent these components from falling when damaged by impact. Auditorium Lighting Stage, Drama and Broadcast Video Labs shall be equipped with performance lighting which shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects. Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Lighting Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents. General lighting in auditorium shall not be positioned over seats; consider wall sconces, or ceiling mounted fixtures positioned over aisles. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and Facilities Services for review and approval.
Page 40 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
– – – – –
Scope of work shall include overhead pipe grid, dimmable theatrical light fixtures, wiring and control system. Provide separate fluorescent work light system. High School Auditorium front overhead stage lighting shall be accessible from a catwalk; drop light mounting is unacceptable. Provide aisle lighting at floor level. See Division 11 EQUIPMENT‐ Theatrical/Stage Equipment for Catwalk access for stage lighting.
Exit and Emergency Lighting Provide exit lights and emergency lighting fixtures required by code. Connect all emergency and exit lighting fixtures to the generator. In large areas without exterior windows, such as an auditorium, consider adding a small number of emergency lights on battery back‐up, to provide light during generator start‐up time. Provide L.E.D. exit lights on emergency circuits in quantities and locations in compliance with all applicable codes. Emergency Electrical System All new DeKalb County Schools shall be equipped with an automatic emergency electrical generation system. New Generator systems shall be included in major renovation projects at school sites that do not have generators. Any existing generators older than 15 years shall be replaced during major renovation projects. The system shall include, but shall not be limited to, a natural gas engine and electrical generator with vibration control, automatic engine starting system with batteries, instrument panel, weather‐protective housing, enunciator panel, exhaust silencer and accessories. The generator shall be pad‐mounted on the exterior of the building, protected by chain link fence. For elementary schools, the minimum size generator shall be 60 KW, 480/277 volts. For middle and high schools, the minimum size generator shall be 80 KW, 480/277 volts. The system shall be adequately sized for and be connected to the following: – Emergency exit and emergency lighting fixtures (battery pack fixtures shall not be used unless noted otherwise) – Minimum of one light fixture in each classroom – Fire alarm system – Intercom system – Telephone system – Security System including cameras, Intrusion alarm ,access control, and door power supplies – Main server (MDF) room: All outlets; Air conditioning package unit – Walk – in freezer/cooler (usually 208 volt, 3 phase) – One outlet in principal’s office to maintain phone and computer Some of the electronic loads listed above also need to have a small UPS/surge protector to carry the electrical loads from the point of power interruption through start‐up of the generator. Specifically, the intercom system, the telephone system switch, and energy management system main panel need to be served in this manner. Normal / Emergency Generator outlets shall be color coded / placarded in accordance with NEC. Acceptable manufacturers: – Cummings – Kohler – Generac – Detroit Diesel Two‐year total service warranty contract shall be standard, with three‐year extension included. For generators with KVA loads equal to or greater than 100 KVA, Georgia Power requires the Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) open transition transfer to have a mechanical interlock; reference Georgia Power’s Distribution Bulletin No. 18 – 23, Section 4.2. The following actions are required: – DCSD Project Manager shall prepare following Georgia Power documents, and secure signature of DCSD Executive Director of Facilities:
Page 41 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – – –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
“Application for Emergency and Standby Generation Installation & Operation” “Statement of Responsibility for Operation of Emergency or Standby Generation on the Georgia Power Company Distribution System” DCSD Project Manager shall forward signed forms to the attention of Georgia Power representative, Keith Harley at
[email protected]. DCSD Project Manager shall notify Georgia Power when ATS is installed. DCSD Project Manager shall schedule Georgia Power to inspect and photograph the mechanical interlock installation. Georgia Power representative shall forward both documents (items 1 and 2) along with photographs, to the DCSD Project Manager.
Exterior Lighting Fixtures Provide adequate exterior lighting at building parking and walkway areas for security to employees and building. Fixtures shall be energy efficient, vandal resistant, 277 volt metal halide. Building wall packs shall be 250 watt or LED or compact fluorescent; parking lot lights shall be 400 watt. Exterior fixtures shall be controlled by building automation system with local override and photocells. – All exterior lighting shall be controlled by EMS astrological clock with local override switch. – Divide controls for site lighting into zones that can be operated independently. Submit design for zones to DCSD for review and approval. – Local override shall be momentary contact switch tied to building automation system. – Consider outside lighting at Art Patio for evening events. Sports Field Lighting The Design Professional shall develop complete drawings and specifications to describe sports field lighting similar to those currently installed at existing DeKalb County High Schools. Specifications shall be equal or above GHSA spec lighting manual, available at www.ghsa.net. Sports lighting shall be provided at the following fields: – Football / Track Stadium: 360’x 160’ – Baseball Field: 330’ x 380” x 330’ plus batting cage area – Softball Field: 200’ x 200’ x 200’ plus batting cage area Sports lighting shall provide environmental light control, with the primary goal to not negatively impact the adjacent community with excessive spill light and glare. Design lighting system to provide maximum spill and glare control. The specifications shall require a photometric report from an independent or certified testing lab certifying that the luminous intensity from any one fixture does not exceed the following criteria: Football / Track Stadium: 12,000 candelas at 84 degrees above nadir. – Baseball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir. – Softball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir. Lighting system shall be designed with life cycle costs in mind. It shall be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. Maximum energy consumption based on 5,000 hour operating cycle: – Football / Track Stadium: 105.0 kWh or less. – Baseball Field: 77.0 kWh or less. – Softball Field: 33.0 kWh or less. The lighting system shall be designed such that the light levels are guaranteed for a period of 25 years. Each manufacturer shall provide, along with bid, a recommended lamp maintenance schedule required to provide guaranteed light levels for 25 years: – Football / Track Stadium: 50 foot candles. 50 foot candles. – Baseball Field (Infield): – Baseball Field (Outfield): 30 foot candles
Page 42 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
– –
Softball Field (Infield): Softball Field (Outfield):
50 foot candles. 30 foot candles.
Architect shall develop detailed specifications for measuring the uniformity of these basic standards. Lighting system must be designed to comply with current applicable building codes and minimum 100 mph wind speed. Cross arms shall be designed to withstand minimum 150 mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming alignment. – All components shall be designed as a system and shall include, but not be limited to: – Provide galvanized steel poles with climbing steps and safety harness. Poles shall have pre‐cast concrete foundation with concrete backfill or concrete anchor bolt type foundation. Exposed steel shall be a minimum of 18” above grade; direct buried steel poles will not be permitted. Concrete or other single piece poles requiring use of heavy equipment that may damage the site will not be permitted. – All exposed components shall be designed of appropriate corrosion resistant materials. – Die‐cast aluminum housing shall be used for luminaire reflector system. – Remote ballast, capacitors, fusing and safety disconnects for luminaries shall be located in an aluminum enclosure on each pole approximately 10’ above grade. – Wire harness system shall be designed for trouble‐free installation. – System shall include lightning protection. – All components shall be UL listed. – Momentary power interruption illumination system shall be provided to provide coverage during failure of primary system. – Specifications shall describe an appropriate standard for measuring compliance of the installed system and requirements for correcting non‐compliance. – Include in the bid one set of replacement lamps rated at 5,000 hours or two sets if rated at 3,000 hours. Also include preventative and spot maintenance (parts and labor) for 25 years. Coordinate details of DeKalb County School District requirements for remote controls and incorporate those requirements into the specifications. Data Cabling System Provide Data Cabling System for computer network and equipment in accordance with the current DeKalb County School’s Technology Plan. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Data Cabling System. Telephone Cabling System DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location. Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Telephone Cabling System. Detection Systems Security alarm and Security Surveillance Camera Systems will be furnished by DeKalb County School District under contracts separate from building contracts for new schools and additions. – Coordination between the separate contractors will be required to maintain occupancy schedules. – Designer for Security Surveillance System shall coordinate design of security systems with DCSD Director of Safety / Security. – Front desk design at Elementary Schools shall allow 2 Monitors to be mounted out of view of visitors. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Security System for general requirements of Security System and the specific Video Surveillance Specification prepared for each project. Master Television Systems
Page 43 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Scope of Work: – Media centers shall have broadcast capabilities to provide video programming throughout the building. – Provide drops in all spaces except storage mechanical, custodial and kitchen areas. Coordinate Master TV Systems with DCSD MIS. (Comment: not sure cable needs to be in each classroom. TV is now transmitted over the network to smart boards). – Cable TV signal shall be provided to the media center distribution center from the local cable TV vendor. – Provide a complete Master Television Cable System for distribution of “In‐House” and local “Cable” channels. Provide two sets of audio / video jacks on front panel for direct insertion of customer equipment. The system shall be wired to allow tuning selected “cable” channels through VCRs for recording or distribution throughout the system and direct distribution of cable channels through system demodulators. Receiver / monitors shall be furnished to provide direct monitoring of programs. – A one line drawing of the entire Television System shall be included in the submittal showing the signal levels in dBmV at the input and output of each device at the head end, tap‐off, splitters, and room outlets. The model numbers of all components shall be included in the one line drawing. A detailed drawing of the equipment cabinets, their components, special panels and equipment layout must be furnished for approval (no exceptions). – The television Contractor shall be an authorized distributor for the equipment supplied and maintain his own service organization capable of furnishing all warranty service. A letter shall be included in the submittal stating the above is valid. – The system shall be designed for 50 db signal‐to‐noise ratio and shall provide a signal level of a minimal of +6dbmv and a maximum of +12dbmv at each outlet. – The system shall be designed to allow program originating and distribution from outlets throughout the system by the addition of proper equipment. The Design Professional shall be responsible for specifying appropriate equipment, testing and certification. Acceptable manufacturers: – Blonder Tongue – Drake / Dracom – Scientific Atlanta – Jerald Fire Alarm System See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Fire Alarm System. Intercom System Proprietary PRODUCT: Central Control Center: Rauland Telecenter VoIP System Intercom system shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects, and shall include a master clock to control bells. – Provide intercom call‐back system with master station in administrative office and call stations in each normally occupied space. Design Professional to submit detailed catalog information to DeKalb County School District for approval. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Intercom System Public Address System Sound systems shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.
Page 44 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – – – – – –
–
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Provide public address systems at the following locations: Cafeterias Gymnasiums Auditoriums Drama Labs Football Stadiums Architects shall be responsible for employing qualified professionals to design and develop Construction Documents for public address systems. Design of public address systems shall be appropriate for the acoustical conditions and volume of each space. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Facilities Services Department; the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs, and to the Coordinators of Health and PE, Music and Drama for review and approval.
Features and functions shall include: – Solid state in‐wall type amplifier – Built‐in speakers – Microphones designed especially for music pickup, recording and excellent speech reproduction – Remote microphone outlets appropriate for the type of space – Auxiliary input for future program sources – Input for school wide intercom program and system announcements – Fire alarm override if required. Delivery Door Bell Provide a door bell system at the exterior delivery door(s) to alert kitchen and/or custodial staff when deliveries have arrived. The appropriate location for the bell will be a function of the service area layout. The Design Professional shall propose and obtain approval for the bell location(s). Clocks – Centrally controlled digital clocks and bell system shall be provided in halls (except for Elementary Schools), Cafeteria, Media Center, main Office, and Gym. – Provide electrical connection in each classroom and other instructional areas for DeKalb County School District provided electrically operated wall mounted clocks where required. APPENDIX Proprietary Specifications The following items were approved by DeKalb County Board of Education, as of 11/29/11 (refer to specific divisions within these Design Guidelines for manufacturers): – Book Theft Book Security – Plumbing: – Trap Primers – HVAC: – Cooling Towers – Chillers – Energy Recovery – Heat Exchanger – Automated Temperature Controls/Energy Management System Door Hardware
Page 45 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
PROPRIETARY Standard of Design: – Exit Devices: Von Duprin 98/99 Series: – Dummy Trim 98DT, 99DT – Night Latch 98NL, 99NL – Lever 98L, 99L – Lever Blank Escutcheon 98L‐BE, 99L‐BE – Heavy Duty Lock – Levers: Best Access Systems, 93K – 7 – (AB, D, R) – 14‐C‐STK – Rim Cylinders: Best Access Systems, 1E – 7 – 2 ‐ C4 ‐ RP3 Cylinders: Hardware must be heavy duty type and accept the proprietary “Best” removable core system. Mortise locksets are not acceptable. Fire and Smoke Doors: All fire and smoke doors shall have magnetic hold‐open devices interfaced with the fire alarm system. BASIS OF DESIGN: Glynn Johnson, Rixson Firemark (Assa Abloy) Overhead Fire and Smoke Doors: Doors shall be equipped with easily tested and re‐set mechanisms. Power Assisted Door Openers: Power assisted door openers shall be Dormer or approved equal. The use of Power assisted door openers shall be avoided and shall not be used on interior doors of new facilities, unless approved by DCSD. Note: The following manufacturers are not acceptable: – Sargent – Yale – Monarch PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes A. Provide and install all items known commercially as builder’s hardware or door hardware. This shall include, but is not limited to, hinges, pivots, locks, latches, exit devices, cylinders, cores, keys, automatic or manual flush or surface bolts, door closers, overhead door stops/holders, floor stops and holders, wall stops, thresholds, weather stripping, door coordinators and silencers. 1.02 Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section A. Permanent cores shall be installed by Best for the Owner. Refer to Article 2.01C. Keying. 1.03 Coordination A. Coordinate work in this Section with other directly affected Sections involving the manufacture of any internal reinforcement for hardware. 1.04 Qualifications A. Hardware Supplier: A recognized firm specializing in the supply of commercial door hardware with warehousing facilities and documented experience in a fifty mile radius from DeKalb County for a period of three (3) years and an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to properly handle, detail and service hardware in a satisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with a minimum of ten (10) years’ experience. 1.05 Certifications A. Prior to building occupancy an Architectural Hardware Consultant shall inspect and certify that all hardware has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and is functioning properly. Results of said inspection should be reported in writing to the Architect.
Page 46 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines 1.06
1.07
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Submittals A. Submit hardware schedule, product data, shop drawings, and keying schedule in accordance with Section 01300. Include product data on each type of hardware listed in hardware schedule. 1. Upon return of the reviewed finish hardware schedule, arrange for a meeting with the Owner and representatives of Best Access Systems of Georgia. A keying schedule will be established and submitted to the DeKalb County Board of Education. After review, the keying schedule will be returned to representatives of Best Access Systems so that permanent cores and keys can be prepared on a timely basis. The master key system shall be a factory‐registered system to assure the propriety of the codes and avoid duplication or crosskeying. Warranty A. Provide three (3) year warranty for all hardware items with the exception of door closers. Include coverage of door closers for ten (10) year period.
PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers A. Hinges & Pivots: Hager, Stanley, Lawrence, McKinney, Bommer 1. Provide only template produced units. 2. Provide Phillips flat head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish Phillips flat‐head wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. 3. Hinge pins, except as noted, are to be provided as follows: Steel Hinges: Steel pins Non‐ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins Exterior Doors: Use continuous hinges Interior Doors: Non‐rising pins Electric Hinges: Non‐removable pins 4. Tips shall be flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves. 5. Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than three (3) hinges for door leaf of 90” or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30” of additional height. 6. Utilize hinge‐reinforcing plates when half‐surface hinges are used in conjunction with kalmein filled wood doors. 7. Provide ball bearing hinges of the type and weight suggested by the hinge manufacturer for each type of door application. B. Continuous Hinges: Hager Roton, Markar, Select, Zero 1. Provide heavy‐duty continuous hinges for exterior doors, high traffic cross‐corridor doors and other applications where the doors might be susceptible to abuse. 2. Provide only concealed leaf continuous hinges for applications involving new doors. 3. Use of full surface or half‐surface continuous hinges will be acceptable for applications involving existing doors and/or frames. C. Lock Cylinders & Keying: Best (No Substitution) 1. Best Access Systems of Georgia will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing, as per 1.09.A.1 of this section. 2. Best interchangeable core keying system shall be used throughout. Furnish the standard temporary construction core system for the construction period, and remove when permanent cores arrive. Construction cores are the property of the manufacturer and are to be returned when permanent cores are installed.
Page 47 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines 3. 4. 5. 6.
7.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Construct lock cylinder and interchangeable cores from brass, bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. Permanent cores and cylinders shall match the lock set finish. Provide keys of nickel silver material only. All interchangeable cores shall be sever (7) pin, interchangeable among all locks in this section, without modification, and keyed into a Grand Master Key System capable of over 16,000 change combinations. Provide four (4) change keys per keyed lock set. *Additional keys: 4 for each individual classroom 6 each sub master keys
D.
Locksets Latchsets: Best, Schlage, Corbin/Russwin Base specifications: Best Access Systems components as listed in Schedule per Article 1. 3.05. 2. Lock sets and latch sets of other manufacturers must conform to the requirements of Subparagraphs 3 and 4, and be approved by the DeKalb County Board of Education. 3. Cylindrical Type: a. Lock sets and latch sets must be extra‐heavy duty cylindrical type with 2 ¾ inch backset, or greater as specified, with a 9/16 inch throw latchbolt. b. Provide lock sets with Best 7 – pin interchangeable core. c. Lock sets and latch sets must conform to ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, and be UL listed. d. Trim is to be Best Access System’s 14C with 626 (US26D) satin chrome finish. e. Use of this type lock is permitted in office suites where office doors are protected from public corridors by a locking door with mortise lock set.
E.
Exit Devices: Von Duprin, Precision ‐ Apex Series 1100. 1. All exit devices to be of one manufacturer. 2. Provide sex nuts and bolts for attachment of surface applied items to doors. 3. Devices shall be UL listed. Devices for fire openings shall bear factory installed UL markings that indicate approval for fire rated openings. All exit devices shall be touch‐bar type design and manufactured of stainless steel. 4. Grooved aluminum extrusions are not allowed. Extrusions shall be smooth. 5. All exit devices shall comply with ANSI A156.3, Grade 1.
F.
Closers: LCN – 4040/1, Fire Mark/Rixson, Ryobi – 4550/1 1. Size of units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use. a. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms. 2. Where manual closers are indicated for doors required being accessible to the physically handicapped, providing adjustable units, ANSI opening force and delayed action closing. 3. Provide concealed closers that are fully concealed when doors are closed. Concealed closers are to have full rack and pinion hydraulic operation with separate controls for closing and latching speeds. Closer to have high strength cast cylinder and all temperature fluid. 4. Provide manual closers (using sex bolts) that are certified to exceed one million (1,000,000) full load‐operating cycles by a recognized independent testing laboratory. Closers are to be fully hydraulic, rack and pinion action with high strength cast cylinders and one piece forged steel pistons. Hydraulic fluid to be of a type requiring no seasonal adjustments for temperature. Hydraulic regulation to be controlled by tamper‐proof, non‐critical screw valves, adjustable with a hex wrench. Separate adjustments for back
Page 48 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
5. 6.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
check, general speed, and latch speed. Where detailed on double lever arm closers, provide a delayed action feature to delay closing up to one minute for maximum opening to approximately 75°. Back check shall be properly located for protection of the door, frame and applied hardware. Use of closers with built‐in spring or cushion stops will be allowed in lieu of overhead stops. All door closers shall comply with ANSI A156.4, Grade 1 and meet the standards of ANSI A117.1 for barrier‐free accessibility.
G.
Push/Pulls, Protection Plates: Ives VR910 X TB Exterior Pull, Quality, Burns, Trimco 1. Provide manufacturers standard exposed fasteners for installation, through bolted for matched pairs, but not single units. 2. Provide 16 gauge minimum thickness for plates. 3. Bevel protection plates on four (4) sides. 4. Provide offset pulls on exterior doors with exit devices of the following design: Rockwood 159 5. Provide push plates, where door stiles permit, of 8” x 16”. 6. In locations where locks are used with cylinder but no outside trim and door is reverse bevel, provide cylinder pull similar to Rockwood 90.
H.
Threshold, Weather Stripping & Gasketing: Zero, Pemko, National Guard, Reese 1. Provide continuous weather stripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Provide type, size and profile shown as scheduled. 3. Provide non‐corrosive fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Do not specify adhesive backed weather strip of gasket material. 4. Where replaceable seal strips are scheduled, provide only those units where resilient of flexible seal strip is easily replaceable from stocks maintained by manufacturer. 5. Provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile shown as scheduled. 6. Provide bottom door sweep at all exterior doors.
I. 2.02
Mullion: VonDuprin 4954
Finishes A. Finish of all hardware shall be consistent throughout project, selected from manufacturer’s standard finishes and approved by DCSD.
Note: Key setup shall be cross referenced by Door Number and Room Number in Key Box. Contractor to furnish, install & set up Key Box. Data Cabling System NOTE: This specification will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. It was last Modified November 1, 2009. Design Professional shall obtain confirmation from DCSD representative that Structural Cabling Guidelines is current. 1. Horizontal Cable – Balanced twisted‐pair also referred to as unshielded twisted‐pair (UTP) (a) 23 AWG/4 pair – UTP (b) Cable must be manufactured by CommScope (c) Jacket color – Pink (d) Category 6 (e) CMP or CMR flammability rating as determined by local codes (f) Cable must be factory certified to 400 MHz minimum and include test report which meets or exceeds the performance specifications set for CommScope 7504 UltraMedia Category 6 cable
Page 49 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
2.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(g) The manufacturers channel warranty shall support a 4‐connector channel that covers all category 6 balanced twisted‐pair applications approved by the Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE), The ATM Forum, the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the International Organization of Standardization (ISO) that specify compatibility with the cabling referenced herein. Examples of applications that are covered by the vendor warranty include Gigabit Ethernet (IEEE 802.3ab) and 155 Mb/s ATM. (h) Meet North American Standards – ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1 and all applicable addenda. Fiber backbone – main distribution frame (MDF) to horizontal and or intermediate distribution frame (IDF) (a) Minimum – 12 fibers between distribution frames – adhere to manufacturer’s installation procedures. All 12 fibers must be terminated. (b) Star configuration (c) Fiber cable must be manufactured by CommScope (d) Routed through Trade size 1 inner duct. CommScope Fiber Guard interlocking armored fiber cable may be used instead of inner duct. (e) Below grade runs must use indoor/outdoor rated or outdoor rated water blocking fiber cable. (f) 50/125 μm LOMMF – OM3 laser certified multimode fiber (g) Transmission performance – Fiber cable must be DMD (Differential Mode Delay) tested and meet or exceed the performance specifications set for CommScope Laser Core 300™ Type 5L multimode fiber: (h) Cables must meet OFNR or OFNP determined by local code.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Optical Characteristics Maximum attenuation
850 nm 3.0 dB/km
1300 nm 1.0 dB/km
Bandwidth OFL Bandwidth Laser Guaranteed 10 Gigabit
1500 MHz *km 2000 MHz*km 300 m
500 MHz *km 500 MHz*km
Cable Supports – 3 options (a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks (i) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines. (ii) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines. (iii) Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturers required weight and or cable quantity limits. Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables (a) Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables. (b) Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces – cut to length. (c) Must be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Fire stopping Where data cables penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening. Provide conduit sleeves for cables that penetrate fire rated walls. After the Cabling installation is complete install fire proofing material in and around all conduit sleeves and openings. Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly. Seal all floor, wall and ceiling penetrations. When installing in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings must be returned to original condition. Grounding, Bonding (a) Attach a #6 bare, solid ground wire from a local ground bar to each equipment rack/cabinet/tray using appropriate ground lugs. (b) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations. UTP Cabling Installation
Page 50 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
8.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(a) All data cabling shall be installed per ANSI/BICSI/NECA‐568, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568‐B.1, ANSI/TIA/EIS‐568‐B.2, ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1, ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.3 and local building codes. (b) Leave 1.5 m to 3 m (5‐10 ft) of service loops near both workstation and data rack. Service loops are to be coiled neatly at both ends. Caution: coils should be made in large loops and preferably in figure eights to avoid transmission performance issues. (c) Do not exceed a total cable length of 90 meters of any data UTP cable from outlet to patch panel termination. Overall channel link – (cable and 2 patch cables) not to exceed 328 feet. (d) Do not lay data cables on top of light fixtures, ceiling tiles, mechanical equipment or ductwork. Maintain at least 0.6 m (2ft) clearance from all shielded apparatus. All cables must be supported using approved method from Section 3. (e) All classrooms, offices, teacher work areas, the Media Center, and any other space that may accommodate a computer will be wired for the network. All network drops must provide two (2) network data connections. Each classroom must be equipped with two drops for the students and one drop for the teacher (a total of six connections in each classroom). For computer labs and other multi‐drop areas include a data connection for each network device (computer, printer, etc.). Placement of network drops in these areas shall be determined by the room layout, computer furniture and other factors. Submit floor plans for mark‐up at the appropriate phase in design. (f) Network drops to support ceiling mounted wireless access point devices shall be terminated with an 8 contact modular plug, Siemon part number P‐8‐8, on the work area end and be coiled with a 20 foot service loop. The service loop will be supported above the ceiling by wire tie to a J hook or other structural support. Category 6 Connectivity (a) Patch Panels 1) 48‐port RJ45 modular to 110 with (6) or (8) ports 2) Wired 568B 3) Standard or high density – 19” wide 4) Rack or wall mount 5) Designation strips – front and rear 6) All Patch Panels and hardware must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.
(b) RJ45 modular jacks 8P8C 1) Wired 568B 2) 45° exit 3) Dual Siemon CT jacks only 4) 110 type termination 5) All jacks must be manufactured by the Siemon Company. 9.
50/125 Multimode fiber connectivity (a) Connectors 1) SC Simplex only – composite or ceramic ferrule
(b) Fiber patch panels 1) Rack and wall mount 2) 12 fiber adapter panels (SC Connectors only) 3) Splice trays if needed 4) All fiber patch panels and adapters must be manufactured by the Siemon Company. 10. Patch cables – Category 6 (a) Copper 1) Color‐coded – (blue) 2) 4‐pair – 24 AWG Stranded – PVC 3) Snag less Boot 4) Lengths – not to exceed 6 m (20 ft)
Page 51 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
5) Every cord must be 100 % factory performance tested with a network analyzer and test reports must be included with every shipment.
(b) Fiber Multimode 1) Duplex 2) Terminated with appropriate connector (to mate with fiber panels) 11. Racks and Cabinets (a) Racks – universal self supporting 1) 7 feet tall – 19” mounting space (23” if needed) 2) Bolt racks securely to floor 12. Wire management (a) Horizontal – single or double space 1) 19” or 23” rack mount 2) Wire managers to be mounted between patch panels 3) Ladder‐rack from top of racks – secured to back wall in MDF and IDF’s (b) Vertical 1) Between racks – single or double‐sided 13. Labeling (a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system. Labels should be attached securely so that they will not peel off. All labels shall be machined generated or as approved. (b) Labels should indicate telecommunications room and port number: Example IDF2‐A12 would be IDF room number 2, patch panel “A”, port number 12. (c) Label the following: faceplates, cable at each outlet (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, cable at the rear of patch panels (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, front of patch panel for each termination, all voice MDF and IDF blocks. (d) Wireless access point drops shall be labeled as indicated in 13.b and 13.c of this document. Since wireless access point drops do not have faceplates attach the labels with plenum rated wire‐ties or other methods suitable for plenum spaces. (e) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation 14. Testing (a) Category 6 Each cabling permanent link or channel shall be tested and certified. Each pair of the permanent link or channel shall be tested. The permanent link measurement is recommended although the entire channel may be tested. The entire channel includes the patch cables at the workstation end of the permanent link to the patch cables at the patch panel end. All links must be tested using test heads with Siemon Company patch cords. Each outlet must pass the following parameters for category 6 as described in ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1: wire map, length, insertion loss, NEXT, Power Sum NEXT, ELFEXT, Power Sum ELFEXT, Return Loss, Propagation Delay, Delay Skew. All tests shall be favorable, no *PASS, *FAIL or FAIL results will be accepted. All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both electronic files and in hard copy. (b) Fiber Optic 1) Optical fiber (backbone) cables shall be 100% tested for attenuation and length. 2) Testing will be done with an optical power meter and light source. 3) Length shall be recorded using an OTDR, optical length test measurement device or sequential cable measurement markings. Attenuation shall be tested at 850 nm and at 1300 nm for multimode fiber cable 4) All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both paper and electronic format. 5) Each strand shall not exceed a level of: 3.5 db/km of attenuation for 850 nm 1.5 db/km of attenuation for 1300 nm
Page 52 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
6) Each strand shall be tested and the following information be turned over to the owner From point to point Fiber I.D. label number RX level Attenuation total Wave length Reference level 15. MDF – Main Distribution Frame (a) Two dedicated (3) wire 208V AC 30 ampere rated circuits with L6‐30R Locking Receptacles must be provided in all schools to accommodate special Information Technology equipment racks. There should be no more than 12 inches distance between the two receptacles. Location of the two receptacles to be determined by Technology Services. (b) A minimum of four duplex 20 ampere 120V AC outlets on separate dedicated circuits to support data rack equipment. Position circuits behind the data racks. (c) Room size should be at least 10 ft. X 16 ft (d) Room must have a dedicated climate control system capable of maintaining a 70 degree Fahrenheit room temperature at a minimum heat load of 20,000 BTU. An adjustable thermostat for room temperature must be provided. The climate control system must be a continuously available system. (e) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint (f) Racks and cabinets should be placed so that there are at least 3 feet from the wall to the rear of both racks and cabinets and at least 3 feet from any wall or obstruction to the front of racks and cabinets. Racks and cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks. (g) All equipment must be properly grounded 16. IDF – Intermediate Distribution Frame and HC/IC (a) Minimum of two duplex 20 ampere 120V AC electrical outlets on separate dedicated branch circuits positioned behind the data racks. (b) Closets must be climate controlled (c) Size of closet will depend on the number of square feet that it will serve (d) Racks and cabinets should be placed so that there is at least 3 feet from wall to the rear of racks and cabinets and at least 3 feet from any wall or obstruction to the front of racks and cabinets. Racks and cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks. (e) There may be cases where equipment may have to be wall‐mounted (f) All equipment must be properly grounded (g) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint 17. Warranties – The contractor shall provide a 5‐year warranty on all contractor provided material and workmanship. Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty. There shall be a 20‐year, 250 MHz transmission warranty. 18. Miscellaneous – All participants in any network‐wiring project must be Siemon certified. In addition all patch panels, data outlets, fiber connectors and other hardware items must be manufactured by the Siemon’s company. – These cabling specifications apply to all construction projects. Where renovations are done and existing equipment is replaced, testing of the entire network at the facility must be performed in accordance with these specifications to ensure continuity between existing and new construction. – A pre‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual. – Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems.
Page 53 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
A post‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual. All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer.
– Telephone Cabling System NOTE: These Guidelines will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. Design Professional shall obtain confirmation from DCSD representative that Telephone Cabling System Guidelines is current. DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location. Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment as noted below. 1. Telephone Equipment Room (a) Two 4 x 8 foot plywood sheets mounted on the same wall side by side for telephone system and equipment mounting. Plywood to be painted with fire retardant paint. Plywood to be mounted where two 4 inch conduits stub up from street or other telephone service provider location. (b) Provide #6 ground wire mounted on plywood. (c) One quad 120 volt outlet supported by the emergency generator mounted near the plywood. (d) Lighting for this room to be on emergency power circuit. (e) Two 4 inch conduit sleeves above the ceiling between room and hall. (f) All cables to be terminated on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks with brackets. (g) All station and feeder cables must feed up from the bottom of the 66 blocks. (h) Use metal D rings. (i) One 4 inch conduit between telephone equipment/entrance room and the data MDF room for the wide area Ethernet fiber circuit. (j) Two 4 inch conduits to the street for telephone service provider’s connection. These conduits usually stub up by a utility pole but this requirement must be verified by the building contractor and the telephone service provider. Pull boxes required for long runs. AT&T specifications for conduits provided by area AT&T BIC engineer. 2. Feeder Cables (a) One 50 pair plenum rated feed cable will run from the telephone equipment room to each IDF closet. Terminate feed cable on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks. All cable to be manufactured by CommScope. (b) Two 4 inch sleeves between IDF and hall above the ceiling for feeder and station cables. 3. Station Cables (a) Use CommScope 7504 Ultra Media Category 6 plenum rated gray jacketed cable for all station cables. (b) Terminate all station cables with Siemon Company CT‐C5‐C5‐02 jacks. (c) Sleeve through walls for station cable runs using ¾ inch conduit above the ceiling. (d) Telephone station cables to be provided for all offices and other work areas where telephone service is required. 4. Cable Supports – 3 options (a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks 1) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines 2) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines.
Page 54 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
5.
6.
7.
8.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
3) Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturers required weight and or cable quantity limits. Other Telephone Locations (a) High Schools require 25 pair feed cable from the telephone entrance/equipment room to the stadium home field side electrical room to support telephones. Terminate on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks. Labeling (a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system. Labels should be attached securely so that they will not peel off. All labels shall be machine generated or as approved. (b) Labels should indicate telecommunications room and position number: Example IDF2‐V12 would be IDF room number 2, 66Block position 12. (c) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation Miscellaneous (a) All cabling must be manufactured by the CommScope Company. (b) All participants in any telephone‐wiring project must be Siemon certified. In addition all jacks, faceplates, 66blocks and other connectivity items must be manufactured by the Siemon Company. (c) A pre‐construction meeting involving the telephone cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual. (d) A post‐construction meeting involving the telephone cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual. (e) Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems. (f) All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer. (g) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations. Warranties (a) The contractor shall provide a 5‐year warranty on all contractor provided material and workmanship. Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty
Intercom System PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS (a) Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 2. SUMMARY (a) Select type of system from two paragraphs below. (b) This Section includes the Central Sound/Communications Control Center which shall be a Rauland Telecenter Five/Director System, offering the combined features and functions of both systems. Systems not providing these specified features will not be considered. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for complete installation and checkout of the system as outlined in these specifications. The equipment shall be Rauland equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS) as furnished by SWC‐ Richardson Technology Systems. (c) The administrative telephone communication system shall be a Rauland Telecenter V providing at least the following features and functions: 1) The Administrative Control Center shall be a standard pushbutton dialing telephone complete with solid‐state pre‐tuned tone oscillators identical to those employed by the public telephone companies. 2) The Central Switching Exchange shall be a Global Switching System, that is, there shall be no linking within the system that would restrict or block telephone communications. 3) Direct dialing private two‐way telephone communications between all locations equipped with administrative telephone and staff telephone shall also be provided.
Page 55 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
4) The Central Switching Exchange shall have facilities for 32 full duplex unrestricted simultaneous private telephone conversations between administrative telephones and between administrative telephones and staff telephones. 5) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal over any loudspeaker selected for two‐way "amplified voice" communication. The warning tone signal shall sound as soon as the station is selected, and shall be automatically repeated at regular intervals. 6) Direct‐dialing, two‐way "amplified voice" communications between all locations equipped with administrative telephones and staff (classroom) loudspeakers without the use of a press‐to‐talk or talk‐listen switch. a) The Central Switching Exchange shall have facilities for multiple (12) watt two‐way "amplified voice" communication channel(s), providing simultaneous communication on each channel from administrative telephones. Provide one channel under this contract. b) Automatic Queuing shall be provided for the two‐way amplified voice communication channels. A call waiting shall be automatically connected when a channel becomes available. The amplified voice communication channel shall have automatic level control on return speech to assure a constant return speech level. 7) Capacity to call staff (classroom) stations having both telephones and loudspeakers, either by ringing the telephone or by a loudspeaker for two‐way amplified voice communications. It shall be possible to program each staff location to be called either by speaker first or by ringing the telephone first. Only one station number to be used for the loud speaker and telephone. (Systems requiring a number for telephone and separate number for the speaker are not acceptable). a) Ability to change the mode of communication during a call, i.e., change from amplified voice communications to phone‐to‐phone communications. b) During the course of a call, the conversation may be continued over the telephone by lifting the telephone handset. The conversation shall automatically be switched from the speaker the handset. 8) Capability for any administrative telephone to transfer a "call" from another administrative telephone or any staff (classroom) telephone to any other telephone. 9) Facilities for conference calls between administrative telephones and between administrative telephones and staff (classroom) telephone or loudspeaker stations. Facilities for two‐way communications between any staff (classroom) telephone and any classroom loudspeaker station. 10) Provide the capability of assigning speaker locations to any one or more of eight (8) software programmable zones for zone paging or time signal reception. Through programming, it shall be possible to exclude selected speakers from the reception of paging announcements. 11) Provisions for restricting access to the Emergency Announcements, paging or tone signal origination to certain administrative telephones. This shall be accomplished by the use of an authorized administrative telephone. a) The system shall provide Personal Identification Numbers (PIN) for selected administrators. By dialing their PIN from any telephone, regardless of that phone's restrictions, they shall have all the capabilities of their office telephone. b) If a telephone which is associated with a speaker originates a "paging announcement", the speaker shall automatically be muted to prevent feedback. 12) Facilities to easily change the dial code number of any circuit. The assignment of the architectural numbers shall be accomplished by the use of any authorized administrative telephone. 13) The system shall provide facilities for up to twelve (12) independent digital readout displays upon which incoming calls are identified by their designated numbers. The display shall show visually, in the order received, three (3) calls at a time. Emergency calls shall override normal calls and shall be identified as "EMER" and the station number. a) Originating calls from any staff/classroom location may be directed to any or all of the twelve independent displays via programming from a designated administrative phone. 14) Provide a minimum of four (4) independent program memory sets. The choice of time of service change and active memory set selected shall be completely programmable. This feature shall allow selected stations to operate with different functions depending on the time of day.
Page 56 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
15) The system shall be expandable up to 500 telephone and/or speaker circuits. Combining separate systems is not acceptable. 16) It shall be possible to review all calls stored, in groups of three in order received. 17) Facilities for answering calls registered in the readout merely by pressing a single "response" button. 18) Provide an All‐Cancel function from an administrative telephone to cancel all classroom annunciated calls. 19) The system should have complete interconnect capabilities to central office lines. It shall be possible to transfer central office lines to any station in the system. Access to outside lines can be limited to certain authorized administrative telephones. Provide space for five CO modules. 20) Diagnostic functions shall be provided to simplify maintenance. An RS‐232C serial data port shall be provided for connection to a computer for "on site" or via a modem for to remote computer diagnostic functions by distributor or maintenance personnel. Provide modem with system. 21) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent of the microprocessor equipment. Should the microprocessor fail communication functions shall be accomplished from the main console? (No Exceptions) 22) The entire equipment cabinet with its electronics shall be factory wired and tested in the United States. (No Exceptions) 23) The system shall be equipped with one (1) telephone intercom channel, 32 communication links, (1) "manual" console intercom channel (capable of communicating with any classroom simultaneously with the telephone intercom channel), 1 program channel, 1 channel for zone functions, sufficient classroom speaker lines with twenty spare circuits and administrative lines as shown on the drawings. Furnish the quantity of administrative stations, administrative stations with digital readouts as indicated. Provide connection for customer’s telephone system. 24) Common corridor or area circuits of multiple speakers shall be limited to twelve speakers per circuit. 25) Exterior speaker circuits shall be limited to six speakers. (d) The Emergency Sound/Communications system shall provide at least the following features and functions: 1) Direct 2‐way voice communications between the Control Center and any classroom or any other speaker‐equipped location. 2) Adequate power (15 watts minimum) to over‐ride high noise levels in such areas as shops, gymnasiums, natatoriums, bus loading points and playing fields. 3) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal (beep) over any loudspeakers selected for 2‐ way communications, to prevent unauthorized monitoring. The warning tone signal shall sound whenever the classroom is being monitored, and shall automatically repeat at regular intervals. 4) Selective distribution of program material to any or all classrooms. 5) Ability to transmit a program or announcement simultaneously to all classrooms and locations by the simple operation of a single color‐coded All‐Call pushbutton switch. 6) Built‐in facilities for the following provided they have been described in other sections of this specification or indicated on plans: a) Reception of AM and FM broadcasts from built‐in tuner, and their distribution to any or all speakers. b) Reproduction of recorded music and other program material from built‐in CD player and its distribution to any or all speakers. c) Distribution of programs originating at remotely located microphones with provisions for volume control at the remote location. d) Pickup and broadcast of live programs from remote locations. Program selection shall be easily accomplished by simply pressing the appropriately labeled pushbutton. 7) Distribution of announcements from the Control Center microphone to any or all speakers. 8) Provisions for the instantaneous distribution from the Control Center of emergency messages to all locations equipped with loudspeakers, simply by pressing a single red pushbutton. This action shall bypass all other controls, over‐ride all other programs, and transmit the emergency message at a preset volume level. 9) Input facilities for 2 low‐impedance microphones and 3 auxiliary program sources. 10) Distribution of a tone‐signal (pushbutton activated) to any or all classrooms as a pre‐announcement alert signal or, for other signaling purposes.
Page 57 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Aural and visual monitoring facilities for each program channel. Distribution of repeating chime signal (activated by master clock) through system. Distribution of emergency, alert and clear signals through system (manually). Facilities for emergency call switches in specified locations to originate an emergency call to the Control Center. 15) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent of the microprocessor equipment. Should the microprocessor fail communication functions shall be accomplished from the main console? 16) Provide interconnection from the fire alarm system to the communication system for alarm tones. 17) Color‐keyed pushbuttons and colored guidelines shall be provided for each of the system's functions. The communications channel shall be identified by orange guidelines. The program channel shall be identified by green pushbuttons and guidelines on the Master Program panel
11) 12) 13) 14)
3.
SUBMITTALS (a) Product Data: For the following: 1) Adjust list below to suit Project. 2) Master stations. 3) Speaker‐microphone stations. 4) Call‐switch units. 5) All‐call amplifier. 6) Intercommunication amplifier. 7) Paging amplifier. 8) Loudspeakers/speaker microphones. 9) All items listed under section 2, Products (b) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if products are required to withstand specific design loads and Architect either has delegated design responsibility to Contractor or wants to review structural data as another way to verify products' compliance with performance requirements. Professional engineer qualifications are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." (c) Shop Drawings: Shall be prepared under supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer, and submitted to Architect for review. 1) Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints for central control cabinets. 2) Equipment Details: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location of each field connection. 3) Delete subparagraphs and associated subparagraphs below if not required. Delete first subparagraph for systems with no built‐in equipment. 4) Master‐Station Details: Scaled drawings for built‐in equipment. 5) Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include the following: a) Identify terminals to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. b) Single‐line diagram showing interconnection of components. c) Cabling diagram showing cable routing. (d) Retain paragraph and subparagraph below if Drawings do not include detailed plans or if Project involves unusual coordination requirements. (e) Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1) Edit subparagraph below to suit Project. 2) Ceiling‐mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. (f) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if required by seismic criteria applicable to Project. Coordinate with Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." (g) Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that central control cabinets, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." Include the following:
Page 58 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
(h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n)
4.
5.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
1) Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a) Retain one of first two subparagraphs below to define the term "withstand" as it applies to this Project. Definition varies with type of building and occupancy and is critical to valid certification. Second definition is used for essential facilities where equipment must operate immediately after an earthquake. b) The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. Coordinate paragraph below with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" and as supplemented in "Quality Assurance" Article. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency. Retain first paragraph below if Contractor is responsible for field quality‐control testing. Field quality‐control test reports. Factory Training: Provide factory certification for personnel Service facilities: Available to owner/using agency of a duly authorized distributor of the equipment manufacturer, which shall stock the manufacturer’s standard parts. Operation and Maintenance Data: For intercommunication equipment to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1) Delete below for manually switched equipment. 2) In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include a record of Owner's equipment‐programming option decisions. 3) (3) Copies as minimal. 4) Shall include internal schematics and wiring diagrams, detailed to allow a technician to install, operate, maintain, calibrate and repair equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE (a) Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. 1) Revise subparagraph below to suit Project location. 2) Maintenance Proximity: Not more than 4 hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. (b) If an independent testing agency is required, see Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting agency qualification requirements. If additional control is needed, use first paragraph below to specify 29 CFR 1910.7 or other more specific criteria (e.g., NETA). 29 CFR 1910.7 defines a nationally recognized testing laboratory as it applies to testing and inspecting for safety, and lists, labels, or accepts equipment and materials that meet certain OSHA criteria. (c) Retain first paragraph and subparagraph below if Contractor selects testing agency. (d) Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1) Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on‐site testing specified in Part 3. (e) Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. (f) Comply with NFPA 70. (g) Comply with UL 50. COORDINATION
Page 59 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(h) Edit this Article to delete or add types of construction that penetrate or are supported by ceilings. (i) Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling‐mounted speaker microphones with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire‐suppression system, and partition assemblies.
PART 2: PRODUCTS 1. MANUFACTURERS (a) See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers and products. (b) Available Manufacturers: The equipment shall be Rauland equipment as furnished by SWC‐Richardson Technology Systems who shall perform the warranty as herein specified. 2. EQUIPMENT CABINET (a) Rauland Model RP1103B equipment shall be contained in an upright rack of modern design, constructed of at least 16 gauge cold‐rolled steel, heavily re‐enforced for maximum strength and durability. It shall have a hinged and key‐locking rear door providing authorized personnel with easy access to components. It shall be no more than 65 7/16" high, 22 3/8" wide, and 18 1/2" deep, with 61" total panel mounting space, designed for the installation of standard 19" professional equipment, finished in ebony black baked enamel. Provide two cabinets with three inch casters and frame for the cabinets. 3. CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (a) Rauland Model TC4002 specifically designed for use with modern dual‐tone telephones and switching networks. It shall provide two‐wire balanced transmission complete with dial tone, automatic ringing and busy signal. It shall be of advanced microcomputer design, modular plug‐in construction, non‐volatile software, and user‐programmable. (b) The TC4002 Central Control shall provide telephone circuits as shown on the drawings and thirty‐two (32) links for thirty‐two unrestricted simultaneous conversations. It shall be possible to expand the system up to 500 telephones and/or speaker lines without modification of the Central Control. A 12 watt voice‐ controlled amplifier shall be included to permit hands‐free conversation with staff stations and provisions shall be available for additional voice‐controlled amplifiers so that simultaneous multi‐ channel hands‐free conversation may be accommodated. Provide one (1) amplifier. (c) It shall incorporate dual crystal‐controlled receivers to provide maximum accessibility to the system with maximum reliability. (d) The TC4002 Central Control shall be available for mounting in a standard 19" rack and the overall dimensions shall not exceed 19" wide, 8.75" high, and 12" deep. 4. CONTROL PANEL (a) Rauland Model MCZ300, a complete program pre‐ amplifier providing a minimum of four (4) switchable microphone or program inputs, each selected by fluorescent color display pushbutton; a 15 watt communications amplifier with balanced 25V output, and separate incoming and outgoing level controls; full aural and visual monitoring facilities by a built‐in monitor speaker and LED output level indicators; separate "All‐Call" and "Emergency" facilities. Communications channel shall include a supervisory tone generator which shall sound a tone signal in any classroom being monitored for voice call origination from classrooms and shall include a "system‐clear" tone signal when the call‐ in switch is activated. The Master Control Panel shall also include a pushbutton operated tone signal suitable for use as a pre‐announcement alert signal, or for other signaling purpose, such as class change or to call custodial personnel. All Program channel fluorescent display pushbuttons and associated guidelines and instructions shall be Green; all Communications channel controls and guidelines shall be Orange. 5. AM/FM CD PLAYER
Page 60 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
6.
7.
8.
9.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(a) RAULAND MODEL MCX325 shall be designed for continuous duty service in institutional and industrial sound systems. It shall be completely solid state, including transistors and integrated circuitry. The AM portion shall cover the entire broadcast range of 530 to 1620 KHz. The FM section shall have a tuning range of 85.5 – 108 MHz. Unit shall have a built‐in front panel monitor speaker. Controls on instrument front panel shall include AM‐FM button, on/off volume control, automatic search & manual tuning buttons, preset & store buttons, autos store button, clock button, tone control, balance control, fader control, fast‐forward, fast‐rewind, eject/reverse direction 4‐position monitor/send switch. The unit shall have a back‐lit digital readout display and indicate whether AM or FM, and shall indicate stereo status. It shall alternately display time. The system should also include a single disk CD player. (b) The AM/FM Antenna shall be rack mounted at the console location. POWER AMPLIFIER (a) Shall be capable of delivering an audio output of 325 watts RMS per channel into 4 ohms or 650 watts into 8 ohms. Frequency response shall be plus/minus .5 dB, 20‐20,000Hz. The amplifier shall operate continuously from 120VAC. The amplifier shall include fused outputs protective circuit to safeguard against damage from prolonged overloads and from extreme overloads, such as shorted output line. Controls shall be provided for level control. An LED pilot indicator shall be incorporated. The amplifier shall be capable of delivering full rated power to 25V or 70V constant voltage lines VIA a companion transformer. Provide (1) ALARM SIGNAL CONTROL PANEL (a) Rauland Model RX1027 shall provide for 3 separate alarm signals for quick pushbutton activation. It shall have 4 locking pushbuttons labeled "ALERT", "TAKE COVER", "CLEAR", and "OFF", mounted on charcoal gray panel. Operation of any of the alarm pushbuttons shall by‐pass all other controls and automatically distribute the appropriate signal to all speakers at a pre‐determined level. Switches shall be self‐wiping with precious metal contacts. Dimension of panel, 19" wide, l 3/4" high, 2 3/4" deep.
ROOM SELECTOR PANEL (a) Rauland Model SW25 shall contain 25 lever action 3‐position four‐pole selector switches of the positive detent type, designed for maximum reliability and a life expectancy of over 250,000 operations. Switch positions shall be legibly identified as Program "A", "Off" and Intercom "C". The Program "A" channel shall be identified by a Green guideline, Intercom channel "C" by Orange, and accordance with the "Follow the Color" operating method used in the Director Series System positions. Provide with multi‐ conductor cable with connectors on each end and split terminal blocks with connectors and bridging clips. Furnish selector panels, cables and terminal blocks for individual circuits and a minimum of 20 spares. SPEAKER CONTROL (a) Rauland Model TC4110 shall easily mount to the rear of its associated selector switch panel. It shall contain 26 24‐volt DC DPDT relays. Each relay shall be hermetically sealed to prevent contamination and shall have a life expectancy of 1,000,000 operations. Relays shall have precious metal contacts for minimum contact resistance, and shall carry at least a 1 amp rating. "Normally open" contacts and remaining side of each relay are permanently "bussed" together and then terminated. The time zone panel shall be a printed circuit board of G‐10 epoxy. Furnish with selector panels.
10. MICROPHONE (a) Rauland Model 1295, omnidirectional dynamic, desk type public address or paging type with base constructed of die‐cast zinc alloy with durable molded cycolac body in matching black. Dynamic moving coil incorporates a special diaphragm of mylar, resulting in excellent sensitivity and smooth wide‐range peak‐free response of 50‐12,000 Hz. Shall have press‐to‐talk and lock‐to‐talk switching, complete with 7'cord, concealed Hi‐Lo switch, and non‐skid molded feet. Height 9 3/8", width 4 3/4", depth 5 7/8". 11. SPEAKERS (a) Rauland Model USO188 shall be an 8" permanent magnet cone type having viscous‐damped cone and a ceramic (Indox 5) magnet weighing 5 oz. It shall have a frequency response of at least 55‐18,000Hz, a 10
Page 61 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
watt program power‐ handling capacity and an axial spl of at least 97.6db. Voice coil shall be 3/4" diameter with 8 ohm impedance. The speaker shall be equipped with Model TML25 multi‐ tap transformer 1/2, 1, 2 and 4 watts, 25V. (Lowell equal) FLUSH CEILING GRILLE 1) Speaker ceiling grille shall be Rauland ACC1000 constructed of steel and have a white baked epoxy finish. It shall include matched hardware for mounting a standard 8" speaker. Its overall diameter shall be 12 7/8" with center perforation of 7 5/8". (Lowell WB8 equal) CEILING SPEAKER BACKBOX 1) Model ACC1101 shall be a round one‐ piece backbox for flush mounting a standard 8 inch speaker. The enclosure shall be of painted, one‐piece 22 gauge drawn steel and shall have applied in its interior a fire retardant resonance damping material. It shall have four perforated steel mounting brackets and four knockouts for conduit. Dimensions, 9 3/4" diameter with flange diameter of 12 2/16", mounting centers 11 1/4", depth 4 1/16". (Lowell 8XD4 equal) SPEAKER SUPPORT BRIDGE 1) Rauland Model ACC1104 shall be a single piece unit constructed of 24 gauge galvanized rust‐ resistant cold rolled steel, 23 3/4" long and 14 1/2" wide. The unit is designed for firm support of ceiling speaker, grille, and backbox. (Lowell LBS8R equal) FLUSH WALL SPEAKER BAFFLE 1) Rauland Model ACC1003 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish. It shall have a square grille opening with a separate subplate for mounting speaker baffle to the ACC1105 backbox. Its dimensions are 11 1/2" square by 3/16". (Lowell equal) SURFACE MOUNTED BAFFLE 1) Rauland Model ACC1004 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish. It shall have a square grille opening with a separate subplate for mounting speaker baffle to the ACC1102 surface backbox. The backbox shall be 12 1/2" square by 4" deep with white epoxy finish. (Lowell equal)
(g) TAMPERPROOF SPEAKER GRILLE 1) Rauland Model ACC1008 vandal proof baffle is designed for mounting a standard 8 inch speaker. It shall be constructed of a special self‐aging aluminum alloy with tensile strength of 44,000 psi and shall be backed up with a heavy gauge cold rolled steel perforated screen to protect speaker. Each unit shall include tamperproof hardware to prevent entry into interior. It shall be finished in textured white baked enamel and have overall dimensions of 10 3/4" square by 3/4" projection. Provide MISCO #FC8WP weatherproof speaker and ACC1108 back box. Provide for Exterior Areas. (Lowell SGVP/8C10MR/TLM25 equal) (h) CEILING SPEAKER ASSEMBLY – The ceiling speaker assembly shall be a Rauland BAFKIT1X2S Lay‐In Tile Speaker. The speaker shall be an 8‐inch speaker with a 25 volt transformer. The speaker shall be rated at 8 Watts RMS and have a Frequency Response of 65 to 17 KHz. The speaker baffle shall have dimensions of 23 ¾” Width, 11 ¾” Length and 3 3/8” Depth. The total weight of the speaker shall be 4 lbs. 14 oz. Refer to the plans for quantities and locations of speakers. (Lowell Equal) 12. SPEAKER/CALL STATION (a) Rauland Model HSS1 shall interface with the Rauland Telecenter and Director Series systems. Two‐way communications shall be accomplished by the built‐in speaker‐microphone. A call‐in momentary pushbutton switch shall be provided. The complete unit shall be vandal‐ proof in design and construction, protected externally by an 11 gauge stainless steel plate with brushed finish. Actuator shall be flush with face plate and completely isolated from the push‐button, and movement shall be coupled through a coil spring to prevent damage. Speaker‐microphone shall be protected against tampering as well as by flame or liquids. Unit shall mount in a standard three‐gang electrical box. Surface mount requires ACC1119 box. 13. CALL STATION
Page 62 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(a) Rauland Model 2305CS, call origination switch shall be mounted on a stainless steel plate and require one momentary depressing of the button to activate a "call in". Provide additional "Emergency" call button where indicated.
14. VOLUME CONTROLS (a) Provide volume controls where indicated. These controls shall not have an off position. 15. ADMINISTRATIVE MASTER (a) Rauland Model TC6204 shall be a desk type high quality touch dial telephone, dual‐tone instrument suitable for desk use or wall mounting, complete with call buzzer, 5 1/2' retractable cord with plug. It shall conform to public utility specifications. The dial shall be a standard 12 pushbutton type with solid‐state pretuned oscillators. The instrument housing and handset shall be of high impact plastic, finished in gray color. Furnish desk or wall type stations as required. 16. LCD DESK DISPLAY (a) Rauland Model TC4221TG shall display up to four three digit station numbers simultaneously; the first three shall be registered calls and the forth shall indicate the last number called. An audible tone shall be provided and the display shall be equipped with a dip switch for selecting its own addressable code to allow routing calls to it independently of other displays. Provide where indicated. 17. MASTER CONTROL CLOCK (a) Rauland 2524 ChronoCom Master Control Clock System shall be microprocessor‐based, and shall be easily programmable by the user through electronic means. A simple step‐by‐step guide shall be provided to enable the user to accomplish the programming quickly and correctly. Master control clocks which are not microprocessor‐based and/or which require a technician or programmer to perform the initial and subsequent changes in program, at additional cost, shall not be considered. (b) This Program Clock shall be mounted in, and connected to the Intercom Console. (c) FUNCTIONS A: 1) Ability to operate solely as a master clock. 2) Capacity of storing 350 events and up to 100 holidays in non‐volatile memory 3) Ability to review, edit and delete events. 4) Review events from any time of day. 5) Events shall be programmable to any one or all of eight zones. 6) Selection of any one of eight schedules. 7) Fully automatic holiday scheduling. 8) User programmable Automatic Daylight Savings Time. 18. SECONDARY CLOCKS (a) RAULAND MODEL 2500 SERIES – The Secondary Clock shall operate from 24vac, controlled from the Master Clock at the Central Cabinet. Furnish single dial digital and double dial digital clocks as shown on drawings. Furnish a clear heavy duty guard for the gymnasium. Single dial clocks shall be flush mounted. Double dial clocks shall be wall mounted. The display shall be 4 characters; seven segment red LEDs 2.5” high. The clock shall measure 12” in length, 2.9” deep and 6” high. (b) A 24 VAC power supply shall be provided with solid state buffers for the clock circuits. 19. UPS/LINE CONDITIONER (a) Model UP‐51500 20. LIGHTNING PROTECTION (a) DITEK lightning protectors shall be provide for any copper cables that are installed between buildings. 21. CABLE
Page 63 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(a) Conductors: Jacketed, twisted pair and twisted multipair, untinned solid copper. Sizes as recommended by system manufacturer, but not smaller than No. 22 AWG. (b) Insulation: Thermoplastic, not less than 1/32 inch thick. (c) Shielding: For speaker‐microphone leads and elsewhere where recommended by manufacturer; No. 34 AWG tinned, soft‐copper strands formed into a braid or equivalent foil. 1) Minimum Shielding Coverage on Conductors: 60 percent. (d) Plenum Cable: Listed and labeled for plenum installation. (e) Classroom Cable 1) West Penn 25357BBLUE (f) Cable to Speaker from Call Station 1) West Penn 25291BBLUE (g) Cable for Administrative Stations 1) West Penn 25292BBLUE
PART 3: EXECUTION 1. INSTALLATION (a) Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways except within consoles, desks, and counters. Conceal cables and raceways except in unfinished spaces. (b) Select paragraph above or below. (c) Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum‐board partitions where cable wiring method may be used. Use plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal cables and raceways except in unfinished spaces. Conceal cables in raceway sleeves through wall partitions from corridors to rooms. (d) Revise remaining paragraphs below to suit Project. (e) Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members, and follow surface contours. Secure and support cables by straps, staples, or similar fittings designed and installed to avoid damage to cables. Secure cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, or fittings. (f) Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use lacing bars in cabinets. (g) Control‐Circuit Wiring: Install number and size of conductors as recommended by system manufacturer for control functions indicated. (h) Separation of Wires: Separate speaker‐microphone, line‐level, speaker‐level, and power wiring runs. Install in separate raceways or, where exposed or in same enclosure, separate conductors at least 12 inches for speaker microphones and adjacent parallel power and telephone wiring. Separate other intercommunication equipment conductors as recommended by equipment manufacturer. (i) Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Arrange on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. (j) Match input and output impedances and signal levels at signal interfaces. Provide matching networks where required. (k) Identification of Conductors and Cables: Color‐code conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so they identify media in coordination with system wiring diagrams. (l) Weatherproof Equipment: For units that are mounted outdoors, in damp locations, or where exposed to weather, install consistent with requirements of weatherproof rating. (m) Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 2. GROUNDING (n) Revise this Article to suit system requirements. Include grounding electrodes for special applications only. (o) Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common‐ mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. (p) Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding.
Page 64 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(q) Install grounding electrodes as specified in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
3.
4.
5.
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING (a) Delete this Article for manually switched systems. (b) Programming: Fully brief Owner on available programming options. Record Owner's decisions and set up initial system program. Prepare a written record of decisions, implementation methodology, and final results. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL (a) Retain paragraph below to require a factory‐authorized service representative to perform, or assist Contractor with, field inspections, tests, and adjustments. Retain one of two options to suit Project; delete both to require only an inspection before field testing. (b) Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field‐assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. (c) Retain one of three paragraphs below. (d) Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. (e) Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: (f) Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1) Retain subparagraphs below with either of last two paragraphs above. Edit to suit Project. Delete subparagraphs if testing will be performed by Owner‐engaged testing and inspecting agency. 2) Schedule tests with at least seven days' advance notice of test performance. 3) After installing intercommunication equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 4) Revise test requirements in subparagraphs below if all‐call or paging is not specified. 5) Operational Test: Test originating station‐to‐station, all‐call, and page messages at each intercommunication station. Verify proper routing and volume levels and that system is free of noise and distortion. Test each available message path from each station on system. 6) Check each speaker line for correct impedance: the load shall not be larger than the amplifier output. 7) Tap each speaker for proper volume in area to be served. The system supplier's authorized representative shall be on hand for final hook‐up and test, and shall certify, in writing, that the system is fully operational and meets the requirements of this section. 8) Signal Ground Test: Measure and report ground resistance at system signal ground. Comply with testing requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." (g) Retesting: Correct deficiencies and retest. Prepare a written record of tests. (h) Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. Prepare a list of final tap settings of paging speaker‐line matching transformers. (i) Prepare written test reports. 1) Include a record of final speaker‐line matching transformer‐tap settings, and signal ground‐resistance measurement certified by Installer. STARTUP SERVICE (a) Delete first paragraph below if factory‐authorized service representative is not required. Retain option for microprocessor‐switched systems. (b) Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to perform startup service and initial system programming. (c) Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements. (d) Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. (e) Richardson Associates shall provide a one year warranty on parts and labor. An additional four year warranty shall be provided on parts by Richardson Associates and the Rauland Corporation. The systems
Page 65 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
6.
7.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
shall be demonstrated to the proper authorities and a letter of certification from the authorized supplier stating that the systems are operating as herein specified shall be forwarded to the Architect. ADJUSTING (a) Delete this Article if Owner contracts separately for this service. Consider including a provision for submitting a continuing maintenance agreement proposal. (b) On‐Site Assistance: Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to provide on‐site assistance in adjusting sound levels, resetting transformer taps, and adjusting controls to meet occupancy conditions. (c) Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on‐site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose, without additional cost. DEMONSTRATION (a) Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain intercommunication equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." Train Owner's maintenance personnel on programming equipment for starting up and shutting down, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.
Fire Alarm System GENERAL Summary: This Section covers fire alarm systems, including initiating devices, notification appliances, controls, and supervisory devices. Work covered by this section includes the furnishing of labor, equipment, and materials for installation of the fire alarm system as indicated on the drawings and specifications. The Fire Alarm System shall consist of all necessary hardware equipment and software programming to perform the following functions: – Fire alarm system detection and notification operations. – Control and monitoring of elevators, smoke control equipment, door hold‐open devices, fire suppression systems, and other equipment as indicated in the drawings and specifications. – One‐way supervised automatic voice alarm operations. SCOPE OF WORK Acceptable Equipment and Service Providers: – Manufacturers: The equipment and service described in this specification are those supplied and supported by SimplexGrinnell. Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this section. The work covered by this section is to be coordinated with related work as specified elsewhere in the specifications. Requirements of the following sections apply: – Division 16: "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." – Division 16: "Wiring Methods." – Division 13: "Fire Suppression". – Division 15: "Fire Protection". – Division 15: "HVAC Systems". – Division 13: "Building Automation and Control". – The system and all associated operations shall be in accordance with the following: – NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition – NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition – NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 2003 Edition – NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2002 Edition – Georgia Accessibility Code
Page 66 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
System Description – General: Provide a complete, non‐coded addressable microprocessor‐based fire alarm system with initiating devices, notification appliances, and monitoring and control devices as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. – Software: The fire alarm system shall allow for loading and editing instructions and operating sequences as necessary. o The system shall be capable of on‐site programming to accommodate system expansion and facilitate changes in operation. o All software operations shall be stored in a non‐volatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control unit. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory. o Panels shall provide electronic file storage with a means to retrieve a record copy of the site‐ specific software and up to 9 previous revisions. Sufficient file storage shall be provided for other related system documentation such as record drawings, record of completion, owner’s manuals, testing and maintenance records, etc. o The media used to store the record copy of site‐specific software and other related system documentation shall be electrically supervised. If the media is removed a trouble shall be reported on the fire alarm control panel. – History Logs: The system shall provide a means to recall alarms and trouble conditions in chronological order for the purpose of recreating an event history. A separate alarm and trouble log shall be provided. – Recording of Events: Record all alarm, supervisory, and trouble events by means of system printer. The printout shall include the type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) the device identification, date and time of the occurrence. The printout differentiates alarm signals from all other printed indications. – Wiring/Signal Transmission: o System connections for initiating device circuits shall be Class B, Style D, signaling line circuits shall be Class B, Style 4 and notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y. – Circuit Supervision: Circuit faults shall be indicated by a trouble signal at the FACP. Provide a distinctive indicating audible tone and alphanumeric annunciation. – Required Functions: The following are required system functions and operating features: – Priority of Signals: Fire alarm events have highest priority. Subsequent alarm events are queued in the order received and do not affect existing alarm conditions. Priority Two, Supervisory and Trouble events have second‐, third‐, and fourth‐level priority, respectively. Signals of a higher‐level priority take precedence over signals of lower priority even though the lower‐priority condition occurred first. Annunciate all events regardless of priority or order received. – Noninterfering: An event on one zone does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other zone. All zones are manually resettable from the FACP after the initiating device or devices are restored to normal. The activation of an addressable device does not prevent the receipt of signals from subsequent addressable device activations. o Transmission to an approved Supervising Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals via an IP communicator to the Dekalb County School System supervising station and monitoring service provider. o FACP shall have the capability to provide remote access via an Internet/Intranet Interface. The Internet interface shall provide an alternative access to system information using the familiar interface of a standard Internet browser. A remotely located fire professional can use this access to analyze control panel status during non‐alarm conditions and can also use this information to assist local fire responders during alarm conditions. – Annunciation: Operation of alarm and supervisory initiating devices shall be annunciated at the FACP and the remote annunciator, indicating the type of device, the operational state of the device (i.e alarm, trouble or supervisory) and shall display the custom label associated with the device. – General Alarm: A system general alarm shall include: o Indication of alarm condition at the FACP and the annunciator(s). o Identification of the device /zone that is the source of the alarm at the FACP and the annunciator(s). o Operation of audible and visible notification appliances until silenced at FACP.
Page 67 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
– –
–
–
–
–
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
o Closing doors normally held open by magnetic door holders. o Unlocking designated doors. o Shutting down supply and return fans serving zone where alarm is initiated. o Closing smoke dampers on system serving zone where alarm is initiated. o Initiation of smoke control sequence. o Transmission of signal to the supervising station. Initiation of elevator Phase I functions (recall, shunt trip, illumination of indicator in cab, etc.) in accordance with ASME/ANSI A17.1, when specified detectors or sensors are activated, as appropriate. Supervisory Operations: Upon activation of a supervisory device such as a [fire pump power failure,] [low air pressure switch, and][none] tamper switch, the system shall operate as follows: o Activate the system supervisory service audible signal and illuminate the LED at the control unit and the remote annunciator. o Pressing the Supervisory Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory LED "on" indicating off‐normal condition. o Record the event in the FACP historical log. o Transmission of supervisory signal to the supervising station. o Restoring the condition shall cause the Supervisory LED to clear and restore the system to normal. o Alarm Silencing: If the "Alarm Silence" button is pressed, all audible [and visible][none] alarm signals shall cease operation. System Reset: o The "System Reset" button shall be used to return the system to its normal state. Display messages shall provide operator assurance of the sequential steps ("IN PROGRESS", "RESET COMPLETED") as they occur. The system shall verify all circuits or devices are restored prior to resetting the system to avoid the potential for re‐alarming the system. The display message shall indicate "ALARM PRESENT, SYSTEM RESET ABORTED." o Should an alarm condition continue, the system will remain in an alarmed state. WALKTEST: The system shall have the capacity of 8 programmable passcode protected one person testing groups, such that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing. The actuation of the "enable one person test" program at the control unit shall activate the "One Person Testing" mode of the system as follows: Install Mode: The system shall have provide the capability to group all non‐commissioned points and devices into a single "Install Mode" trouble condition allowing an operator to more clearly identify event activations from commissioned points and devices and in occupied areas. Analog Smoke Sensors: o Monitoring: FACP shall individually monitor sensors for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and shall individually adjust for sensitivity. The control unit shall determine the condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to the stored values. o Environmental Compensation: The FACP shall maintain a moving average of the sensor's smoke chamber value to automatically compensate for dust, dirt, and other conditions that could affect detection operations. o Programmable Sensitivity: Photoelectric Smoke Sensors shall have 7 selectable sensitivity levels ranging from 0.2% to 3.7%, programmed and monitored from the FACP. o Sensitivity Testing Reports: The FACP shall provide sensor reports that meet NFPA 72 calibrated test method requirements. The reports shall be viewed on a CRT Display or printed for annual recording and logging of the calibration maintenance schedule. The FACP shall automatically indicate when an individual sensor needs cleaning. The system shall provide a means to automatically indicate when a sensor requires cleaning. When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, (3) progressive levels of reporting are provided. The first level shall indicate if a sensor is close to a trouble reporting condition and will be indicated on the FACP as "ALMOST DIRTY." This condition provides a means to alert maintenance staff of a sensor approaching dirty without creating a trouble in the system. If this indicator is ignored and the second level is reached, a "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall be indicated at the FACP and subsequently a system trouble is reported [to the Supervising Station][none]. The sensor base LED shall
Page 68 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
– –
–
–
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
glow steady giving a visible indication at the sensor location. The "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall not affect the sensitivity level required to alarm the sensor. If a "DIRTY SENSOR" is left unattended, and its average value increases to a third predetermined value, an "EXCESSIVELY DIRTY SENSOR" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control unit. Audible Alarm Notification: By voice evacuation and tone signals on loudspeakers in areas as indicated on drawings. Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence: o The audio alarm signal shall consist of an alarm tone for a maximum of five seconds followed by an automatic digital voice message. At the end of the voice message, the alarm tone shall resume. This sequence shall sound continuously until the "Alarm Silence" switch is activated. o All audio operations shall be activated by the system software so that any required future changes can be facilitated by authorized personnel without any component rewiring or hardware additions.Speaker: Speaker notification appliances shall be listed to UL 1480. o The speaker shall operate on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC using twisted/shielded wire. o The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet. o The speaker shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12kHz for General Signaling. Manual Voice Paging o The system shall be configured to allow voice paging. Upon activation of any speaker manual control switch, the alarm tone shall be sounded over all speakers in that group. o The control panel operator shall be able to make announcements via the push‐to‐talk paging microphone over the pre‐selected speakers. o Total building paging shall be accomplished by the means of an "All Call" switch. Fire Suppression Monitoring: o Water flow: Activation of a water flow switch shall initiate general alarm operations. o Sprinkler valve tamper switch: The activation of any valve tamper switch shall activate system supervisory operations. o Hood suppression systems shall be monitored for initiation. o Power Requirements The control unit shall receive AC power via a dedicated fused disconnect circuit. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal AC power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to battery standby upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic.
Quality Assurance – Installer Qualifications: A factory authorized installer is to perform the work of this section. – Each and every item of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed under the appropriate category by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "UL" label. – Warranty: Provide maintenance of fire alarm systems and equipment for a period of 12 months, using factory‐authorized service representatives. EXTRA MATERIALS – – – –
General: Furnish extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels clearly describing contents as follows: Manual Stations: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of the number of manual stations installed; minimum of 1. Notification Appliances: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of each type and number of units installed, but not less than one of each type. Smoke Detectors or Sensors, Fire Detectors, and Flame Detectors: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of each type and number of units installed but not less than one of each type.
Page 69 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Detector or Sensor Bases: Furnish quantity equal to 2 percent of each type and number of units installed but not less than one of each type.
PRODUCTS Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) – General: Comply with UL 864, "Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems". – The following FACP hardware shall be provided: o 2,000 point capacity where (1) point equals (1) monitor (input) or (1) control (output). o Auxiliary electronically resettable fused 2A @24VDC Output, with programmable disconnect operation for 4‐wire detector reset. o Auxiliary Relay, SPDT 2A @32VDC, programmable as a trouble relay, either as normally energized or de‐energized, or as an auxiliary control. o Three (3) Class B Notification Appliance Circuits . o Programmable DACT for Point Reporting. – Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Panel shall include an 80 character LCD display to indicate alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and shall include a keypad for use in entering and executing control commands. – Voice Alarm: Provide an emergency communication system, integral with the FACP, including voice alarm system components, microphones, amplifiers, and tone generators. Features include: – Amplifiers comply with UL 1711, "Amplifiers for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Amplifiers shall provide an onboard local mode temporal coded horn tone as a default backup tone. Test switches on the amplifier shall be provided to test and observe amplifier backup switchover. Each amplifier shall communicate to the host panel amplifier and NAC circuit voltage and current levels for display on the user interface. Each amplifier shall be capable of performing constant supervision for non‐alarm audio functions such as background music and general paging. – Emergency voice communication audio controller module shall provide up to 32 minutes of message memory for digitally stored messages. Provide supervised connections for master microphone and up to 5 remote microphones. – Status annunciator indicating the status of the various voice alarm speaker zones. Remote LCD Annunciator – Provide a remote LCD Annunciator, where required, with the same "look and feel" as the FACP operator interface. The Remote LCD Annunciator shall use the same Primary Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset Keys; Status LEDs and LCD Display as the FACP. – Should an abnormal condition be detected the appropriate LED (Alarm, Supervisory or Trouble) shall flash. The unit audible signal shall pulse for alarm conditions and sound steady for trouble and supervisory conditions. – Operator keys shall be key switch enabled to prevent unauthorized use. The key shall only be removable in the disabled position. Acknowledge, Silence and Reset operation shall be the same as the FACP. Addressable Manual Pull Stations – Description: Addressable single‐ or double‐action type, red LEXAN, with molded, raised‐letter operating instructions of contrasting color. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until manually reset by opening with a key common with the control units. – Protective Shield: Provide a tamperproof, clear LEXAN shield and red frame that easily fits over manual pull stations. When shield is lifted to gain access to the station, a battery powered piercing warning horn shall be activated. The horn shall be silenced by lowering and realigning the shield. The horn shall provide 85dB at 10 feet and shall be powered by a 9 VDC battery. Smoke Sensors – General: Comply with UL 268, "Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Include the following features: – Operating Voltage: 24 VDC, nominal.
Page 70 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines – – –
–
– – – –
– –
– – – –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Each sensor base shall contain an LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the Control Unit. In alarm condition, the sensor base LED shall be on steady. Each sensor base shall contain a magnetically actuated test switch to provide for easy alarm testing at the sensor location. Each sensor shall be scanned by the Control Unit for its type identification to prevent inadvertent substitution of another sensor type. Upon detection of a "wrong device", the control unit shall operate with the installed device at the default alarm settings for that sensor; 2.5% obscuration for photoelectric sensor, 135‐deg F and 15‐deg F rate‐of‐rise for the heat sensor, but shall indicate a "Wrong Device" trouble condition. Sensors include a communication transmitter and receiver in the mounting base having a unique identification and capability for status reporting to the FACP. Sensor address shall be located in base to eliminate false addressing when replacing sensors. Removal of the sensor head for cleaning shall not require the setting of addresses. Type: Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric or combination photoelectric / heat type. Bases: Relay output, sounder and isolator bases shall be supported alternatives to the standard base. Duct Smoke Sensor: Photoelectric type, with sampling tube of design and dimensions as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific duct size and installation conditions where applied. Sensor includes relay as required for fan shutdown. Environmental compensation, programmable sensitivity settings, status testing, and monitoring of sensor dirt accumulation for the duct smoke sensor shall be provided by the FACP. The Duct Housing shall provide a supervised relay driver circuit for driving up to 15 relays with a single "Form C" contact rated at 7A@ 28VDC or 10A@ 120VAC. This auxiliary relay output shall be fully programmable. Relay shall be mounted within 3 feet of HVAC control circuit. Duct Housing shall provide two (2) Test Ports for measuring airflow and for testing. These ports will allow aerosol injection in order to test the activation of the duct smoke sensor. For maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the duct housing sampling tubes by accessing them through the duct housing front cover. Each duct smoke sensor shall have a Remote Test Station with an alarm LED and test switch. Where indicated provide a NEMA 4X weatherproof duct housing enclosure that shall provide for the circulation of conditioned air around the internally mounted addressable duct sensor housing to maintain the sensor housing at its rated temperature range. The housing shall be UL Listed to Standard 268A.
Heat Sensors – Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed‐temperature and rate‐of‐rise unit with plug‐in base and alarm indication lamp; 135‐deg F fixed‐temperature setting except as indicated. – Sensor fixed temperature sensing shall be independent of rate‐of‐rise sensing and] programmable to operate at 135‐deg F or 155‐deg F. Sensor rate‐of‐rise temperature detection shall be selectable at the FACP for either 15‐deg F or 20‐deg F per minute. Addressable Circuit Interface Modules – Addressable Circuit Interface Modules: Arrange to monitor or control one or more system components that are not otherwise equipped for addressable communication. Modules shall be used for monitoring of water flow, valve tamper, non‐addressable devices, and for control of AHU systems. – ll Circuit Interface Modules shall be supervised and uniquely identified by the control unit. Module identification shall be transmitted to the control unit for processing according to the program instructions. Modules shall have an on‐board LED to provide an indication that the module is powered and communicating with the FACP. The LEDs shall provide a troubleshooting aid since the LED blinks on poll whenever the peripheral is powered and communicating. Magnetic Door Holders – Description: Units shall be listed to UL 228. Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. Unit shall operate from a 120VAC, a 24VAC or a 24VDC source, and develop a minimum of 25 lbs. holding force. – Material and Finish: All Metal Exterior Construction to match door hardware.
Page 71 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Standard Alarm Notification Appliances – Visible/Only: Strobe shall be listed to UL 1971. The V/O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The V/O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapters or trim rings. V/O appliances shall be provided with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd, 75cd and 110cd. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible/Only appliance. – Speaker/Visible: Combination Speaker/Visible (S/V) units combine the speaker and visible functions into a common housing. The S/V shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 1480. – Twisted/shielded wire is required for speaker connections on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC. – The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet. – The S/V shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12 kHz for General Signaling. – Notification Appliance Circuit provides synchronization of strobes at a rate of 1Hz and operates horns with a Temporal Code Pattern operation. The circuit shall provide the capability to silence the audible signals, while the strobes continue to flash, over a single pair of wires. The capability to synchronize multiple notification appliance circuits shall be provided. NAC Power Extender – The IDNet NAC Power Extender panel shall be a stand‐alone panel capable of powering a minimum of 4 notification appliance circuits. Notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y rated at 2 amps each. Panel shall provide capability to be expanded to 8 notification appliance circuits. – The internal power supply & battery charger shall be capable of charging up 12.7 Ah batteries internally mounted or 18Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet. – Alarms from the host fire alarm control panel shall signal the NAC power extender panel to activate. The panel shall monitor itself and each of its NACs for trouble conditions and shall report trouble conditions to the host panel. EXECUTION Installation, General – Install system components and all associated devices in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards and manufacturer's recommendations. – Installation personnel shall be supervised by persons who are qualified and experienced in the installation, inspection, and testing of fire alarm systems. Examples of qualified personnel shall include, but not be limited to, the following: – Factory trained and certified personnel. – National Institute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm level II certified personnel. – Personnel licensed or certified by state or local authority. Equipment Installation – Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans. Include sufficient control unit(s), annunciator(s), manual stations, automatic fire detectors, smoke detectors, audible and visible notification appliances, wiring, terminations, electrical boxes, Ethernet drops, and all other necessary material for a complete operating system. – Water‐Flow and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve required to be supervised. – Device Location‐Indicating Lights: Locate in the public space immediately adjacent to the device they monitor. – Install manual station with operating handle 48 inches (1.22 m) above floor. Install wall mounted audible and visual notification appliances not less than 80 inches (2.03 m) above floor to bottom of lens and not greater than 96 inches (2.44 m) above floor to bottom of lens. – Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. – Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72.
Page 72 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines –
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Ethernet Drop: A standard RJ‐45 Ethernet connection to the owner’s Ethernet network shall be provided at each fire alarm control panel as part of the contract.
Wiring Installation – System Wiring: Wire and cable shall be a type listed for its intended use by an approval agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be installed in accordance with the appropriate articles from the current approved edition of NFPA 70: National Electric Code (NEC). – Contractor shall obtain from the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer written instruction regarding the appropriate wire/cable to be used for this installation. No deviation from the written instruction shall be made by the Contractor without the prior written approval of the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer. – Color Coding: Color‐code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color code for alarm initiating device circuits wiring and a different color code for supervisory circuits. Color‐code notification appliance circuits differently from alarm‐initiating circuits. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red. – Fire Alarm Control Panel Field Quality Control – Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory‐authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system. – Service personnel shall be qualified and experienced in the inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire alarm systems. Examples of qualified personnel shall be permitted to include, but shall not be limited to, individuals with the following qualifications: – Factory trained and certified. – National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm certified. – International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) fire alarm certified. – Certified by a state or local authority. – Trained and qualified personnel employed by an organization listed by a national testing laboratory for the servicing of fire alarm systems. – Pretesting: Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning Inspection: – Inspect equipment installation, interconnection with system devices, mounting locations, and mounting methods. – Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. – Acceptance Operational Tests: – Perform operational system tests to verify conformance with specifications: o Each alarm initiating device installed shall be operationally tested. Each device shall be tested for alarm and trouble conditions. Contractor shall submit a written certification that the Fire Alarm System installation is complete including all punch‐list items. Test battery operated emergency power supply. Test emergency power supply to minimum durations specified. Test Supervising Station Signal Transmitter. Coordinate testing with Supervising Station monitoring firm/entity. o Test each Notification Appliance installed for proper operation. o Test Fire Alarm Control Panel and Remote Annunciator. – Provide minimum 10 days notice of acceptance test performance schedule to Owner, and local Authority Having Jurisdiction. – Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable standards. – Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in the form of a test log. Use NFPA 72 Forms for documentation. – Final Test, Record of Completion, and Certificate of Occupancy:
Page 73 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
–
Test the system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy. Provide completed NFPA 72 Record of Completion form to Owner and AHJ.
Training – Provide the services of a factory‐authorized service representative to demonstrate the system and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below. – Train Owner's maintenance personnel in the procedures and schedules involved in operating, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintaining of the system. Provide a minimum of 8 hours' training. – Schedule training with the Owner at least seven days in advance. Security System Guide Specification PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 General: (a) Provide and install all security system components as indicated on the approved drawings and/or as specified herein in the specifications. The work in this section shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all equipment, materials, labor to install, test and place into approved operation complete systems for the following. The work shall consist of, but not be limited to the following systems: 1. Provide and install complete Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system. 2. Provide and install complete Access Control System including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system. 3. Provide and install complete Integrated Audio and Video Security Communication system including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system. 4. Provide and install complete CCTV System including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system. 1.02 System Features: (a) Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System shall consist of motion detectors, door contacts and burglar panel providing alarm notification via telephone dialer capture device in ContactID format over the DCSS wide area network. 1. Provide motion detectors in all first floor rooms with exterior windows or exterior doors. Provide wire guards for all devices installed in Gymnasiums or enclosed PE Areas. 2. Provide motion detectors at all doors leading to the outside and interior stairwells on all levels. 3. Provide industrial type door contacts for all exterior doors at Boiler Rooms with exterior doors, roof hatches, Mechanical/Electrical Rooms with exterior doors and at all exterior storage or multipurpose buildings. 4. Provide motion detectors with long range lens in each corridor on all floors. 5. Provide three (3) key pads; one at the main front door, kitchen door, gymnasium door and any other designation located on the drawing by the Dekalb County School System, Security Systems Department. 6. Provide blue strobe light in the Main Front Lobby ceiling and interior sirens located throughout the building on the first floor to provide full sound coverage to the building if the system is activated. (b) Access Control System shall be a card access system. 1. Provide card access/integrated audio and video door station communication system components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The Integrated audio and video door station card access reader
Page 74 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
2.
3. 4.
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
in the door station specification will be wired to the card access controller for keyless entry. Install master station in the reception/front office area, rack mount the Central exchange unit in the CCTV rack located in the MDF room. Refer to the attached Security Door Details. PDF for card access drawings 1 and 2 and for non card access drawings 3 and 4 for specific details for each type of door requiring access control hardware or security door contact. Card Access controller will log who enters and exits the building. Card access controller will be connected via the DeKalb County Schools wide area network to the card access 3000 server located at the Sam A Moss Service Center.
(c) The CCTV system will be a Network Video Recorder system with megapixel cameras that are powered and connected to the DCSS network by a Power Over Ethernet network switch. The NVR, POE hardware will be installed in an approved hardware rack. The NVR, POE will be powered from a rack mounted uninterruptible power supply that is plugged into a back up generator circuit receptacle. Approved DCSS network users will have the capability to maintain, view, search, and export video from any camera with a DCSS workstation with the video management system/client software PC requirements. 1.
2.
3.
4. 5.
Provide a Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the following specifications: 280 Mbps to support as many as 128 video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable by networking an unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network bandwidth, can be used as a standalone system or as part of a network of servers, NVR monitoring from a video management system/client software, i7 processor and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network ports, two DVI video output ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW, optional SCSI card, network health and event monitoring support. Provide indoor/outdoor vandal resistant megapixel dome cameras with low light, wide dynamic range, day/night, auto focus varifocal 2.8‐10mm megapixel lens, Power Over Ethernet, audio in/out, H.264 and MJPEG compression, up to two simultaneous video streams, web interface, built in analytics, window blanking. Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount for inside/outside camera mounting. Cameras will be placed at locations as indicated on the Drawings. The number of cameras to be installed will vary by school layout. Provide a POE network switch which will provide camera power and a network connection. This hardware will need to be approved by the DCSS MIS department to meet the DCSS network hardware specifications. Provide rack mounted UPS for power to the NVR and POE hardware. Provide 19” Wall mounted rack (Swivel type and black) for remote CCTV equipment located in IDF rooms and 19” floor rack (black) with top ladder cable support (walk behind for service) for head end CCTV equipment located in MDF room.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SECURITY INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM: (a) The Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System shall be a system of motion detectors and door contacts that report to a central station receiver which shall provide alarm notification via telephone capture device over the DCSS wide area network. The system shall consist at a minimum of the following components: o Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System Main Control Panel shall be Controller/Communicator Panel as indicated on the Documents. Provide complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, two DTKMRJ31SCW Telephone Line Surge Suppressors, Telephone Communication Cords, power supply and battery backup (minimum of 24 hours of Standby and 10 minutes of Alarm). The Security Control Panel shall be capable of supervising and controlling up to eight (8) user defined partitions and up to sixteen (16) keypad consoles. System shall be capable of utilizing wired, multiplexed and wireless devices to provide minimum of 208 zones. System shall provide a minimum of 99 user codes. Provide dual phone line and LAN network module for connection to local LAN Network. Each input Module installed must be mounted in a separate cabinet, powered by a separate power source and battery backup (minimum of 24 hours of Standby and 10 minutes
Page 75 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
o
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
of Alarm) per the manufacturer’s specifications. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Security System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). Acceptable Products: M1G Control Panel M1GKS Ethernet Module ELKM1XEP Output Expander ELKM1XOVR Input Expander ELKM1XIN Data Bus Hub ELK M1DBHR Relay Board ELKM1RB STRW 28”H Box ELKSWB28 Altronix SMP5PMCTX Burglary IP Communicator (Teldat 9T‐ALMPH108)
(b) Motion Detectors: Intrusion detection devices as shown on the drawings with a minimum of 50’ X 50’ coverage with standard lens or minimum 10’ X 100’ coverage with long range lens. Motion detectors located in Gym Areas will require wire guards. Wire Guards to be STI #9620. o Acceptable Products: Optex (Wall mount CX‐502 CX‐702) (Ceiling FX360) Optex wireless CX‐702RSi BX‐80NRi (c) Wireless zone expansion: o Acceptable Products: Inovonics Wireless EN4232MR Receiver (d) Keypad: Keypad to be Addressable Alphanumeric Keypad Console, surface mounted as shown on the Drawings. Install in STI # 6560 surface mounted keypad cover with lock. o Acceptable Products: ELKM1KP2 ELK‐M1KPNAV (e) Blue Security Strobe, ceiling or wall mounted, located in the Main Front Lobby. Connect the strobe to the Supervised/Addressable Security Intrusion System. o Acceptable Products: ELK‐SLB1 ELK‐1RT (f) Provide interior Security Siren, flush ceiling mounted, connected to the Supervised/Addressable Security Intrusion System. Locate throughout the building for full coverage. o Acceptable Products: ELK – SS36 (g) Security System Cables: All wiring shall be installed with yellow cable. o All wiring and cables exposed in mechanical/boiler rooms, concealed inside walls, concealed above non‐accessible ceilings or underground outside the building shall be installed in conduit. All line voltage wiring shall be installed in a conduit. All low voltage wiring installed above accessible ceiling may be installed without conduit by using cable with a jacket that is U.L. listed for installation in a return air plenum. o Plenum rated cable installed in corridors and other accessible ceiling areas shall be installed in existing cable hangers/tray or the Contractor shall provide cable hangers or cable tray, typical to the existing hangers or tray presently installed in the school. o All cable ties shall be plenum rated. o All devices shall be installed with a back box for cable terminations and cable splices. All back boxes shall be sized for the device mounted onto the back box. All back boxes that are surface mounted (exposed) shall have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be terminated via threaded hubs. Use Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece
Page 76 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted installations in public areas and use conduits with cast boxes in all Non‐Public Areas. Paint the Wire mold back boxes and raceway the same color as the wall it is mounted onto.
2.02 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM: (a) Access Control System shall consist of a main controller, door panic hardware, electric power transfer (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors as indicated on the documents. The system shall communicate via the school’s wide area network. The system shall consist of the following components: o Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power Supplies for electric door lock power with Battery Backup (minimum of 24hours). Provide complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as required. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Control Access System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the Main Control Panel to the local area network router by labeling the router cable ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP VLAN number, router bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department. o Acceptable Products: Continental Instrument Turbo 8‐door intelligent controller (CICP1800T), Accelerator Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD) Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD) (b) Card Reader: All approved card access doors will have a Multi‐Technology Reader with the capability of reading all types/technologies of cards. o Acceptable Products: XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100 HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station ONLY) (c) Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure Solenoids, and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware. Contractor must size door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors. Contractor must size door hardware Power supply as required complete with adequate panic device control boards as required. o Acceptable Products: Von Duprin # EL99NL Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10 Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board (d) “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable pattern and two (2) Form C output relays with sounder. o Acceptable Products: GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX). Honeywell # IS320WH and trim plate # IS310WHTP # (5‐531‐395‐01) (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX). (e) Door Contacts: Door Contacts to be recessed type with minimum of 3/4” Contact with minimum 3/4” Magnet and 7/8” Gap. Run cable back to the door controller as required. Match door contact to door frame color. o Acceptable Products: GE # SR‐1078C
Page 77 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
Honeywell # 947‐75T
(f) Integrated Audio & Video System: Central Exchange Unit (located in MDF room), Master Station (located in the front office/reception Area), Door Station (located by main front door and or any other door that will be determined on drawings by DCSS, Security Systems Department). The system shall have a hands free or PTT communication, Video with minimum 3 1/2” LCD Screen (Master station end), selective door release (Master station end), and HID ProxPoint card reader (Door station end) to work with separate Card Access system controller. The Door station is to be vandal resistant, flush mount (new building), surface mount (existing building), and stainless steel faceplate type with built in HID Smart Card Reader. Run cable to the AX integrated audio & video system as required using plenum rated category 6 cable. o Acceptable Products: Central Exchange Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐084C including (2) PS‐2420UL Power Supply (one for Audio, one for Video). Master Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐8MV. Door Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐DVF‐P. (Use this model for new building construction Install/flush mount). Door Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐DV‐P. (Use this model for existing building install/surface mount. Category 6 (23 AWG) plenum rated cable (Yellow). (g) Control Access System Cables shall be plenum rated. Install the number of conductors and conductor size as required by the equipment manufacturer. (h) All devices shall be installed with a backbox for cable terminations and cable splices. All back boxes shall be sized for the device mounted onto the back box. All back boxes that are surface mounted (exposed) shall have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be terminated via threaded hubs. Use Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted installations in public areas and use conduits with cast boxes in all non‐public areas. Paint the Wire mold back boxes and raceway the same color as the wall it is mounted onto. 2.03 CCTV SYSTEM: (a) The CCTV System shall be a Network Video Recorder Ethernet ready system with the ability to be connected to the DCSS wide area network for viewing via a workstation with a web browser or NVR video management system/client software. The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the NVR to the local area network POE switch by labeling the router cable ”CCTV‐Security”. The CCTV NVR and IP cameras static IP VLAN number, router bank and ports will be determined by the DCSS Security/MIS Department. The system shall consist of the following components: o Indoor/outdoor vandal resistant megapixel dome cameras with low light, wide dynamic range, day/night, auto focus varifocal 2.8‐10mm megapixel lens, Power Over Ethernet, audio in/out, H.264 and MJPEG compression, up to two simultaneous video streams, web interface, built in analytics, window blanking. Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount for inside/outside camera mounting. Focus and aim the cameras with the approval by the owner. o Approved Products: Pelco IM10LW10‐1E (IP Megapixel Camera). Use appropriate Pelco IM10LW10‐1E optional accessories for wall/ceiling mount hardware applications. (b) POE switch to camera cable connection/power: The approved camera shall be connected via green plenum rated Category 6 cable RJ45 connectors to provide single channel video and power over the standard EIA/TIA 568B structured building wiring. All cable runs need to be determined by POE location not to exceed IP limits to IDF, MDF locations. o Approved Products: Green Plenum CAT 6 cable, RJ45 Connector Power Over Ethernet switch (TBD with DCSS MIS Dept.)
Page 78 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(c) Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the following specifications: 280 Mbps to support as many as 128 video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable by networking an unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network bandwidth, can be used as a standalone system or as part of a network of servers, NVR monitoring from a video management/client software, 2nd generation i7 processors and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network ports, two DVI video output ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW, optional SCSI card, network health and event monitoring support. o Acceptable Products: Digital Sentry Server Recorder, 18 TB ‐ includes 8 IP camera license #DSSRV‐180 Digital Sentry IP camera one time license fee per camera #DS‐SW‐CAM Digital Sentry Server Recorder internal raid card #DSSRV‐RAID
(d) UPS: UPS to be 120volt input and 120 Volt output rack mounted. The Contractor shall verify the required breaker amperage and receptacle type. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the UPS and note on the panel schedule that this breaker serves the CCTV UPS and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). o Acceptable Products: APC (e) Provide and install 19” wall mounted racks in all IDF rooms. Provide and install 19” floor mounted full height racks in the MDF Room * NOTE: All accessories needed to accommodate CCTV equipment needs to be added to the rack purchase (Example: rack fan assembly, power strips, ladder rack runway/angles/mounting plates/cable management). Racks must be approved by the Dekalb County Schools Security Department. Coordinate location of rack and power requirements with the DCSS MIS/Security Dept. o Approved Products: Wall Mounted Racks – Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn. Floor Mounted Racks ‐ Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn. (f) Provide and install LCD flat panel monitors complete with wall mount bracket and power receptacles in place as needed for CCTV viewing. Meet with Dekalb County School System, Department of Security Systems on CCTV monitor information. o Acceptable Product: High Definition Flat Panel Monitor with tilt wall mount bracket. *Note: Discuss monitor approval with owner. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS: (a) All equipment shall be installed as per the Manufacturer’s Recommendations and as required by the Specifications. 3.02 INSTALLATION: (a) Provide all equipment, wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for the installation of a complete and operating system in accordance with applicable local, state and national codes, the manufacturer’s recommendations and the Contract Documents. (b) The manufacturer’s authorized representative/installer shall provide supervision of final system panel connections, perform a complete functional test of the system and submit a written report to the contractor/DeKalb County School System attesting to the proper operation of the system. (c) All equipment and wiring shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum of one‐year period from the acceptance and beneficial use of the system. Emergency repairs, programming changes and additions to the system made by owner’s personnel shall not invalidate this warranty.
Page 79 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
(d) Upon completion of the installation, the electrical contractor shall provide to the Engineer with a copy to the manufacturer’s representative, signed written statement attesting that all system equipment was installed in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with wiring diagrams, instructions and directions provided to the contractor by the manufacturer. (e) Contractor will furnish upon completion a complete as‐built diagram of new system for final walk through and acceptance by the owner. Drawings shall be provided, both hard copy and electronic copy in AutoCAD 2009 format and PDF. (f) All system devices shall be mounted on wall surfaces so as to provide maximum coverage and use of the device. All devices shall be marked with an indelible marker on their surface indicating their zone identifications. (g) Installer shall provide the DeKalb County School System with the outgoing phone line number used by the panels. (h) All work shall be performed using licensed installers with current licenses as required by the State of Georgia for this type of work. Provide copies of all licensed personnel to the owner for his review at the shop drawing stage of the project. The licensed personnel shall be on site at all times when the work is being performed at the school. (i) The Owner will provide final CCTV camera aiming instructions once the system is operational and can be viewed by the owner. The Contractor shall provide all required personnel and materials needed to re‐aim any camera in the system at the instructions of the owner. (j) All cables shall be labeled at all termination points within the system with the IP Address or name of the device the cable serves.
3.03 OWNER’S ACCEPTANCE OF SYSTEM: (a) Walk through testing of system shall be completed prior to putting on line to the reporting office and shall be conducted at a time when students are not present and there are no activities at the school. (b) Walk through testing shall include arming of system and activation of each zone device to insure proper operation, programming and installation of the device. (c) Walk through testing shall include but not limited to the following persons: system installer, the Contractor’s representative, Dekalb County School System personnel (Job site Project Manager and Security Systems Department). (d) Installer shall coordinate the walk through with all parties concerned and provide adequate notice to schedule all parties. (e) The contractor will provide the DeKalb County School System cut sheets for equipment installed, detail drawings of each system including all names, serial numbers, zone numbers, IP Addresses, etc. for each system device indicating the exact location of the device or component and a description of the device or component for the owners’ use. Drawings will be in AutoCAD format, and PDF. The contractor will provide both a hard copy of the drawings along with electronic copies of all drawings on disk to the owner prior to the final acceptance. (f) The contractor shall provide adequate training on each system for each school. Training will be provided at both the school and at other locations as directed by the owner. Training will consist of, but not limited to the following: detailed instructions of how each system operates, programming of the system and system operations in both normal state and activated or alarm states. (g) The owner reserves the right to modify the equipment or specifications in order to meet their desired goals. Information Technology System
DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS DATA CLOSETS 1. Provide a Main Distribution Facility (MDF) and Intermediate Distribution Facilities (IDFs) as needed to support the structured cable system. Data closets will be located in a way and in sufficient numbers
Page 80 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
to keep the horizontal distance from any data drop or device (wireless access point, camera, etc.) to the nearest data closet under the maximum 290 feet. The items in this section are to be provided by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor. 2. The MDF will be at least 10' by 16' and IDF's will be at least 9' by 9' in size and have finished (i.e., tile) floors and drop ceilings. 3. The MDF will be provided with 6 dedicated 20‐amp quad power outlets and one 30‐amp dedicated circuit with a L6‐30 locking receptacle. Each IDF will be provided with 2 dedicated 20‐amp quad power outlets. Additional receptacles can be provided to conform to building codes. The location of the quad outlets will be coordinated with DCSD IT prior to installation. All circuits in the MDF and IDFs will be connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s). 4. The MDF and all IDF's will be provided with dedicated HVAC systems (split systems) that are to be connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s). The minimum capacity of the unit will be 2 Tons (2400 Btu). These HVAC systems should remain on at all times and should not be controlled by the building management system. 5. At least one wall in the MDF and all IDF’s will be lined with ¾” plywood painted with fire retardant paint. 6. Every data cabinet will be provided with a local ground bar (the MDF requires 2 individually grounded bars). The grounding bar will be mounted to the plywood backboard. DATA CABLING PATHWAY CONDUIT, CABLE TRAYS, and SUPPORTS 1. Provide all conduit, cable trays, J‐hooks, etc. necessary to deliver structured data and telephone cabling from the MDF to each IDF and from the MDF & IDF's to the individual rooms. The items in this section are to be provided by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor. 2. Cable Supports ‐ 4 options a. Wire basket cable tray above ceiling ‐ trapeze' style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware b. Without wire basket using threaded rod and f‐Hooks c. Grid wire and J‐Hooks i. J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer's guidelines. ii. Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines. iii. Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturer’s required weight and or cable quantity limits d. Rigid conduit is to be used through hard ceilings and wherever the path is otherwise inaccessible for the purpose of pulling cable. 3. Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables a. Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables. b. Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces ‐ cut to length. c. Must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where data cables are to penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening. Provide conduit sleeves for cables that penetrate fire rated walls. Install fire proofing material around all conduit sleeves and openings. Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly. Seal all floor, wall
Page 81 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
and ceiling penetrations. When installing in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings must be returned to original condition. DATA and TELEPHONE CABLING SYSTEM 1. Overview: Data and telephone cabling and all other items in this section will be installed by the DCSD IT designated low voltage contractor. 2. Installation Practices: All installation techniques employed in this project conform to industry standards and manufacturer recommended installation procedures. Installation practices must be in compliance with the adopted National Electric Codes (NEC) edition. Other standards include: IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE‐TX Standards a. American National Standards Association (ANSI)/Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Standards (EIA/TIA) 568 (designation T‐568B), Category 5 and Category 6 Data and Voice, Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard b. EIA/TIA‐569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces c. ANSI/ICEA 2‐83‐596‐1988 Standard for Fiber Optic Premises Distribution Cable d. EIA/TIA PN ‐ 2327, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings e. FOIRL Standards 3. Data Cabinets: The MDF will be equipped with a minimum of one full height data cabinet 24" wide by 32" deep. The cabinet will be placed parallel to the short wall furthest from the door. Spacing will be 24" from the wall from the side and 30" from the rear wall. IDFs will be equipped with a similar full height cabinet. Wall mount cabinets will be used only if there is not sufficient room for a full size cabinet. Full size cabinets will be provided with a ladder kit which will be attached to the cabinet and the wall. All cabinets will be grounded to the ground bar provided using #6 AWG copper wire. 4. MDF /IDF Interconnects: For data all IDFs will be connected to the MDF using armored 12‐strand multimode 62.5/125 or 50/125 micron fiber rated to support at least 400 MHz at 1310 nm terminated per DCSD request (i.e. SC, LC, MTRJ, ST). All cables will be properly installed with strain relief. If unarmored cable is used this cable must be run through a 2" innerduct. Each IDF should be connected with a dedicated cable going directly to the MDF (no daisy chaining) forming a true star network. If fusion splices are used the loss will be less than .2 dB. If field connectors are used the connector loss will be less than .6 dB. For voice each IDF will have a tie cable run back to the MDF of sufficient size (25, 50‐pair or larger) to meet the need. Voice tie cables are to be terminated on 110 blocks that will be mounted to the backer board on both ends. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty. 5. Data Cabling: Data cabling will be of a fire‐retardant "open air plenum” type meeting all federal and state fire codes. The data cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable compliant with UL lab certification program for Category 6 or better wiring. The cable will comply with EIA/TIA 568A standards and terminate using 568B commercial building wiring standards for UTP cable. Cable sheath will be plainly marked with UL approved cable surface markings. Data cables will be terminated on a 48 port Category 6 RJ45 modular patch panel in the data closed and on RJ45 jacks in information faceplates on the remote end. All four‐pair will be terminated using 1000BASE‐TX standards. Cables will be neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no handwritten labels). The labeling will be sufficient to identify the location of both the near and remote ends of the run. While the cable labeling schemes should be consistent across all sites in the county, the scheme may vary if exceptional conditions exist at a site, as approved by the DCSD MIS contact. The cable number must be placed on the outside faceplate. Each number must be clearly typed. Data cables will be blue, wireless cables will be yellow, IP CCTV cables will be green. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty. 6. Voice Cabling: Telephone cabling will be UL Category 5e cable. It will be fire‐retardant "open air plenum" type meeting all federal and state fire codes. The cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable
Page 82 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
compliant with UL lab certification program for Category 5e wiring. Cable sheath will be plainly marked with UL approved cable surface markings. All four‐pair will be terminated. Cables will be neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no hand written labels). Voice cables will be white. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty. 7. Cable Test and Certification: a. Data certification will include the individual UTP connector (Jack), cable, cross‐connect blocks, transition connectors, and patch panels. The selected offeror will utilize equipment (network analyzer), which has the capability to meet or exceed requirements for Category 6 cable, qualified to sweep and measure bandwidth of at least 1 MHz to 250 MHz. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and shall include the following: i. Length ii. Attenuation on all pairs iii. Near‐end crosstalk iv. Loop loss Ensure that noise does not exceed industry standards. b. All individual fibers of each terminated cable segment must be tested using a power meter to determine the actual loss. The fibers must also be tested for length. These readings will be taken at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode fiber. These readings must not be higher than the "Optimal Attenuation Loss." The OAL must be calculated using the manufacturer's factory certified test results, (db/km) converted to the actual installed lengths plus the manufacturer's published attenuation loss for the connectors. The maximum allowable attenuation should not exceed 3.0 db. DCSD will not accept the installation of multimode fibers that contain a splice. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and must include the following: i. Length ii. Attenuation on all pairs c. Voice certification will include the individual UTP (Jack) connector, cable and cross‐connect blocks. The equipment must be capable of meeting the requirements for Category 5e. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and include: i. Continuity check ii. Checking for cross‐connects 8. Documentation: Upon completion "red‐line" as‐built sketches must be provided of any deviations, modifications or additions to the engineering drawing package. In addition to the as‐built drawings a digital set of as‐built plans indicating the location and drop number of each drop must be provided. The results of all test results including the drop number, cable origin, cable destination, certified PASS test result and the date of the test must be provided. These test results will be provided in digital format. The normal means of transmitting the digital submittals will be to a designated DCSD SharePoint site.
DCSD ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:
A. Access Control System shall consist of a main controller, door panic hardware, electric power transfer (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors as indicated on the documents. The system shall communicate via the school’s wide area network. The system shall consist of the following components: 1. Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power Supplies for electric door lock power with Battery Backup (minimum of 24hours). Provide complete
Page 83 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as required. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Control Access System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the Main Control Panel to the local area network router by labeling the router cable ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP VLAN number, router bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department. Acceptable Products: a. Continental Instrument Turbo 8‐door intelligent controller (CICP1800T), Accelerator Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD) b. Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD) 2. Card Reader: All approved card access doors will have a Multi‐Technology Reader with the capability of reading all types/technologies of cards. Acceptable Products: a. XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100 b. HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station ONLY) 3. Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure Solenoids, and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware. Contractor must size door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors. Contractor must size door hardware Power supply as required complete with adequate panic device control boards as required. Acceptable Products: a. Von Duprin # EL99NL b. Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10 c. Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply d. Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board
4. “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable pattern and two (2) Form C output relays with sounder. Acceptable Products: a. GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX). b. Honeywell # IS320WH and trim plate # IS310WHTP # (5‐531‐395‐01) (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX). 5. Door Contacts: Door Contacts to be recessed type with minimum of 3/4” Contact with minimum 3/4” Magnet and 7/8” Gap. Run cable back to the door controller as required. Match door contact to door frame color. Acceptable Products: a. GE # SR‐1078C
Page 84 of 85
DeKalb County School District Design Guidelines
July 22, 2013 Version 1.3
b. Honeywell # 947‐75T END OF DESIGN GUIDELINES
Page 85 of 85
Facility Condition Assessment Report
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Facility Code Super Cluster
0597 4
General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 132,700 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School campus consists of one main school building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. The original campus was constructed in 1985 and an addition to the main school building was constructed in 1988. In addition to these buildings, the campus contains a storage building, baseball field, football field, track, and tennis courts. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report for each building and other facilities on the campus. Current Repair Cost: $11,019,027.46
27-Jan-2011 Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $25,878,443.82
FCI: 42.58%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 FCI Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Facility Name Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building Miller Grove Middle\Track Miller Grove Middle\Site Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field Miller Grove Middle\Football Field
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Weighted FCI Report Last Renovation
Cost Per Sq. Ft. $8.87 $160.63 $165.92 $4.52 $20.32 $89.73 $5.44 $4.93
Gross Area (Sq. Ft.) 12,970 20,700 112,000 12,980 132,700 375 98,000 108,000
Repair Cost $112,892 $1,597,682 $8,579,683 $51,452 $629,257 $5,926 $27,166 $14,969
Replacement Cost $115,049 $3,325,125 $18,583,433 $58,714 $2,696,968 $33,648 $533,434 $532,073
Weighted FCI 49.06% 46.58% 45.72% 43.82% 23.33% 17.61% 2.55% 1.41%
Potentially Critical wt 1.1
Critical wt 1.25 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Necessary wt 1 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
$0 $1,402,321 $8,245,080 $0 $629,257 $5,926 $0 $0
Recommended wt 0.75 $0 $195,361 $333,242 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Discretionary wt 0.5 $112,892 $0 $1,362 $51,452 $0 $0 $27,166 $14,969
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Facility Name
Assembly
System
DeKalb County School System Middle Schools Miller Grove Middle 1985 Building Building Systems C3010 Wall Finishes Tectum
Material
Distress
Correction
Qty
Unit
Raw Cost
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$8,042,287 $8,042,287 $8,042,287 $6,216,970 $6,216,970 $26,611
Additional Cost
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 1
Total Cost
$2,976,740 $2,976,740 $2,976,740 $2,362,713 $2,362,713 $10,113
$11,019,027 $11,019,027 $11,019,027 $8,579,683 $8,579,683 $36,725
Priority
Def. Cat.
Location / Note
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
The tectum wall covering is aged and torn and should be scheduled for replacement with the ceiling finishes. The carpet is worn, stained, and frayed, and should be replaced.
C3020
Floor Finishes Carpet
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$70,224
$26,688
$96,912
Necess ary
C3030
Ceiling Finishes
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$485,408
$184,476
$669,884
Necess ary
D3050
Terminal & Package Units
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$1,543,696
$586,670
$2,130,366
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D3060
Controls & Instrumentation
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$285,824
$108,625
$394,449
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D5030
Communications and Security Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Institutional Equipment
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$125,664
$47,758
$173,422
Necess ary
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$290,752
$110,498
$401,250
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$105,952
$40,266
$146,218
Necess ary
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$241,472
$91,770
$333,242
Recom mended
Other Equipment Kitchen Equipment Exterior Windows
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$357,280
$135,782
$493,062
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
The acoustical ceiling tiles, tectum tiles, and grid system throughout the building are aged, stained, and rusted, and should be replaced. The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units. The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced. The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced. Institutional equipment, such as library equipment, theater and stage equipment, audio-visual equipment, and laboratory equipment, is worn, beyond its service life, and should be replaced. The food service equipment is aged and worn and should be replaced.
System
Needs Remediation
Renew System
1
Ea.
$714,560
$271,563
$986,123
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
The single pane windows are malfunctioning and should be scheduled for replacement.
D5030
D5030
E1020
E1090
B2020
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name
Assembly
System
Material
Distress
Correction
Qty
Unit
Raw Cost
Additional Cost
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 2
Total Cost
Priority
Def. Cat.
B3020
Roof Openings
Roof Hatches, Skylights
Inadequate
Replace Roof Hatches, Skylights
1
Ea.
$987
$375
$1,362
Discreti onary
Safety
D3020
Heat Generating Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$370,832
$140,932
$511,764
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D3030
Cooling Generating Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$376,992
$143,273
$520,265
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D3040
Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$416,416
$158,256
$574,672
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D5020
Lighting
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$717,024
$272,500
$989,524
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D5090
Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Sanitary Waste
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$83,776
$31,838
$115,614
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
Saintary Sewer Floor Drain
Needs Remediation
Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain
35
Ea.
$3,500
$1,330
$4,830
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D2030
Location / Note The roof hatch and ladder do not comply with OSHA safety requirements and should be replaced with new hatch and ladder. The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced. With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system. The emergency generator is aged, rusted, becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced. School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name
Assembly
1988 Addition Building Systems C3010
System
Material
Distress
Correction
Qty
Unit
Raw Cost
Additional Cost
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 3
Total Cost
Location / Note
Recom mended
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
The wall paint is aged and scuffed and should be repainted.
Wall Finishes Paint
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
C3020
Floor Finishes VCT
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$101,531
$38,582
$140,113
Necess ary
C3030
Ceiling Finishes
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$89,714
$34,091
$123,805
Recom mended
Deferred Maintena nce
D3050
Terminal & Package Units
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$285,308
$108,417
$393,725
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D3060
Controls & Instrumentation
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$52,826
$20,074
$72,900
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D5030
Communications and Security Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Exterior Windows
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$23,225
$8,826
$32,051
Necess ary
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$53,737
$20,420
$74,157
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$19,582
$7,441
$27,023
Necess ary
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$132,066
$50,185
$182,251
Necess ary
C1020
Interior Doors
System
Needs Remediation
Renew System
1
Ea.
$23,515
$8,936
$32,451
Recom mended
D3020
Heat Generating Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$68,538
$26,044
$94,582
Necess ary
D3030
Cooling Generating Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$69,676
$26,477
$96,153
Necess ary
D5030
B2020
$1,597,682 $1,597,682 $39,105
Def. Cat.
$1,157,741 $1,157,741 $28,337
D5030
$439,942 $439,942 $10,768
Priority
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
Deferred Maintena nce
The VCT flooring is faded, stained, chipped, and cracked due to water damage, and should be replaced. The acoustical ceiling tiles and grid system are aged, rusted, and damaged due to leaks. The ceiling should be scheduled for replacement in conjunction with the roof. The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units. The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced. The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced. The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced. The original metal frame, single pane windows are aged, inefficient, do not lock properly, and should be replaced. The original wood interior doors are worn and should be replaced. The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment. The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name
Assembly
System
Material
Distress
Correction
Qty
Unit
Raw Cost
Additional Cost
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 4
Total Cost
Priority
Def. Cat.
Location / Note The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced. With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is operating properly, but is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system. School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.
D3040
Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$76,963
$29,246
$106,208
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D5020
Lighting
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$132,521
$50,358
$182,880
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
D2030
Sanitary Waste
Saintary Sewer Floor Drain
Needs Remediation
Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain
2
Ea.
$200
$76
$276
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
Ea.
$4,294 $4,294 $4,294
$1,632 $1,632 $1,632
$5,926 $5,926 $5,926
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce
The roof covering is aged and leaking and should be replaced.
Ea.
$21,560 $21,560 $21,560
$5,606 $5,606 $5,606
$27,166 $27,166 $27,166
Discreti onary
Deferred Maintena nce
The baseball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.
Ea.
$11,880 $11,880 $11,880
$3,089 $3,089 $3,089
$14,969 $14,969 $14,969
Discreti onary
Deferred Maintena nce
The foorball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.
$129,847 $129,847 $29,982
$629,257 $629,257 $145,299
Necess ary
Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce Deferred Maintena nce
The roadways are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped. The parking lots are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped. The pedestrian paving and walkways are aged and damaged and should be replaced. The grass is worn and showing signs of erosion. The site should be graded, aerated, and reseeded.
1985 Storage Buildng Building Systems B3010 Roof Coverings
Baseball Field Building Systems F1040
Football Field Building Systems F1040
Site Building Systems G2010
Special Facilities Sports Field Natural Turf
Special Facilities Footbal Field Natural Turf
System
System
System
Beyond Service Life
Beyond Service Life
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
Renew System
Renew System
1
1
1
Roadways
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$499,411 $499,411 $115,316
G2020
Parking Lots
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$110,937
$28,844
$139,781
Necess ary
G2030
Pedestrian Paving
System
Beyond Service Life
Renew System
1
Ea.
$218,955
$56,928
$275,883
Necess ary
G2050
Landscaping
Landscaping
Damaged
regrade aerate and reseed turf
S.F.
$54,202
$14,093
$68,295
Necess ary
8,200
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Survey Report Miller Grove Middle Detailed Facility Needs Assessment Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Facility Name
Assembly
Tennis Courts Building Systems F1040
Track Building Systems F1040
System
Special Facilities Tennis Court Hard Surface
Special Facilities Running Track Surface & Curbing
Material
System
System
Distress
Beyond Service Life
Beyond Service Life
Correction
Renew System
Renew System
Qty
Unit
1
1
Raw Cost
Additional Cost
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011 Page 5
Total Cost
Ea.
$89,597 $89,597 $89,597
$23,295 $23,295 $23,295
$112,892 $112,892 $112,892
Ea.
$40,835 $40,835 $40,835
$10,617 $10,617 $10,617
$51,452 $51,452 $51,452
Priority
Def. Cat.
Location / Note
Discreti onary
Deferred Maintena nce
The tennis court hard surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced.
Discreti onary
Deferred Maintena nce
The track surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Building Codes Fire Sprinkler System
4010 Yes
General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 112,000 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School main building is a one-story building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. Originally built in 1985, there has been one addition in 1988 and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Energy conservation opportunities for this building include: 1) Replacing the single pane, operable windows with double pane, energy efficient windows; 2) Replacing the roof covering and insulation; 3) Replacing the boiler, cooling tower, roof top package units, fan coil units, water source heat pumps, and exhaust fans with up to date, energy efficient units; 4) Replacing the building automation system with an effective energy management system that completely controls HVAC and lighting; and 5) Replacing the fluorescent lighting with new energy efficient fixtures. Current Repair Cost: $8,579,683.38
27-Jan-2011 East Elevation
27-Jan-2011 Northwest Elevation
Replacement Cost: $18,583,433.24
27-Jan-2011 South Elevation
FCI: 46.17%
27-Jan-2011 West Elevation
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Total Substructure Foundations
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
1993
RSL
Deficiency$
2010
$8,579,684
Replacement Value
$165.92
S.F.
112,000
108
$20,075,613
40
1986
$18,583,435
$4.98
S.F.
112,000
100
$557,979
100
1985
$557,979
$4.98
S.F.
112,000
100
$557,979
100
1985
$557,979
Standard Foundations
$1.61
S.F.
112,000
100
$180,841
100
1985
$180,841
Special Foundations
$4.14
S.F.
0
100
100
1985
Slab on Grade
$3.37
S.F.
112,000
100
100
1985
0
0
Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure
$377,138
0 S.F.
0
100
100
1985
$1.60
S.F.
0
100
100
1985
$35.08
S.F.
112,000
104
$4,087,094
68
1985
$6.54
S.F.
112,000
100
$732,637
100
1985
Floor Construction
1995
2010
$987,485
$3,928,417
0
100
100
1985
S.F.
112,000
100
$732,637
100
1985
$23.14
S.F.
112,000
104
$2,690,354
72
1985
$14.37
S.F.
112,000
100
$1,609,019
100
1985
Exterior Windows
$8.00
S.F.
112,000
110
$986,123
30
1985
2015
Exterior Doors
$0.77
S.F.
112,000
110
$95,212
30
1985
2015
$5.39
S.F.
112,000
110
$664,103
19
1985
1995
2016
$3.70
S.F.
11,200
110
$45,566
10
1985
1995
2016
6
$41,423
$5.55
$615,137
2016
6
$559,215
Exterior Walls
Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt
25
$732,637
S.F.
Exterior Enclosure
46
$377,138
$6.54
Roof Construction
FCI%
$732,637 2015
2010
$986,123
$2,592,051
38
$1,609,019 2010
$986,123
$896,476
110
$86,556 $1,362
$603,729
Shingles Roof Coverings - BUR
S.F.
100,800
110
20
1985
2005
Roof Coverings - EPDM
S.F.
0
110
15
1985
2000
Roof Coverings - Preformed
S.F.
0
110
30
1985
2015
S.F.
0
110
75
1985
2060
Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings
$0.03
S.F.
112,000
110
$3,400
30
1985
2015
$37.49
S.F.
112,000
108
$4,542,380
47
1987
1993
2015
$11.07
S.F.
112,000
105
$1,297,726
76
1985
2005
2015
Partitions
$7.22
S.F.
112,000
110
$889,211
100
1985
Interior Doors
$1.96
S.F.
112,000
80
$175,586
30
1985
2015
Fittings
$1.89
S.F.
112,000
110
$232,929
20
1985
2005
$0.92
S.F.
112,000
100
$103,558
100
1985
$0.92
S.F.
112,000
100
$103,558
100
1985
$25.50
S.F.
112,000
110
$3,141,096
33
1991
1993
$9.58
S.F.
11,200
110
$117,995
30
1985
2015
Wall Finishes - Paint
$1.81
S.F.
84,000
110
$167,046
10
2008
2018
Wall Finishes - Tectum
$1.99
S.F.
16,800
110
$36,725
10
1985
1995
$36,725
$33,386
110
Floor Finishes - Carpet
$7.87
S.F.
11,200
110
$96,912
8
1985
1993
$96,912
$88,102
110
$13.40
S.F.
16,800
110
$247,636
50
1985
2035
Interiors Interior Construction
Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes Wall Finishes - Ceramic &
$1,362
$3,091
44
$803,521
$4,198,709
19
$1,239,610 $808,374 $219,482
2015
5
$211,754 $103,558 $103,558
2015
$803,521
$2,855,541
28
$107,268
Glazed
Floor Finishes - Ceramic &
$151,860
$225,124
Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo
$48.99
S.F.
22,400
110
$1,207,151
50
1985
2035
Floor Finishes - VCT
$8.79
S.F.
51,824
110
$501,136
20
1985
2005
2015
5
Floor Finishes - Wood
$8.98
S.F.
9,776
110
$96,611
20
1985
2005
2015
5
Ceiling Finishes
$5.44
S.F.
112,000
110
$669,884
20
1985
2005
$76.51
S.F.
112,000
110
$9,425,977
24
1986
1995
0
0
Services Conveying
0
Elevators and Lifts
$1,097,410
2010
$455,578 $87,828 $669,884
$608,985
110
$5,962,374
$8,569,073
70
$4,830
$1,825,411
S.F.
0
110
30
1985
$16.30
S.F.
112,000
110
$2,007,951
25
1990
2015
Plumbing Fixtures
$7.40
S.F.
112,000
110
$911,314
20
2011
2031
Domestic Water Distribution
$3.45
S.F.
112,000
110
$425,053
30
1985
2015
Sanitary Waste
$3.89
S.F.
112,000
110
$479,460
30
1985
2015
Rain Water Drainage
$0.84
S.F.
112,000
110
$103,713
30
1985
2015
$94,285
Other Plumbing Systems -
$0.72
S.F.
112,000
110
$88,411
30
1985
2015
$80,374
Plumbing
$828,467 $386,412 $4,830
$435,873
1
Natural Gas HVAC
$34.53
S.F.
112,000
110
$4,253,931
22
1985
2000
2010
$4,131,516
$3,867,211
107
Heat Generating Systems
$4.15
S.F.
112,000
110
$511,764
30
1985
2015
2010
$511,764
$465,240
110
Cooling Generating Systems
$4.22
S.F.
112,000
110
$520,265
30
1985
2015
2010
$520,265
$472,968
110
Distribution Systems & Exhaust
$4.66
S.F.
112,000
110
$574,672
30
1985
2015
2010
$574,672
$522,429
110
Terminal & Package Units
$17.29
S.F.
112,000
110
$2,130,366
15
1985
2000
$2,130,366
$1,936,697
110
Controls & Instrumentation
$3.20
S.F.
112,000
110
$394,449
20
1985
2005
$394,449
$358,590
110
Other HVAC Systems/Equip -
$0.99
S.F.
112,000
110
$122,415
30
1985
2015
$111,287
$3.70
S.F.
112,000
110
$455,657
30
1985
2015
$414,234
$3.70
S.F.
112,000
110
$455,657
30
1985
2015
$414,234
S.F.
0
110
30
1985
Systems
Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Unit of System
Electrical
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
$21.98
S.F.
112,000
110
$2,708,438
24
1985
1995
Electrical Service/Distribution
$1.85
S.F.
112,000
110
$227,828
30
1985
2015
Branch Wiring
$5.31
S.F.
112,000
110
$654,582
30
1985
2015
Lighting
$8.03
S.F.
112,000
110
$989,524
30
1985
2015
Communications and Security -
$1.41
S.F.
112,000
110
$173,422
10
1985
$3.26
S.F.
112,000
110
$401,250
10
$1.19
S.F.
112,000
110
$146,218
$0.94
S.F.
112,000
110
$11.87
S.F.
112,000
$6.71
S.F.
112,000
RSL
Deficiency$
2010
$1,826,028
Replacement Value
$2,462,217
FCI%
74
$207,117 $595,074 2010
$989,524
$899,567
110
1995
$173,422
$157,656
110
1985
1995
$401,250
$364,773
110
10
1985
1995
$146,218
$132,926
110
$115,614
20
1985
2005
2010
$115,614
$105,104
110
110
$1,462,183
18
1985
2000
2015
$826,304
$1,329,257
62
110
$826,304
17
1985
2000
$826,304
$751,185
110
Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment Commercial Equipment
S.F.
0
100
20
1985
2005
Institutional Equipment
$2.70
S.F.
112,000
110
$333,242
20
1985
2005
$333,242
$302,947
110
Other Equipment - Kitchen
$4.00
S.F.
112,000
110
$493,062
15
1985
2000
$493,062
$448,238
110
$5.16
S.F.
112,000
110
$635,879
20
1985
2005
2015
$5.16
S.F.
112,000
110
$635,879
20
1985
2005
2015
0
0
Equipment Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction
0
Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies
0 S.F.
0
110
0
0
20
1985
$578,072 5
2015 2015 2005
2015
5
$578,072
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
Total
$8,579,684
2013
2014
$5,119,203
2015
$788,914
2016
$987,485
$114,319
$788,914
$986,123
$110,377
2017
2018
2019
2020
$334,374
$1,018,171
$334,374
$49,355
$334,374
$49,355
Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Special Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure Floor Construction Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows
$986,123
Exterior Doors Roofing
$110,377 $1,362
$3,942
Roof Coverings - Asphalt Shingles
$788,914 $54,408
Roof Coverings - BUR
$734,506
Roof Coverings - EPDM Roof Coverings - Preformed Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings Interiors
$1,362
$3,942
$803,521
$1,303,322
Interior Construction
$473,581
Partitions Interior Doors
$203,552
Fittings
$270,029
Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes
$803,521
Wall Finishes - Ceramic & Glazed
$829,741 $136,788
Wall Finishes - Paint
$211,609
Wall Finishes - Tectum
$36,725
Floor Finishes - Carpet
$96,912
$49,355 $122,765
Floor Finishes - Ceramic & Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo Floor Finishes - VCT
$580,954
Floor Finishes - Wood Ceiling Finishes Services
$111,999 $669,884 $5,962,374
$2,964,403
$4,830
$1,271,303
Conveying Elevators and Lifts Plumbing Plumbing Fixtures Domestic Water Distribution Sanitary Waste
$492,753 $4,830
$555,825
Rain Water Drainage
$120,232
Other Plumbing Systems - Natural
$102,493
Gas HVAC
$4,131,516
Heat Generating Systems
$511,764
Cooling Generating Systems
$520,265
Distribution Systems & Exhaust
$574,672
$141,913
Systems Terminal & Package Units
$2,130,366
Controls & Instrumentation
$394,449
Other HVAC Systems/Equip -
$141,913
Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes
$528,231 $528,231
$968,816
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Systems Electrical
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
2010-12 $1,826,028
Electrical Service/Distribution
2013
2014
2015 $1,022,956
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020 $968,816
$264,116
Branch Wiring
$758,840
Lighting
$989,524
Communications and Security - Fire
$173,422
$233,064
$401,250
$539,247
$146,218
$196,505
Alarm Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems -
$115,614
Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment
$826,304
$737,159
$826,304
Commercial Equipment Institutional Equipment
$333,242
Other Equipment - Kitchen
$493,062
Equipment Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies
$737,159 $737,159
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 B2020 Quantity: 1 Exterior Windows System Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Renew System The single pane windows are malfunctioning and should be scheduled for replacement.
Wed, 30-Mar-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$714,560.00 $271,563.21 $986,123.21
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 5 B3020 Quantity: 1 Roof Openings Roof Hatches, Skylights Inadequate Safety Replace Roof Hatches, Skylights The roof hatch and ladder do not comply with OSHA safety requirements and should be replaced with new hatch and ladder.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$986.92 $375.07 $1,361.99
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 C3010 Quantity: 1 Wall Finishes - Tectum System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The tectum wall covering is aged and torn and should be scheduled for replacement with the ceiling finishes.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: C3020 Quantity: Floor Finishes - Carpet System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The carpet is worn, stained, and frayed, and should be replaced.
Kate McPhillips 3 1
$26,611.20 $10,113.39 $36,724.59
Fri, 25-Feb-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$70,224.00 $26,688.11 $96,912.11
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 C3030 Quantity: 1 Ceiling Finishes System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The acoustical ceiling tiles, tectum tiles, and grid system throughout the building are aged, stained, and rusted, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$485,408.00 $184,475.70 $669,883.70
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D2030 Quantity: 35 Sanitary Waste Saintary Sewer Floor Drain Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$3,500.00 $1,330.15 $4,830.15
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3020 Quantity: 1 Heat Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$370,832.00 $140,931.94 $511,763.94
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3030 Quantity: 1 Cooling Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$376,992.00 $143,273.01 $520,265.01
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Thu, 31-Mar-2011 Priority: 3 D3040 Quantity: 1 Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$416,416.00 $158,255.80 $574,671.80
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3050 Quantity: 1 Terminal & Package Units System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$1,543,696.00 $586,670.19 $2,130,366.19
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3060 Quantity: 1 Controls & Instrumentation System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$285,824.00 $108,625.29 $394,449.29
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5020 Quantity: 1 Lighting System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$717,024.00 $272,499.64 $989,523.64
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Fire Alarm System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.
Fri, 25-Feb-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$125,664.00 $47,757.67 $173,421.67
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$290,752.00 $110,498.14 $401,250.14
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Security & CCTV System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$105,952.00 $40,266.27 $146,218.27
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5090 Quantity: 1 Other Electrical Systems - Emergency Generator System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The emergency generator is aged, rusted, becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$83,776.00 $31,838.45 $115,614.45
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1985 Building (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 4 E1020 Quantity: 1 Institutional Equipment System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System Institutional equipment, such as library equipment, theater and stage equipment, audio-visual equipment, and laboratory equipment, is worn, beyond its service life, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 E1090 Quantity: 1 Other Equipment - Kitchen Equipment System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The food service equipment is aged and worn and should be replaced.
$241,472.00 $91,769.64 $333,241.64
Tue, 19-Apr-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$357,280.00 $135,781.61 $493,061.61
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Building Codes Fire Sprinkler System
4011 Yes
General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 20,700 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1988
Facility Description: The 1988 Classroom Addition at Miller Grove Middle School is a one-story building located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, Georgia. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Energy conservation opportunities for this building include: 1) Replacing the single pane, operable windows with double pane, energy efficient windows; 2) Replacing the boiler, cooling tower, roof top package units, fan coil units, water source heat pumps, and exhaust fans with up to date energy efficient units; 3) Replacing the building automation system with an effective energy management system that completely controls HVAC and lighting; and 4) Replacing the fluorescent lighting with new energy efficient fixtures. Current Repair Cost: $1,597,682.44
27-Jan-2011 West Elevation
27-Jan-2011 South Elevation
Replacement Cost: $3,325,125.25
27-Jan-2011 North Elevation
FCI: 48.05%
27-Jan-2011 East Elevation
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Total Substructure Foundations
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
1996
RSL
Deficiency$
2010
$1,597,680
Replacement Value
$160.63
S.F.
20,700
108
$3,589,963
40
1989
$3,325,124
$4.98
S.F.
20,700
100
$103,123
100
1988
$103,123
$4.98
S.F.
20,700
100
$103,123
100
1988
$103,123
Standard Foundations
$1.61
S.F.
20,700
100
$33,422
100
1988
$33,422
Special Foundations
$4.14
S.F.
0
100
100
1988
Slab on Grade
$3.37
S.F.
20,700
100
100
1988
0
0
Basement Construction
$69,701
0 $1.13
S.F.
0
100
100
1988
Basement Walls
$1.60
S.F.
0
100
100
1988
$39.00
S.F.
20,700
105
$844,726
63
1993
$6.54
S.F.
20,700
100
$135,403
100
1988
Floor Construction
$16.20
S.F.
0
100
100
1988
Roof Construction
$6.54
S.F.
20,700
100
$135,403
100
1988
$23.14
S.F.
20,700
104
$497,220
72
1988
$14.37
S.F.
20,700
100
$297,372
100
1988
Exterior Windows
$8.00
S.F.
20,700
110
$182,251
30
1988
2018
Exterior Doors
$0.77
S.F.
20,700
110
$17,597
30
1988
2018
$15,997
$9.31
S.F.
20,700
110
$212,103
20
2011
1998
$192,820
$3.70
S.F.
0
110
10
1988
1998
Roof Coverings - BUR
$9.32
S.F.
20,700
110
20
2011
2031
Roof Coverings - EPDM
$2.84
S.F.
0
110
15
1988
2003
Roof Coverings - Preformed
$4.28
S.F.
0
110
30
1988
2018
$23.47
S.F.
0
110
75
1988
2063
Superstructure
Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls
Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt
48
$69,701
Basement Excavation
Shell
FCI%
1998
2010
$182,251
$807,275
23
$135,403
$135,403 2018
2010
$182,251
$479,052
38
$297,372 2010
$182,251
$165,683
110
Shingles $212,103
$192,820
Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings
$0.03
S.F.
0
110
30
1988
2018
$36.92
S.F.
20,700
108
$826,517
47
1988
1996
2010
$335,474
$764,183
44
$11.07
S.F.
20,700
105
$239,840
76
1988
2008
2010
$32,451
$229,099
14
Partitions
$7.22
S.F.
20,700
110
$164,340
100
1988
Interior Doors
$1.96
S.F.
20,700
80
$32,451
30
1988
2018
2010
Fittings
$1.89
S.F.
20,700
110
$43,049
20
1988
2008
2015
$0.92
S.F.
20,700
100
$19,139
100
1988
$0.92
S.F.
20,700
100
$19,139
100
1988
$24.92
S.F.
20,700
110
$567,538
33
1988
1996
$9.58
S.F.
1,035
110
$10,904
30
1988
2018
Wall Finishes - Paint
$1.81
S.F.
19,665
110
$39,105
10
1988
1998
Wall Finishes - Wall Coverings
$1.99
S.F.
0
110
10
1988
1998
Interiors Interior Construction
Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes Wall Finishes - Ceramic &
$149,400 $32,451 5
$40,564
80
$39,135 $19,139 $19,139 $303,023
$515,945
59
$9,912
Glazed
Floor Finishes - Carpet Floor Finishes - Ceramic &
$7.87
S.F.
0
110
8
1988
1996
$13.40
S.F.
2,070
110
$30,511
50
1988
2038
$39,105
$35,550
110
$27,738
Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo
$48.99
S.F.
4,140
110
$223,100
50
1988
2038
Floor Finishes - VCT
$8.79
S.F.
14,490
110
$140,113
20
1988
2008
Floor Finishes - Wood
$8.98
S.F.
0
110
20
1988
2008
$5.44
S.F.
20,700
110
$123,805
20
1988
2008
$74.58
S.F.
20,700
110
$1,698,076
24
1989
1998
0
0
Ceiling Finishes Services Conveying Elevators and Lifts
0
$202,819 $140,113
2010
$127,376
110
$123,805
$112,550
110
$1,079,955
$1,543,706
70
$276
$337,364
$1.01
S.F.
0
110
30
1988
$16.30
S.F.
20,700
110
$371,101
25
1993
2018
Plumbing Fixtures
$7.40
S.F.
20,700
110
$168,425
20
2011
2031
Domestic Water Distribution
$3.45
S.F.
20,700
110
$78,556
30
1988
2018
Sanitary Waste
$3.89
S.F.
20,700
110
$88,612
30
1988
2018
Rain Water Drainage
$0.84
S.F.
20,700
110
$19,168
30
1988
2018
$17,425
Other Plumbing Systems -
$0.72
S.F.
20,700
110
$16,340
30
1988
2018
$14,854
Plumbing
$153,114 $71,415 $276
$80,556
Natural Gas HVAC
$33.53
S.F.
20,700
110
$763,568
21
1988
2003
2010
$763,568
$694,154
110
Heat Generating Systems
$4.15
S.F.
20,700
110
$94,582
30
1988
2018
2010
$94,582
$85,984
110
Cooling Generating Systems
$4.22
S.F.
20,700
110
$96,153
30
1988
2018
2010
$96,153
$87,412
110
Distribution Systems & Exhaust
$4.66
S.F.
20,700
110
$106,208
30
1988
2018
2010
$106,208
$96,553
110
Terminal & Package Units
$17.29
S.F.
20,700
110
$393,725
15
1988
2003
$393,725
$357,932
110
Controls & Instrumentation
$3.20
S.F.
20,700
110
$72,900
20
1988
2008
$72,900
$66,273
110
Other HVAC Systems/Equip -
$0.99
S.F.
0
110
30
1988
Systems
Kitchen Hood Fire Protection
$3.70
S.F.
20,700
110
$84,213
30
1988
2018
$76,557
Sprinklers
$3.70
S.F.
20,700
110
$84,213
30
1988
2018
$76,557
Standpipes
$0.50
S.F.
0
110
30
1988
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Unit of System
Electrical
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
$21.04
S.F.
20,700
110
$479,194
24
1988
1998
Electrical Service/Distribution
$1.85
S.F.
20,700
110
$42,106
30
1988
2018
Branch Wiring
$5.31
S.F.
20,700
110
$120,977
30
1988
2018
Lighting
$8.03
S.F.
20,700
110
$182,880
30
1988
2018
Communications and Security -
$1.41
S.F.
20,700
110
$32,051
10
1988
$3.26
S.F.
20,700
110
$74,157
10
$1.19
S.F.
20,700
110
$27,023
$0.94
S.F.
0
110
$5.16
S.F.
20,700
110
RSL
Deficiency$
2010
$316,111
Replacement Value
$435,631
FCI%
73
$38,278 $109,979 2010
$182,880
$166,254
110
1998
$32,051
$29,137
110
1988
1998
$74,157
$67,416
110
10
1988
1998
$27,023
$24,567
110
20
1988
20
1988
0
0
Fire Alarm Communications and Security PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings Equipment
$117,521
0
2008
2015
Commercial Equipment
$7.71
S.F.
0
100
20
1988
Institutional Equipment
$2.70
S.F.
0
110
20
1988
Other Equipment (sports
$1.37
S.F.
0
110
15
1988
$5.16
S.F.
20,700
110
$117,521
20
1988
2008
2015
$5.16
S.F.
20,700
110
$117,521
20
1988
2008
2015
0
0
$106,837
Equipment) Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction
0
Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies
0 $1.19
S.F.
0
110
0
0
20
1988
$106,837 5
$106,837
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
Total
$1,597,680
2013
2014
2015 $186,144
2016
2017
2018 $606,114
2019
2020 $231,606
Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Special Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell
$182,251
$22,291
$182,251
$22,291
Superstructure Floor Construction Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows
$182,251
Exterior Doors
$22,291
Roofing Roof Coverings - Asphalt Shingles Roof Coverings - BUR Roof Coverings - EPDM Roof Coverings - Preformed Metal Roof Coverings Standing Seam Metal Roof Openings Interiors Interior Construction
$335,474
$49,906
$32,451
$49,906
$13,812
$52,554
$13,812
$52,554
Partitions Interior Doors
$32,451
Fittings
$49,906
Stairs Stair Construction Interior Finishes
$303,023
Wall Finishes - Ceramic & Glazed Wall Finishes - Paint
$13,812 $39,105
$52,554
Wall Finishes - Wall Coverings Floor Finishes - Carpet Floor Finishes - Ceramic & Quarry Tile Floor Finishes - Terrazzo Floor Finishes - VCT
$140,113
Floor Finishes - Wood Ceiling Finishes Services
$123,805 $1,079,955
$570,011
$276
$256,744
$276
$112,251
Conveying Elevators and Lifts Plumbing Plumbing Fixtures Domestic Water Distribution Sanitary Waste
$99,513
Rain Water Drainage
$24,281
Other Plumbing Systems - Natural
$20,699
Gas HVAC Heat Generating Systems Cooling Generating Systems Distribution Systems & Exhaust
$763,568 $94,582 $96,153 $106,208
Systems Terminal & Package Units
$393,725
Controls & Instrumentation
$72,900
Other HVAC Systems/Equip Kitchen Hood Fire Protection Sprinklers Standpipes
$106,678 $106,678
$179,052
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083 Systems Electrical
2010-12
2013
2014
2015
$316,111
2017
2018
2019
2020 $179,052
$53,339
Branch Wiring
Communications and Security - Fire
2016
$206,589
Electrical Service/Distribution
Lighting
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
$153,250 $182,880 $32,051
$43,074
$74,157
$99,661
$27,023
$36,317
Alarm Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems Communications and Security Security & CCTV Other Electrical Systems Emergency Generator Equipment & Furnishings
$136,238
Equipment Commercial Equipment Institutional Equipment Other Equipment (sports Equipment) Furnishings Fixed Furnishings Special Construction Special Construction Special Structures - Canopies
$136,238 $136,238
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 B2020 Quantity: 1 Exterior Windows System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The original metal frame, single pane windows are aged, inefficient, do not lock properly, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: C1020 Quantity: Interior Doors System Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Renew System The original wood interior doors are worn and should be replaced.
Kate McPhillips 4 1
$132,066.00 $50,185.08 $182,251.08
Thu, 17-Feb-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$23,515.20 $8,935.78 $32,450.98
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: C3010 Quantity: Wall Finishes - Paint System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The wall paint is aged and scuffed and should be repainted.
Kate McPhillips 4 1
Sat, 18-Jun-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$28,337.27 $10,768.16 $39,105.43
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 04-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 C3020 Quantity: 1 Floor Finishes - VCT System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The VCT flooring is faded, stained, chipped, and cracked due to water damage, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$101,531.43 $38,581.94 $140,113.37
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 4 C3030 Quantity: 1 Ceiling Finishes System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The acoustical ceiling tiles and grid system are aged, rusted, and damaged due to leaks. The ceiling should be scheduled for replacement in conjunction with the roof.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$89,713.80 $34,091.24 $123,805.04
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D2030 Quantity: 2 Sanitary Waste Saintary Sewer Floor Drain Needs Remediation Deferred Maintenance Clean Out Sanitary Sewer Floor Drain School reports that floor drains throughout the restrooms, locker rooms, serving line, and kitchen frequently back up and emit foul odors. Rodding out and cleaning of the floor drains is needed throughout the building.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$200.00 $76.00 $276.00
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3020 Quantity: 1 Heat Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The heating system, including gas fired boiler, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$68,537.70 $26,044.33 $94,582.03
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3030 Quantity: 1 Cooling Generating Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The cooling system, including cooling tower, pumps, piping, and valves, are aged, rusted, inefficient, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient equipment.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$69,676.20 $26,476.96 $96,153.16
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Thu, 31-Mar-2011 Priority: 3 D3040 Quantity: 1 Distribution Systems & Exhaust Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The exhaust fans and duct systems are inadequate, dirty, and damaged; they do not ventilate restrooms and other spaces properly; and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$76,962.60 $29,245.79 $106,208.39
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3050 Quantity: 1 Terminal & Package Units System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof top units, water source heat pumps, fan coil units, and unit heaters for the classrooms and other spaces are aged, worn, leaking, unreliable, and becoming logistically unsupportable, and should be replaced with energy efficient units.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$285,308.10 $108,417.08 $393,725.18
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Tue, 19-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 D3060 Quantity: 1 Controls & Instrumentation System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The HVAC controls are inadequate, have obsolete parts and equipment, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$52,826.40 $20,074.03 $72,900.43
Surveyor/Update: Troy Weeks Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5020 Quantity: 1 Lighting System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of some hallways, the lighting system is operating properly, but is aged, inefficient, in poor condition, and should be replaced with an energy efficient system.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$132,521.40 $50,358.13 $182,879.53
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Fire Alarm System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The fire alarm system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.
Sat, 18-Jun-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$23,225.40 $8,825.65 $32,051.05
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - PA & Clock Systems System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System With the exception of the clocks in the halways, the PA/clock system is aged, has reported outages, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$53,737.20 $20,420.14 $74,157.34
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ 1988 Addition (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 25-Feb-2011 Priority: 3 D5030 Quantity: 1 Communications and Security - Security & CCTV System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The classroom CCTV and security systems are aged, have reported outages, and should be replaced.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$19,582.20 $7,441.24 $27,023.44
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Fire Sprinkler System
No
General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Storage Building 375 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Storage Building at Miller Grove Middle School is located at 2215 Miller Road in Decatur, GA. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $5,925.89
27-Jan-2011 South Elevation
27-Jan-2011 North Elevation
Replacement Cost: $33,647.85
27-Jan-2011 West Elevation
FCI: 17.61%
27-Jan-2011 East Elevation
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Total Substructure Foundations
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
2005
RSL
Deficiency$
2016
$5,926
Replacement Value
$89.73
S.F.
375
104
$34,900
70
1985
$33,648
$7.89
S.F.
375
100
$2,960
100
1985
$2,960
$7.89
S.F.
375
100
$2,960
100
1985
$2,960
Standard Foundations
$4.49
S.F.
375
100
$1,682
100
1985
$1,682
Slab on Grade
$3.41
S.F.
375
100
$1,278
100
1985
$1,278
0
0
Basement Construction
0
Basement Excavation
$0.21
S.F.
0
100
100
1985
Basement Walls
$3.41
S.F.
0
100
100
1985
$63.53
S.F.
375
102
$24,392
80
1985
$13.57
S.F.
375
100
$5,087
100
1985
$13.57
S.F.
375
100
$5,087
100
1985
$35.60
S.F.
375
100
$13,379
98
1985
$34.87
S.F.
375
100
$13,077
100
1985
$4.54
S.F.
0
110
30
1985
Shell Superstructure Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure Exterior Walls Exterior Windows Exterior Doors
2005
$5,926
$23,825
FCI%
18
25
$5,087 $5,087 2015
$13,351 $13,077
$0.73
S.F.
375
110
$302
30
1985
2015
$14.37
S.F.
375
110
$5,926
20
1985
2005
$5,926
$5,387
110
$14.37
S.F.
375
110
$5,926
20
1985
2005
$5,926
$5,387
110
$1.50
S.F.
375
110
$620
20
1985
2005
2016
$11.92
S.F.
0
Interior Doors
$2.26
S.F.
Fittings
$2.79
S.F.
Interior Finishes
$1.50
Wall Finishes Floor Finishes
Roofing Roof Coverings Interiors Interior Construction Partitions
Ceiling Finishes Services Plumbing Rain Water Drainage Electrical Electrical Service/Distribution Lighting and Branch Wiring
0
$274
0
0
110
40
1985
0
80
30
1985
0
110
20
1985
S.F.
375
110
$620
20
1985
2005
2016
$1.50
S.F.
375
110
$620
20
1985
2005
2016
$6.07
S.F.
0
110
20
1985
$564
$564 6
$564
$5.44
S.F.
0
110
20
1985
$16.80
S.F.
375
110
$6,928
30
1985
2015
$6,299
$1.38
S.F.
375
110
$569
30
1985
2015
$518
$1.38
S.F.
375
110
$569
30
1985
2015
$518
$15.42
S.F.
375
110
$6,359
30
1985
2015
$5,781
$3.30
S.F.
375
110
$1,361
30
1985
2015
$1,237
$12.12
S.F.
375
110
$4,998
30
1985
2015
$4,544
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems Total
2010-12
2013
2014
2015
$5,926
$8,381
$5,926
$350
2016 $741
Substructure Foundations Standard Foundations Slab on Grade Basement Construction Basement Excavation Basement Walls Shell Superstructure Roof Construction Exterior Enclosure
$350
Exterior Walls Exterior Windows Exterior Doors Roofing Roof Coverings
$350 $5,926 $5,926
Interiors
$741
Interior Construction Partitions Interior Doors Fittings Interior Finishes
$741
Wall Finishes
$741
Floor Finishes Ceiling Finishes Services Plumbing Rain Water Drainage Electrical
$8,031 $660 $660 $7,371
Electrical Service/Distribution
$1,577
Lighting and Branch Wiring
$5,794
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\1985 Storage Buildng (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: B3010 Quantity: Roof Coverings System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roof covering is aged and leaking and should be replaced.
Troy Weeks 3 1
Tue, 19-Apr-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$4,294.13 $1,631.77 $5,925.90
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 98,000 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Baseball Field at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $27,165.60
27-Jan-2011 Baseball Field at Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $533,433.60
FCI: 5.09%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
Total
$5.44
S.F.
98,000
102
$541,830
86
1985
1995
Special Construction
$0.25
S.F.
98,000
110
$27,166
10
1985
$0.25
S.F.
98,000
110
$27,166
10
$0.25
S.F.
98,000
110
$27,166
10
Building Sitework
$5.19
S.F.
98,000
101
$514,664
Site Preparation
$4.59
S.F.
98,000
100
$449,467
Site Earthwork
$4.59
S.F.
98,000
100
$449,467
100
1985
$0.60
S.F.
98,000
110
$65,197
20
1985
2005
2015
$0.60
S.F.
98,000
110
$65,197
20
1985
2005
2015
$0.09
S.F.
0
110
20
1985
Special Construction Special Facilities - Sports Field -
RSL
Deficiency$
2015
Replacement Value
$533,433
5
1995
$27,166
$24,696
110
1985
1995
$27,166
$24,696
110
1985
1995
$27,166
$24,696
110
90
1985
2005
100
1985
Natural Turf
Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Scoreboard; Dug Outs Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service
0 $0.34
S.F.
$1.69
S.F.
Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
0
0
0
110
30
1985
0
0
110
30
1985
0 0
FCI%
$27,166
2015
$508,737 $449,467 $449,467 $59,270 5
$59,270
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
2013
2014
2015
2017
2018
2019
2020
$27,166
Special Construction
$27,166
$36,508
$27,166
$36,508
$27,166
$36,508
Special Construction Special Facilities - Sports Field -
$75,582
2016
Total
Natural Turf Building Sitework
$75,582
Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Scoreboard; Dug Outs Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
$75,582 $75,582
$36,508
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Baseball Field (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: F1040 Quantity: Special Facilities - Sports Field - Natural Turf System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The baseball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.
Kate McPhillips 5 1
Fri, 25-Feb-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$21,560.00 $5,605.60 $27,165.60
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 108,000 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Football Field at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $14,968.80
27-Jan-2011 Football Field at Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $532,072.80
FCI: 2.81%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
Total
$4.93
S.F.
108,000
101
$535,747
94
1985
1995
Special Construction
$0.13
S.F.
108,000
110
$14,969
10
1985
$0.13
S.F.
108,000
110
$14,969
10
$0.13
S.F.
108,000
110
$14,969
10
Building Sitework
$4.80
S.F.
108,000
100
$520,778
Site Preparation
$4.59
S.F.
108,000
100
$495,331
Site Earthwork
$4.59
S.F.
108,000
100
$495,331
100
1985
$0.21
S.F.
108,000
110
$25,447
20
1985
2005
2015
$0.21
S.F.
108,000
110
$25,447
20
1985
2005
2015
$0.09
S.F.
0
110
20
1985
Special Construction Special Facilities - Footbal Field
RSL
Deficiency$
2015
Replacement Value
$532,073
3
1995
$14,969
$13,608
110
1985
1995
$14,969
$13,608
110
1985
1995
$14,969
$13,608
110
96
1985
2005
100
1985
- Natural Turf
Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Goal Post; Scoreboard Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service
0 $0.34
S.F.
$1.69
S.F.
Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
0
0
0
110
30
1985
0
0
110
30
1985
0 0
FCI%
$14,969
2015
$518,465 $495,331 $495,331 $23,134 5
$23,134
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
2013
2014
2015
2017
2018
2019
2020
$14,969
Special Construction
$14,969
$20,117
$14,969
$20,117
$14,969
$20,117
Special Construction Special Facilities - Footbal Field -
$29,500
2016
Total
Natural Turf Building Sitework
$29,500
Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing; Goal Post; Scoreboard Landscaping - Irrigation Site Mechanical Utilities Water Supply - Water Service Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
$29,500 $29,500
$20,117
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Football Field (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Priority: F1040 Quantity: Special Facilities - Footbal Field - Natural Turf System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The foorball field turf is worn and should be reseeded.
Kate McPhillips 5 1
Fri, 25-Feb-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$11,880.00 $3,088.80 $14,968.80
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: Site Code
1750
General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 132,700 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Miller Grove Middle School site was originally constructed in 1985, has a total area of 27 acres, and is occupied by approximately 132,700 square feet of permanent building space. Campus site features include paved driveways and parking lots, pedestrian pavement, flag pole, landscaping, and fencing. Site mechanical and electrical features include water, sewer, natural gas, and site lighting. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report for the site features. Current Repair Cost: $629,257.23
28-Oct-2010 Aerial Image of Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $2,696,968.26
FCI: 23.33%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
RSL
Deficiency$
Replacement Value
FCI%
Total
$20.32
S.F.
132,700
109
$2,938,408
36
1987
1995
2010
$629,258
$2,696,967
23
Building Sitework
$20.32
S.F.
132,700
109
$2,938,408
36
1987
1995
2010
$629,258
$2,696,967
23
$8.95
S.F.
132,700
108
$1,277,591
22
1985
1995
2010
$629,258
$1,187,134
53
Roadways
$1.00
S.F.
132,700
110
$145,299
25
1985
2010
$145,299
$132,090
110
Parking Lots
$0.96
S.F.
132,700
110
$139,781
25
1985
2010
$139,781
$127,074
110
Pedestrian Paving
$1.89
S.F.
132,700
110
$275,883
30
1985
2015
2010
$275,883
$250,803
110
Site Development
$0.26
S.F.
132,700
110
$38,624
10
1985
1995
2015
Site Development 2
$2.13
S.F.
132,700
100
$282,571
30
1985
2015
132,700
100
$282,571
30
1985
2015
Site Improvements
Fence & Guardrails Landscaping
$2.13
5
$35,112 $282,571 $282,571
$2.71
S.F.
132,700
110
$395,433
10
1985
1995
$9.98
S.F.
132,700
110
$1,456,664
50
1985
2015
$1,324,239
Water Supply
$2.73
S.F.
132,700
110
$399,111
50
1985
2035
$362,828
Sanitary Sewer
$1.99
S.F.
132,700
110
$290,597
50
1985
2035
$264,179
Storm Sewer
$5.05
S.F.
132,700
110
$737,528
50
1985
2035
$670,480
Fuel Distribution - Gas
$0.20
S.F.
132,700
110
$29,428
30
1985
2015
$26,752
$1.40
S.F.
132,700
110
$204,153
30
1993
2015
$185,594
Electrical Distribution
$0.52
S.F.
132,700
110
$75,408
30
1985
2015
$68,553
Site Lighting
$0.69
S.F.
132,700
110
$101,157
30
2010
2040
$91,961
Site Communication and
$0.19
S.F.
132,700
110
$27,588
30
1985
2015
$25,080
Site Mechanical Utilities
Site Electrical Utilities
Security
2014
4
$68,295
$359,484
19
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2014
2015
Total
$629,258
$445,063
$525,869
Building Sitework
$629,258
$445,063
$525,869
$629,258
$445,063
$372,353
Site Improvements
2010-12
Roadways
$145,299
Parking Lots
$139,781
Pedestrian Paving
$275,883
2013
Site Development
$44,775
Site Development 2
$327,578
Fence & Guardrails Landscaping Site Mechanical Utilities
$327,578 $68,295
$445,063 $34,115
Water Supply Sanitary Sewer Storm Sewer Fuel Distribution - Gas Site Electrical Utilities Electrical Distribution
$34,115 $119,401 $87,419
Site Lighting Site Communication and Security
$31,982
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Site (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2010 Quantity: 1 Roadways System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The roadways are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.
Sat, 18-Jun-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2020 Quantity: 1 Parking Lots System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The parking lots are aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.
$115,316.30 $29,982.24 $145,298.54
Sat, 18-Jun-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$110,937.20 $28,843.67 $139,780.87
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\ Site (continued)
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 3 G2030 Quantity: 1 Pedestrian Paving System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The pedestrian paving and walkways are aged and damaged and should be replaced.
Tue, 19-Apr-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
$218,955.00 $56,928.30 $275,883.30
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Fri, 01-Apr-2011 Priority: 3 G2050 Quantity: 8,200 Landscaping Landscaping Damaged Deferred Maintenance regrade aerate and reseed turf The grass is worn and showing signs of erosion. The site should be graded, aerated, and reseeded.
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$54,202.00 $14,092.52 $68,294.52
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 12,970 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Tennis Courts at Miller Grove Middle School are located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $112,891.92
27-Jan-2011 Tennis Courts at Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $115,049.09
FCI: 98.13%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
RSL
Deficiency$
Replacement Value
FCI%
Total
$8.87
S.F.
12,970
109
$125,312
22
1985
2005
$112,892
$115,049
98
Special Construction
$7.91
S.F.
12,970
110
$112,892
20
1985
2005
$112,892
$102,629
110
$7.91
S.F.
12,970
110
$112,892
20
1985
2005
$112,892
$102,629
110
$7.91
S.F.
12,970
110
$112,892
20
1985
2005
$112,892
$102,629
110
Building Sitework
$0.96
S.F.
12,970
100
$12,420
38
1985
2015
Site Preparation
$0.11
S.F.
12,970
100
$1,471
100
1985
Site Earthwork
$0.11
S.F.
12,970
100
$1,471
100
1985
$0.84
S.F.
12,970
100
$10,949
30
1985
2015
$10,949
$0.84
S.F.
12,970
100
$10,949
30
1985
2015
$10,949
0
0
30
1985
Special Construction Special Facilities - Tennis Court Hard Surface
Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
0 $0.69
S.F.
0
110
$12,420 $1,471 $1,471
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
Total
$112,892
Special Construction
$112,892
Special Construction Special Facilities - Tennis Court
2013
2014
2015 $12,693
$112,892 $112,892
Hard Surface Building Sitework
$12,693
Site Preparation Site Earthwork Site Improvements Site Development - Fencing Site Electrical Utilities Site Lighting
$12,693 $12,693
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Tennis Courts (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 5 F1040 Quantity: 1 Special Facilities - Tennis Court Hard Surface System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The tennis court hard surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced.
Tue, 19-Apr-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$89,596.76 $23,295.16 $112,891.92
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track Address: 2215 Miller Road, Decatur, GA 30035 Attributes: ***None*** General Information: Function: Gross Area:
Middle School 12,980 S.F.
Year Built: Last Renovation:
1985
Facility Description: The Track at Miller Grove Middle School is located on the campus grounds. There have been no additions and no major renovations. This report contains condition and adequacy data collected during the 2010/2011 Facility Condition Assessment (FCA). The detailed condition and deficiency statements are contained in this report. Current Repair Cost: $51,452.20
27-Jan-2011 Track at Miller Grove Middle School
Replacement Cost: $58,713.73
FCI: 87.63%
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Building Condition: Unit of System
Unit Price$
Meas
Qty
Renewal%
Renewal$
Life
Installed
Calc Next
Next
Renewal
Renewal
RSL
Deficiency$
Replacement Value
FCI%
Total
$4.52
S.F.
12,980
108
$63,391
27
1985
1995
$51,452
$58,714
88
Special Construction
$3.60
S.F.
12,980
110
$51,452
10
1985
1995
$51,452
$46,775
110
$3.60
S.F.
12,980
110
$51,452
10
1985
1995
$51,452
$46,775
110
$3.60
S.F.
12,980
110
$51,452
10
1985
1995
$51,452
$46,775
110
Building Sitework
$0.92
S.F.
12,980
100
$11,939
100
1985
$11,939
Site Preparation
$0.92
S.F.
12,980
100
$11,939
100
1985
$11,939
Site Earthwork
$0.92
S.F.
12,980
100
$11,939
100
1985
$11,939
Special Construction Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing
DeKalb County School System COMET4 Facility Report
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Renewal Schedule: Systems
2010-12
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Total
$51,452
$69,147
Special Construction
$51,452
$69,147
$51,452
$69,147
$51,452
$69,147
Special Construction Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing Building Sitework Site Preparation Site Earthwork
2021
2022
DeKalb County School System 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd Stone Mountain, GA 30083
COMET4 Facility Report
Miller Grove Middle Facility Executive Summary Report
Report Date: 24 Jun 2011
Facility: \Middle Schools\Miller Grove Middle\Track (continued) Deficiency Sheet:
Deficiency: Assembly: System: Material: Distress: Category: Correction: Note:
Surveyor/Update: Kate McPhillips Priority: 5 F1040 Quantity: 1 Special Facilities - Running Track Surface & Curbing System Beyond Service Life Deferred Maintenance Renew System The track surface is aged and cracking and should be resurfaced and restriped.
Sat, 18-Jun-2011
Estimates: Raw Cost Plus or (Minus) Additional Cost Total Estimated Amount
$40,835.08 $10,617.12 $51,452.20
Educational Adequacy Report
Suitability Report - Full Project #: Project: Grade Config:
4469
County:
Assessments 2010
Region:
6-8
Suitability
Site Type:
Site #:
DeKalb
Site:
1
Site Size:
Middle
0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00 Possible Score
Percent Score
Rating
Score
Fair
2.68
4.00
67.00
Pedestrian Traffic
Good
0.43
0.43
100.00
Parking
Good
0.86
0.86
100.00
Play Courts & Fields
Good
1.05
1.05
100.00
Fencing
Fair
0.52
0.78
67.00
Signage & Way Finding
Fair
0.67
1.00
67.00
Ease of Supervision
G/F
3.50
3.50
100.00
Limited Entrances
P/U
0.00
0.50
0.00
Interior Circulation
P/U
0.00
0.50
0.00
Sprinkler System
Good
0.50
0.50
100.00
Learning Style Variety
G/F
5.00
5.00
100.00
School Environment
G/F
5.00
5.00
100.00
Landscaping
G/F
1.00
1.00
100.00
Suitability - Middle_Jr. High Site
Traffic
Safety and Security
School Climate
General Classrooms
Size
Fair
9.15
13.65
67.00
Adjacencies
Good
2.93
2.93
100.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
Unsat
0.00
2.93
0.00
Size
Fair
1.51
3.03
50.00
Adjacencies
G/F
0.65
0.65
100.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
P/U
0.00
0.65
0.00
Size
Fair
1.62
3.25
50.00
Adjacencies
G/F
0.70
0.70
100.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
G/F
0.70
0.70
100.00
Remedial - Special Needs
Library
P.E.
Size
P/U
0.00
8.40
0.00
Adjacencies
G/F
1.80
1.80
100.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
P/U
0.00
1.80
0.00
Music
Size
Good
2.57
2.57
100.00
Adjacencies
P/U
0.00
0.55
0.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
G/F
0.55
0.55
100.00
1/19/2011
3:14:43PM
Page 1 of 4
Project #: Project: Grade Config:
4469
County:
Assessments 2010
Region:
6-8
Suitability
Site Type:
Site #:
DeKalb
Site:
1
Site Size:
Middle
0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00 Possible Score
Percent Score
Rating
Score
Size
(N/A)
0.00
0.00
0.00
Adjacencies
(N/A)
0.00
0.00
0.00
Storage\Fixed Equip.
(N/A)
0.00
0.00
0.00
Fair
0.98
1.47
67.00
Good
0.31
0.31
100.00
P/U
0.00
0.31
0.00
Fair
3.16
4.72
67.00
Good
1.01
1.01
100.00
G/F
1.01
1.01
100.00
Art
Performing Arts\Auditorium
Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Vocational Technical
Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Science
Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip.
Fair
1.67
3.34
50.00
Good
0.72
0.72
100.00
P/U
0.00
0.72
0.00
Good
1.47
1.47
100.00
P/U
0.00
0.31
0.00 100.00
Administration
Size Adjacencies Storage\Fixed Equip. Restrooms (Student) Teacher Lounge and Work Room(s) Cafeteria
G/F
0.31
0.31
Fair
0.46
0.93
50.00
Good
0.91
0.91
100.00
Fair
2.68
4.00
67.00
Food Prep
Good
5.72
5.72
100.00
Counseling
Good
0.42
0.42
100.00
Clinic
P/U
0.00
0.34
0.00
Custodial & Maintenance
P/U
0.00
0.50
0.00
64.22
96.77
66.36
Total For Site:
Comments
Suitability - Middle_Jr. High The Miller Grove middle school was built in the 1980's with an additional wing built a few years later. The school enrolls students in sixth through eighth grade and includes three self-contained special education classrooms. Athletic activities include football, men and women's basketball, cheerleading, and track. The school also has a baseball team but it is not school sponsored. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Site-->Traffic The school has two separate drop off lanes, one for buses and one for parents. The bus lane utilizes the same entrance and exit as the main parking lot. Due to the number of buses, the school uses two traffic lanes, one adjacent to the curb in front of the school and the second one located in the parking area. This configuration has students walking between buses and parked cars. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Site-->Play Courts & Fields The practice track around the football field is in poor condition. The football field and track area are located on a lower level and are not easily accessible for people with disabilities. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Fencing There are areas behind the school adjacent to neighborhoods that do not have adequate fencing.
1/19/2011
3:14:43PM
Page 2 of 4
Project #: Project: Grade Config:
4469
County:
Assessments 2010
Region:
6-8
Site Type:
Site #:
DeKalb
Site:
1
Site Size:
Middle
Suitability
Rating
0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00
Score
Possible Score
Percent Score
Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Signage & Way Finding The school does not have adequate internal directional signage. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Ease of Supervision Due to the configuration of the hallways, lines of sight outside of the building are restricted. The eighth grade hallway has a jog in it that significantly reduces line of sight supervision. Most areas can be easily supervised from the commons area. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Limited Entrances The school is only equipped with electronic keys at the front entrance and the cafeteria entrance. The school does have video monitoring but most entrances are monitored internally versus externally. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Safety and Security-->Interior Circulation The hallways are lined with upper and lower lockers. In order to accommodate the number of students in each hallway, the students are released between classes based upon whether they have a lower or upper locker. The commons is an open area where three hallways converge that is congested before and after school. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->General Classrooms-->Size Most of the general classrooms meet the standard of 720 square feet. The typical general classroom is 744 square feet. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->General Classrooms-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The general classrooms are equipped with one upright storage cabinet. The classrooms do not have adequate storage for supplies and materials. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Remedial - Special Needs-->Size The resource rooms are adequate in size for the number of students they serve. The self-contained special education rooms are general education rooms that are not adequate in size. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Remedial - Special Needs-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The self-contained special education rooms do not have restrooms, sinks, running water, and adequate storage. One room has a changing table that is in the corner of the room and is not separated from the classroom. The changing area does not have a toilet or sink. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Library-->Size The library is small for the number of students. It is configured with blind areas and supervision can be difficult. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->P.E.-->Size The school has one gymnasium. When all four physical education teachers have classes in the gym at one time there are approximately 150 students. The gymnasium does not have adequate seating for the entire student body. The weight room is also used for storage of supplies materials and is not well ventilated. The school does not have visitors' locker rooms. The locker rooms are divided into three small dressing areas which makes supervision difficult. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->P.E.-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The storage for physical education is adequate. The school does not have adequate storage for athletic equipment. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Music-->Size The music areas are crowded when they are preparing for school programs. For normal instructional activities, they are adequate in size. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Music-->Adjacencies The music rooms are located at the far end of the building from the stage area or gymnasium. For school programs equipment is moved the length of the hallway. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Art The school is equipped with an art room which is currently used as a creative writing classroom. The school does not have an art program.
1/19/2011
3:14:43PM
Page 3 of 4
Project #: Project: Grade Config:
4469
County:
Assessments 2010
Region:
6-8
Suitability
Site Type:
Site #:
DeKalb
Site:
1
Site Size:
Middle
Rating
0597 Miller Grove MS 0.00
Score
Possible Score
Percent Score
Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Performing Arts\Auditorium-->Size The cafeteria also serves as the performing arts area. The cafeteria cannot seat the entire student body and assemblies are repeated three times. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Performing Arts\Auditorium-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The stage area has one small storage room. The cafeteria does not have adequate storage for tables and chairs. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Vocational Technical-->Size The business education computer area is small for the number of computers and students served. The school has a Family and Consumer Science area that is used for general storage and by the special education classes for basic life skills instruction. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science The school was originally built as a junior high school with a science area. The instructional methodology that is currently used in the school uses the grade level team approach. In order to accomplish that task rooms that were not designed for science instruction are being used for science and some of the originally designed science labs are being used for other instructional programs. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science-->Size The sixth grade instructional area is utilizing general classrooms for science. They are not equipped with sinks or demonstration tables, etc. Two science classrooms are equipped with demonstration tables, but do not have lab facilities. The school has a total of five science labs two of which have lab stations that accommodate up to 32 students and three have lab stations around the perimeter of the classroom. One of the labs is vacant and the others are used as either a science lecture/lab combination or a general classroom. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Science-->Storage\Fixed Equip. The general classrooms that are being used for science do not have adequate storage for supplies and materials, sinks, demonstration tables, labs stations etc. The science labs that were originally designed for science have adequate storage and built in equipment. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Administration-->Adjacencies The office area is in close proximity to the main entrance. It does not have direct line of sight to the front doors. The school utilizes a welcome desk in the hallway immediately inside of the school in order to control access. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Restrooms (Student) The restrooms are not well ventilated. The boys' restrooms do not have urinal partitions and not all restrooms are equipped with soap dispensers. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Teacher Lounge and Work Room(s) The work room for faculty is located in the back of the administrative area which is not in close proximity to the instructional classrooms. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Cafeteria The cafeteria has three serving lines. One serving line is a portable line which requires the food to be transported a significant distance from the kitchen. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Clinic The school does not have a clinic. Student's medications are stored either in the Attendance or the Bookkeeper's office. The medications are self administered by students. Suitability - Middle_Jr. High->Custodial & Maintenance The custodial closets are all equipped with elevated sinks. The custodial closets are not well ventilated.
1/19/2011
3:14:43PM
Page 4 of 4
Technology Readiness Report
Technology Readiness Report - Full Project #:
Project:
4469
County:
Assessments 2010
Region:
DeKalb
Site #:
Site:
1
Technology Readiness
0597 Miller Grove MS Possible Score
Percent Score
Rating
Score
MDF\IT Equipment Environment
Good
15.00
15.00
100.00
Electrical Power
Good
10.00
10.00
100.00
Technology Readiness
Cooling
Fair
5.00
10.00
50.00
Drops
Good
10.00
10.00
100.00
Wireless
Unsat
0.00
5.00
0.00
WAN Backbone
Good
10.00
10.00
100.00
LAN-WAN Performance
Good
10.00
10.00
100.00
Video Distribution
Fair
2.50
5.00
50.00
Voice Distribution
Good
5.00
5.00
100.00
Faculty & Staff Technology
Good
10.00
10.00
100.00
Emergency Alert
Good
5.00
5.00
100.00
Projectors
Unsat
0.00
5.00
0.00
82.50
100.00
82.50
Total For Site:
Comments
Technology Readiness->Cooling The computer labs do not have adequate air conditioning for the number of computers. Technology Readiness->Wireless The school does not have wireless capability. Technology Readiness->Video Distribution The classrooms have the infrastructure for cable television. However, the cable is not operational. Technology Readiness->Projectors Approximately 35% of the classrooms have ceiling-mounted projectors.
1/19/2011
3:31:07PM
Page 1 of 1
FACILITY# 644-0597-1750.01 PARCEL#
132,700 SQ. FT. 27 ACRES
MILLER GROVE MIDDLE SCHOOL 2215 MILLER RD, DECATUR, GA 30035 (678) 676-8902
101.2 ELEC
101.1 STORAGE
101.2 MDF/IDF 48
101.1 STOR-NI 170
101.3 ELEC
101.3 MDF/IDF 47
120.1 STORAGE
101 TEAM PLANIG
101 TEAM PLAN 737
100.6 STAFF RR
415 ENG/LANG
415 6TH-8TH 732
413 MATH
413 6TH-8TH 738
411.1 OFFICE
411.1 OFFICE 128
411 ENG/LANG
411 6TH-8TH 736
409 COMP LAB 409 COMPUTER-LAB 738
407.3 ELEC
407.3 MDF/IDF 20
407.2 CUSTOD
407.4 BOYS 407.4 RR B 266
407.2 CUSTOD 24
407.1 GIRLS 407.1 RR G 260
407 SOC STUDIES 407 6TH-8TH 736
411.2 OFFICE
411.2 OFFICE 128
405 MATH 405 6TH-8TH 739
403 ENG/LANG
403 6TH-8TH 737
401.1 W 401.1 RR S 174
401 MATH/COMPUTERS
517.1 STORAGE 517.1 STOR-NI 84
517.2 OFFICE 517.2 OFFICE 84
517 MATH
517 6TH-8TH 418
516.1 MECH RM
516.1 MECH RM 570
516.2 MECH RM 516.2 MECH RM 157
515.1 GIRLS 515.1 RR G 278 515.3 CUSTOD
515.3 CUSTOD 51
516 6TH-8TH 750
515.2 BOYS
515.2 RR B 278
515 ENG/LANG
516 MATH
514 SOC STUDIES 514 6TH-8TH 738 512 SOC STUDIES 512 6TH-8TH 736
100.5 CLINIC
100.2 ELECT RM
100.4 STORAGE
100.2 COMP/ELEC CLOSET 64
100.4 STOR-NI 5
100 MATH 100 6TH-8TH 737 102 MATH 102 6TH-8TH 727 104 ENG/LANG 104 6TH-8TH 737
513 6TH-8TH 739
106.1 BOOKS 106.1 STOR-I 86
507.1 CLASSROOM
507.1 6TH-8TH 418
507.3 STORAGE 507.3 STOR-NI 87
502 SCIENCE LAB 502 SCI-LAB 744 502.3
502.3 OFFICE 147
502.4 STORAGE 502.4 STOR-NI 208
507.2 STORAGE 507.2 STOR-NI 86
501 MATH 501 6TH-8TH 418
502.2 OFFICE
112 COMPUTER-LAB 846
114 SCIENCE LAB
114 SCI-LAB 990
502.2 OFFICE 133
ASST PRIN
502.1 OFFICE 502.1 OFFICE 248
114.1 STORAGE 114.1 STOR-NI 90
114.2 BOOKS 114.2 STOR-I 128
114.3 STORAGE 114.3 STOR-NI 82
ROOM/SPACE NAME
DOE SPACE NUMBER
120 MEDIA 3557
105 SOC STUDIES
121.12 COUNSL
121.12 COUNS 110
121.11 COUNSL
120.3 121.11 OTHER NI COUNS 111 168
120.4 ROOM
121.10 RR S 27
120.5 OFFICE
120.5 ADMIN 177
120.7 T-WK-RM
105 6TH-8TH 731
121 ADMIN 384
121.3 VAULT
121.3 STOR-NI 90
121.10 R
120.4 OTHER NI 198 120.6 OFFICE 120.6 ADMIN 116
121.2 ADMIN 122
120.7 T-WK RM 240
121.6 CONF RM
121.6 TEAM PLAN 291
121.4 OFFICE
121.4 ADMIN 130
121.5 ASST PRIN 121.5 ADMIN 164 121.9 R
121.9 RR S 37
121.7 T-WK-RM
121.7 T-WK RM 371
121.8 PRIN
121.8 ADMIN 248
107 SOC STUDIES
107 6TH-8TH 739 107.1 GIRLS 107.2 CUSTOD
107.2 CUSTOD 22 107.3 ELEC
107.3 MDF/IDF 21
107.1 RR G 261
107.4 BOYS
107.4 RR B 262
109 SCIENCE LAB
111 SCI-LAB 678
111.1 STORAGE
111.1 STOR-I 235
113 SCI-LAB 929
115 SCIENCE LAB
115 SCI-LAB 936
117 SCIENCE LAB
117 SCI-LAB 676
117.1 STORAGE
117.1 STOR-I 188
500 SCIENCE LAB
500 SCI-LAB 755
116 SCIENCE LAB
116 SCI-LAB 998
119 SCIENCE LAB
119 SCI-LAB 899
OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SCALE
ROOM TAG LEGEND POSTED ROOM NUMBER
103 6TH-8TH 739
120 MEDIA CENTER
121.2 OFFICE
121.14 COUNS 105
121 RECEPT
113 SCIENCE LAB
112 CBE LAB
SCIENCE LAB
103 SOC STUDIES
121.1 ADMIN
110.1 STOR-NI 79
507 6TH-8TH 728
506 MATH
121.13 COUNS 110
121.1 MAIL RM
121.14 139 COUNSL
110.1 STORAGE
507 ENG/LANG
SOC STUDIES
121.15 ADMIN 243
121.13 COUNSL
120.3 ROOM
111 SCIENCE LAB
110 6TH-8TH 763
509 6TH-8TH 737
120.2 STORAGE/AV 120.2 OTHER NI 1112
121.16 STORAGE 121.16 STOR-NI 95
109 SCI-LAB 920
110 SP ED
MATH
504 SCI-LAB 744
106.2 OFFICE 79
108 SP-ED 740
511 6TH-8TH 736 509
510 6TH-8TH 737 508
106.2 OFFICE
108 SP ED
511 ENG/LANG
508 6TH-8TH 741
100.1 ASST PRIN 100.1 ADMIN 184
100.5 CLINIC 168
MATH
506 6TH-8TH 734 504
GDOE Minimum Required Areas Existing Space -10% 675sf K-3 New -75sf 594sf 4-5 750sf -66sf 900sf Art 660sf -100sf 900sf Music 1,000sf -100sf PE 1,000sf -500sf 4,500sf 675sf Sp Ed 5.000sf -75sf 750sf 48 IU's = 750 FTE Media Center (for 750 FTE) 3,525sf Cafeteria (750 FTE x 5) = 3,750sf Total Kitchen = 2,000sf
100.6 STAFF RR 48
106 CLASSROOM 106 6TH-8TH 438
515 6TH-8TH 739 513
510 ENG/LANG
4011 1988 20,700 SF
401.2 RR S 107
401.3 T-LOUNGE 401.3 T-WORKROOM 405
401 COMPUTER-LAB 768
519 T-WK-RM
519 T-WK RM 418
401.2 M
120.1 STOR-NI 276
121.15 RECEPT
4010 1985 112,000 SF
DOE SPACE TYPE SQUARE FOOTAGE
UPDATED: 9/12/2011 BY: SD
FACILITY# 644-0597-1750.01 PARCEL#
132,700 SQ. FT. 27 ACRES 304.1 STORAGE
304.1 STOR-NI 66
311 MUSIC/CHORAL
311 CHORUS 1507
304 BAND 1659
311.1 STORAGE
311.2 OFFICE 153
309.1 BOYS 309.1 RR B 263
309.4 CUSTOD 309.4 CUSTOD 25
309.2 GIRLS 309.2 RR G 263
304.2 OFFICE 304.2 OFFICE 125 304.5 STORAGE 304.5 STOR-NI 107
309.3 STORAGE
309.3 STOR-NI 21
309.5 BOOKS
309.5 STOR-I 66
309.6 R
309.6 RR S 17
307 SOC STUDIES
307 6TH-8TH 710
302.3 STORAGE 302.3 STOR-NI 103
304.4 STOR-NI 331
302 ART
302 ART 1290
302.2 STORAGE 302.2 STOR-NI 103
300.7 OFFICE
300.7 OFFICE 390
300.8 STORAGE 300.8 STOR-NI 50
300 6TH-8TH 897
305 6TH-8TH 736 303.1 STORAGE
303.1 STOR-NI 36
300.6 STORAGE 300.6 STOR-NI 76
300.5 STORAGE
300.5 STOR-NI 125
300.4 STORAGE
300.3 TECH LAB
300.4 STOR-NI 138
300 CR/VOCATION/ET
305 ENG/LANG
303.2 STOR-NI 28
304.4 STORAGE
302.1 STOR-NI 241
309 FAMILY-LAB 1428
303.2 STORAGE
304.3 STORAGE 304.3 STOR-NI 124
302.1 STORAGE
309 CR/VOCATION/HFM
303.3 STOR-NI 21
2215 MILLER RD, DECATUR, GA 30035 (678) 676-8902
311.2 OFFICE
311.1 STOR-NI 203
303.3 STORAGE
MILLER GROVE MIDDLE SCHOOL
304 MUSIC/BAND
300.2 OFFICE 300.2 OFFICE 70
300.3 TECH-LAB 1368
300.1 STORAGE 300.1 STOR-NI 97
198 KITCHEN
198 KITCHEN 3040
199.1 MECH RM
199.1 MECH RM 1236
303 MATH
301.2 STOR-NI 176
301.1 ASST PRIN
301.1 OFFICE 138
199 CAFETERIA
199 CAFETERIA 4968
199.2 STAGE
199.2 CAFETERIA 667
420 6TH-8TH 727
418 6TH-8TH 740
416 6TH-8TH 739
GDOE Minimum Required Areas Existing Space -10% 675sf K-3 New -75sf 594sf 4-5 750sf -66sf 900sf Art 660sf -100sf 900sf Music 1,000sf -100sf PE 1,000sf -500sf 4,500sf 675sf Sp Ed 5.000sf -75sf 750sf 48 IU's = 750 FTE Media Center (for 750 FTE) 3,525sf Cafeteria (750 FTE x 5) = 3,750sf Total Kitchen = 2,000sf
414 6TH-8TH 438
412 MATH
412 6TH-8TH 739
410 SOC STUDIES 410 6TH-8TH 736
408 PLANNING 408 TEAM PLAN 447 408.1 STORAGE
408.1 STOR-NI 90
408.2 BOOKS 408.2 STOR-I 79
406 MATH
406 6TH-8TH 734
404 SOC STUDIES
404 6TH-8TH 927
402 ENG/LANG/FOREIGN 402 6TH-8TH 705
400 TEAM PLANIG 400 TEAM PLAN 750
202.6 PHY-ED 9059
201 TEAM PLANIG/WK-RM
201 TEAM PLAN 742
202
PE/WREST/GYMNAS 202.1 STORAGE 202 201.1 BOYS 201.1 RR B 263 201.2 GIRLS 201.2 RR G 263
202.1 STOR-NI 349
201.4 STORAGE
201.4 STOR-NI 25
201.3 STORAGE
416 414 420 418 ENG/LANG SOC STUDIES SCIENCE ENG/LANG
202.6 GYM
203 6TH-8TH 737
301 SP ED
301.2 STORAGE
199.5 OFFICE 199.5 OFFICE 183
203 CLASSROOM
303 6TH-8TH 651
301 SP-ED 715
199.4 STORAGE 199.4 STOR-NI 263
201.3 STOR-NI 21
WEIGHT RM 1593
202.2 STORAGE/LAUNDRY
202.2 STOR-I 152
202.3 CONCESSION
202.3 CONCESSIONS 152
202.5 OFFICE 202.4 MECH/HVAC
202.4 MECH RM 97
202.5 OFFICE 110
400.1 OFFICE 400.1 OFFICE 151
4010 1985 112,000 SF
OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SCALE
ROOM TAG LEGEND POSTED ROOM NUMBER ROOM/SPACE NAME
DOE SPACE NUMBER DOE SPACE TYPE SQUARE FOOTAGE
UPDATED: 9/12/2011 BY: SD
Activity ID
Activity Name
At Completion Start Duration
122-422 Miller Mille Grove MS - ADA: HVAC, MEP, Restroom, Roofing
Finish DJ
2014 J J AS
552 01-Nov-13 A 14-Dec-15
PRE005
PROJECT START
0 01-Nov-13
PRE001
PLANNING
5 08-Nov-13
14-Nov-13
PRE010
PROJECT KICK OFF MEETING
1 15-Nov-13
15-Nov-13
PRE015
PROJECT PROCUREMENT KICK OFF MEETING
1 15-Nov-13
15-Nov-13
216 21-Nov-13 A 18-Sep-14
Design DPRO15
*Design Procurement Kick Off
DPRO10
Draft/Issue RFP
DPRO25
Design Solicitation
2 05-Dec-13
06-Dec-13
DPRO45
RECEIVE PROPOSALS
1 06-Dec-13
06-Dec-13
DPRO50
EVALUATE PROPOSALS
3 06-Dec-13
10-Dec-13
DPRO35
Pre-Submission Meeting
1 12-Dec-13
12-Dec-13
DPRO70
eBoard Submittal
0 13-Dec-13
DPRO65
Recommendation to Board
DPRO75
Notice of Award - AE
DPRO80
Contract Award Process
DPRO85
Design NTP
D10200
Schematic Design
20 04-Mar-14
31-Mar-14
D10210
District Review of Schematic Submittal
10 01-Apr-14
14-Apr-14
D10220
GA DOE Review of Schematic Submittal
15 01-Apr-14
21-Apr-14
D10000
Design Development Submittal
25 15-Apr-14
19-May-14
D10020
District Review of DD Submittal
5 20-May-14
26-May-14
D10010
GA DOE Review of DD Submittal
10 20-May-14
02-Jun-14
D10030
50% Design Submittal
30 27-May-14
07-Jul-14
D10050
District Review of 50% Design
8 08-Jul-14
17-Jul-14
D10040
GA DOE Review of 50% Design
15 08-Jul-14
28-Jul-14
D10120
100% CD Submittal
20 18-Jul-14
14-Aug-14
D10130
District Sign off of CDs
0 21-Nov-13 A
D10160
11 21-Nov-13 A 05-Dec-13
36 16-Dec-13
03-Feb-14*
2 04-Feb-14
05-Feb-14
18 06-Feb-14
03-Mar-14
0
03-Mar-14
5 15-Aug-14
21-Aug-14
GA DOE Review/Approval
15 22-Aug-14
11-Sep-14
D10150
Fire Marshall Approval
15 22-Aug-14
11-Sep-14
D10140
Submit Permit Set to County
15 22-Aug-14
11-Sep-14
D10171
FINAL EDITS ON CD'S
5 12-Sep-14
18-Sep-14
327 12-Sep-14
14-Dec-15
Construction CPRO210
CONSTRUCTION PROCUREMENT KICK OFF MEETING
1 12-Sep-14
12-Sep-14
CPRO90
Draft/Issue RFP
5 12-Sep-14
18-Sep-14
CPRO100
LEGAL REVIEW
10 19-Sep-14
02-Oct-14
CPRO110
Advertise GC Solicitation
20 19-Sep-14
16-Oct-14
CPRO120
GC Solicitation
15 03-Oct-14
23-Oct-14
CPRO130
GC Pre-Submission Meeting
1 10-Oct-14
10-Oct-14
Actual Work
A
Remaining Work
C
Page 1 of 14
TASK filter: No Budget Activities.
J
A
2015 JJA
16 J
Activity ID
Activity Name
At Completion Start Duration
Finish DJ
CPRO140
RECEIVE GC BIDS
1 24-Oct-14
24-Oct-14
CPRO150
EVALUATE GC BIDS
5 27-Oct-14
31-Oct-14
CPRO160
*eBoard Submittal
0 03-Nov-14
CPRO170
*Board Approval of GC
30 03-Nov-14
12-Dec-14
CPRO180
*Notice of Award - GC
1 15-Dec-14
15-Dec-14
CPRO190
*Contract Award Process
15 16-Dec-14
05-Jan-15
CPRO200
*Construction NTP
C1060
Construction
C1080
Substantial Completion
C2020
Closeout
C2030
Final Completion
Actual Work
0 225 06-Jan-15 0 20 17-Nov-15
Remaining Work
0
C
Page 2 of 14
A
2014 J J AS
05-Jan-15 16-Nov-15 16-Nov-15 14-Dec-15 14-Dec-15
TASK filter: No Budget Activities.
J
A
2015 JJA
16 J
STANDARD FORM OF CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (NON-STATE CAPITAL OUTLAY PROJECTS) BETWEEN THE DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE ARCHITECT
Architect: Project Name: Address: Project No.: Description:
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Table of Contents ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................................................... 1 ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT ........................ 2 ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES ............................................... 2 ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS........................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE ...................................................................................... 6 ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION ............................ 6 ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN ................... 6 ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY ..........................................................................................................11 ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................11 ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS ..................................................................12 ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................13 ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS .........................................................................................16 ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER ...............16 ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW..............................................................................................17 ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................17 ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ..........................................................................18 ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................18 ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE .........................................................18 ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE ..........................................................................................19 ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION ...................................................................................................19 ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.........................................................................................................19 ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES ..................................................20 ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT ..................................................................................20 ARTICLE 24 ENTIRE AGREEMENT .......................................................................................20 ARTICLE 25 MISCELLANEOUS ..............................................................................................21 EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT ................................23 EXHIBIT “B” OTHER INSURANCE .........................................................................................24 EXHIBIT “C” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM ............................................25 Project No.
i
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
Project No.
ii
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES This contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into by and between the DeKalb County Board of Education (the "Owner") and . (the "Architect"). This Contract shall be effective on the date executed by the last party to execute it. The architectural services required by this Contract are to be rendered for a construction project identified as (the "Project"). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements stated herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Owner and the Architect agree: ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES In order to induce the Owner to execute this Contract and recognizing that Owner is relying thereon, and without limiting or restricting any other representation or warranty set forth elsewhere in this Contract or implied by operation of law, the Architect, by executing this Contract, makes the following express representations to the Owner: 1.1 The Architect is professionally qualified to act as the architect for the Project and is licensed to practice architecture by all public entities having jurisdiction over the Architect and the Project; 1.2 The Architect has and shall maintain all necessary licenses, permits or other authorizations necessary to act as architect for the Project until the Architect's duties hereunder have been fully satisfied; 1.3 The Architect has become familiar with the Project site and the local conditions under which the Project is to be designed, constructed, and operated; 1.4 The Architect shall prepare all documents and things required by this Contract including, but not limited to, all contract plans and specifications, in such a manner that they shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in conformity and comply with all applicable law, codes and regulations; and 1.5 The Architect assumes full responsibility to the Owner for the improper acts and omissions of Architect’s consultants or others employed or retained by the Architect in connection with the Project.
Project No.
1
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT Prior to the preparation of the Schematic Design as required by Article 3 below, the Architect shall first consult in detail with the Owner, and shall carefully examine any information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s policies, purposes, concepts, objectives, desires, and design, construction, scheduling, budgetary or operational Project needs, restrictions or requirements, and any other information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s criteria for the Project (collectively, all of the foregoing information may be referred to as the “Owner’s Criteria”). Following such examination, and in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after the effective date of this Contract, the Architect shall prepare and submit to the Owner a written report detailing the Architect’s budgetary, operational, or other problems or recommendations which may result from the Owner’s Criteria. The written report of the Architect shall also include proposed solutions, if appropriate; addressing each of such identified problems. ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES 3.1 After reviewing with the Owner the written report required by Article 2 above, agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the Owner's Criteria, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “Schematic Design” for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Schematic Design shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements.: This includes: 3.1.1
Schematic Design Drawings
3.1.2
Preliminary Outline of Specifications
3.1.3
Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 below
3.1.4
Written description of major components of the Design
3.1.5 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the Preliminary Design and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project. 3.2 Upon completion of the Schematic Design and as part of the Schematic Design submittal, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing, its preliminary estimate for constructing the Project. This estimate may be based on current area, volume or similar conceptual estimating techniques. As the design process progresses through the end of the preparation of the Construction Documents (CD), the Architect shall update and refine the preliminary estimate of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project. At a minimum, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its updated and refined estimate per the requirements outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. The Architect shall advise the Owner of any adjustments to previous estimates Project No.
2
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
for constructing the Project. If at any time the Architect's estimate for constructing the Project exceeds the Owner's Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) by more than 5%, the Architect shall make appropriate revisions to the Design Documents to bring the cost within the SCL. These revisions will be performed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect will also be responsible for creating a Recovery Schedule to complete the design per the original Design Schedule. 3.3 In preparing estimates of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project, the Architect shall be permitted to include reasonable contingencies for design, bidding and price escalation; to determine what materials, equipment, component systems and types of construction acceptable to Owner are to be included in the Construction Documents (CD); to make reasonable adjustments in the scope of the Project acceptable to Owner and to include in the Design for Construction alternate bids acceptable to Owner as may be necessary to adjust the estimated contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project to meet the Owner's budget. 3.4 Upon completion and submittal of the Schematic Design and the Preliminary Estimate, the Owner, the Owner’s Representatives, and other parties as deemed necessary will review the documents for general compliance with the Owner’s design criteria described in Article 2 of this Contract. The Architect will participate in a Design Review Meeting at the end of the design review period and, once in agreement with the proposed comments/ revisions, will proceed to the Design Development Phase, where he will promptly incorporate the agreed upon comments/ revisions into the Design Documents. 3.5 After reviewing with the Owner the design review comments identified in 3.4 above, and agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the review, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “ Design Development” submittal for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Design Development submittal shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements. This includes: 3.5.1
Design Development Drawings
3.5.2
Initial Draft of Specification Manual
3.5.3
Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 above
3.5.4 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the Design Development Concepts and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project.
ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 4.1 Upon written direction from the Owner, after reviewing with the Owner the Design Development Submittal required by Article 3 above, and after incorporating any changes or alterations authorized or directed by the Owner with respect to the Design Development Submittal Project No.
3
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
or with respect to the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, , the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner the “Construction Documents (CD)” in the phased submittals outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Construction Documents shall include plans and specifications which describe with specificity all systems, elements, details, components, materials, equipment, and other information necessary for construction of the Project. In preparing the Construction Documents, including without limitation any changes thereto, the Architect shall, as and when necessary, file and review all plans and specifications with all departments, divisions and offices of the State of Georgia and of DeKalb County having jurisdiction and requiring such filing or review, including without limitation the State of Georgia Department of Education, State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, DeKalb County Building Department, DeKalb County Development Department and DeKalb County Fire Marshall, and incorporate all required review comments into the plans and specifications. The Construction Documents shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in strict conformity, and strictly comply, with all applicable law, codes and regulations, and with all standards, criteria (including the Owner’s Criteria), and memoranda of policy furnished by the Owner. Products, equipment and materials specified for use shall be readily available unless written authorization to the contrary is given by the Owner. The services required of the Architect under this Contract do include, without limitation, an Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, building evacuation plans, site evacuation plans, demolition plans (if demolition is applicable), and any and all other services required by law or otherwise necessary to provide permittable drawings and specifications. 4.2 All plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of the Architect. Structural, electrical, and mechanical plans and specifications shall also bear the signature and seal of the respective engineers, licensed in the State of Georgia. Five (5) sets of all plans, sized 30” x 42”, and specifications, properly signed and sealed, shall be furnished to the Owner at every submittal stage. In addition: 4.2.1 Architect shall provide Owner with all final plans on computer disk in AutoCAD version 2000, or scanned onto magnetic media that can be accessed by AutoCAD 2000; 4.2.2 Drawings will be posted on the District’s Project Management software Oracle’s “Contract Manager System” (CMS) using an Owner supplied license, as follows: 4.2.2.1 Preliminary Consultation and Examination Report – Posted on CMS as a PDF file. 4.2.2.2 Schematic Design Submittal – Drawings posted as one PDF file, specifications posted as one PDF file, additional reports posted as PDF files. 4.2.2.3 Construction Documents – 30% and 80% same as 4.2.2.2 4.2.2.4 100% Construction Documents – Each drawing and specification section is to be posted as a separate PDF file. 4.2.3 Architect shall provide Owner with 11” x 17” prints of the final site plan, grading plan, staking plan, and overall floor plan; and Project No.
4
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
4.2.4
The maximum drawing sheet size shall be 30” x 42”.
4.2.5 If the Project involves construction to an existing school structure, Architect shall create and submit to Owner an evacuation plan for use during construction. If the Project has more than one Phase, Architect shall provide an evacuation plan specific to each Phase of construction. Any such evacuation plan created by the Architect for the Project shall be submitted to and subject to approval by the DeKalb County Fire Marshall. The Architect shall supplement any evacuation plan as required and necessary. 4.3 The Architect is responsible for the calculating in detail of all structural, mechanical, and electrical work including, but not limited to, the furnishing to the Owner of lifecycle-costing and energy consumption analyses for the purpose of ascertaining and verifying (i) adequacy and correctness of equipment specified or shown on the plans and (ii) that the plans and specifications do not violate sound and accepted engineering principles; and 4.3.1 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the entire structural system for expansion and contraction, including but not limited to, building frames, the roof system, gravel stops, gutters, roof expansion joints, metal flashing and metal counterflashing, roof decks, and masonry walls; and 4.3.2 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the mechanical work for expansion and contraction. 4.4 The Architect shall design all buildings in such manner that, if such buildings are constructed in accordance with the construction contract between the Owner and contractor (hereinafter “Construction Contract”), such buildings will be free from leaks. 4.5 The Architect agrees that budgetary limitations are not a justification for breach of sound principles of architectural and engineering design. The Architect shall take no calculated risks in the design of the work. The Architect agrees that in the event it cannot design the work within the Owner’s financial limitations without disregarding sound principles of design or in the event the Architect is requested by any person, agency, or public body to make any changes involving quality or quantity of the work, Architect shall give written notice to the Owner and obtain written direction from the Owner before proceeding. 4.6 The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the Owner does not undertake to approve or pass upon matters of design and that the Owner, therefore, assumes no responsibility for design. The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the review of plans and specifications by the Owner is limited to determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The Owner does not undertake to inquire into the adequacy, fitness, suitability, or correctness of engineering or architectural design. The Architect agrees that no review of plans and specifications by the Owner or by any person, body, or agency shall relieve Architect of the responsibility for the adequacy and correctness of architectural and engineering design and for designing the work in accordance with sound and accepted engineering and architectural principles. 4.7 The Architect shall create and provide to Owner a list of the plans, specifications and other documents constituting the 100% Construction Documents (the “Design Document List”). The Architect shall update the Design Document List and provide such updates to the Project No.
5
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
Owner and the contractor as and when Owner authorized addenda, Change Orders, or other Owner authorized revisions to the Design for Construction are issued. The Architect shall ensure that the Design Document List is at all times accurate, complete and current; taking into account all Owner authorized changes to the Construction Contract. ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE Contemporaneously with the submission of the 80% Construction Documents, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its final estimate for constructing the Project. The final estimate for constructing the Project shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 above. Once submitted, the final price estimate shall not be increased or decreased by the Architect unless the Construction Documents are changed upon authorization by the Owner. In such event the final price estimate shall be adjusted by the Architect to reflect any increase or decrease in estimated price resulting from the change in Construction Documents. ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION Prior to the Architect starting the Preliminary Design, the Owner may establish and communicate to the Architect a maximum amount for payment to the contractor as the Contract Price for constructing the Project (the “Stated Cost Limitation”). In the event the Architect's final anticipated price estimate as required by Article 5 exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, or in the event the lowest bid or guaranteed maximum price or negotiated proposal from a qualified contractor exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, the Owner may require the Architect, at no cost to the Owner, to consult with the Owner and to revise the Design for Construction so as to obtain a bid price or proposal at or below the Stated Cost Limitation. Absent clear and convincing evidence of gross negligence of the Architect in making its final anticipated price estimate or in designing the Project without regard to the Stated Cost Limitation, providing such revisions shall fulfill the Architect's liability to the Owner in connection with the Stated Cost Limitation. ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN 7.1 The Architect shall assist the Owner in obtaining bids or proposals and in tabulating bids and assessing the qualifications of bidders. 7.2 During construction of the Project, and at all times relevant thereto, the Architect shall have and perform the following duties, obligations, and responsibilities; 7.2.1 In addition to its duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth in the following paragraphs of this Article 7, the Architect shall have and perform those duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Architect set forth in the Construction Contract. The Architect hereby Project No.
6
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
acknowledges that it has received, reviewed and studied a true and correct unexecuted copy of the form of the Construction Contract and same is herein incorporated by reference. Copies of the Owner’s forms of the Construction Contracts are available for review on the Owner’s website. Any changes to the form of Construction Contract made by the Owner shall be enforceable under this Contract unless such change is inconsistent with this Contract and the Architect specifically objects to such change, in writing, not later than five (5) days from the Architect’s receipt of such change; 7.2.2 The Architect shall, as contemplated herein and in the Construction Contract, but not otherwise, act on behalf, and be the agent, of the Owner throughout construction of the Project. Instructions, directions, and other appropriate communications from the Owner to the contractor shall be given to the contractor by the Architect; 7.2.3 Upon receipt, the Architect shall carefully review and examine the contractor's Schedule of Values, together with any supporting documentation or data which the Owner or the Architect may require from the contractor. The purpose of such review and examination shall be to protect the Owner from an unbalanced Schedule of Values which allocates greater value to certain elements of the work than is indicated by such supporting documentation or data, or than is reasonable under the circumstances. If the Schedule of Values is not found to be appropriate, or if the supporting documentation or data is inadequate, the Schedule of Values shall be returned to the contractor for revision or supporting documentation or data. After making such examination, if the Schedule of Values is found to be appropriate as submitted, or if necessary, as revised, the Architect shall sign the Schedule of Values thereby indicating its informed belief that the Schedule of Values constitutes a reasonable, balanced basis for payment of the Contract Price to the contractor; 7.2.4 The Architect shall inspect the work of the contractor whenever and wherever necessary, including without limitation, within 24 hours of the Owner’s request, and shall, at a minimum, inspect work at the Project site no less frequently than once per week. Such inspections shall be performed personally by a principal of the Architect’s firm, licensed in the State of Georgia, at least once per month. The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in such inspections and to generate written reports within three (3) business days thereof with respect to their respective disciplines periodically as necessary to protect the Owner. A copy of any such written report shall be provided to Owner within three (3) business days of receipt by Architect. The purpose of such inspections shall be to determine the quality and quantity of the work in comparison with the requirements of the Construction Contract. While performing such inspections, the Architect shall protect the Owner from deficient or defective work, from unexcused delays in the schedule and from requests for payment which could result in overpayment to the contractor. Within three (3) days of each inspection the Architect shall submit a written report of such inspection, together with any appropriate comments or recommendations, to the Owner; 7.2.4.1 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely inspect the installation of the control measures set forth in the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.2 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely perform such inspections as are required by Project No.
7
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.3 The Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” under the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “design professional” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.4 Excepting only the preparation of the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan referred to in paragraph 4.1, the inspections referred to in paragraphs 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2, and the performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” referred to in paragraph 7.2.4.3, the Architect shall ensure that the construction contractor provides, satisfies or otherwise complies with all requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, including, without limitation, all notices, fees, plan implementation, monitoring, sampling, inspections, reports, record keeping, submittals and any other requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.5 The Architect shall initially approve periodic and final payments owed to the contractor under the Construction Contract predicated upon inspections of the work as required in paragraph 7.2.4 hereinabove and evaluations of the contractor's rate of progress in light of the remaining Contract Time and shall issue to the Owner Approvals of Payment in such amounts. By issuing an Approval of Payment to the Owner, the Architect reliably informs the Owner that the Architect has made the inspection of the work required by paragraph 7.2.4 above, and that the work for which payment is approved has reached the quantities or percentages of completion shown, or both, that the quality of the contractor's work meets or exceeds the requirements of the Construction Contract, and that under the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract, the Owner is obligated to make payment to the contractor of the amount approved; 7.2.6 The Architect shall promptly provide appropriate interpretations of the Contract Documents as to not delay the critical path of the project schedule and for the proper execution of the work after receiving a written request for information or other written inquiry from the Owner or the Contractor; 7.2.7 The Architect shall reject in writing any work of the contractor which is not in strict compliance with the Construction Contract unless directed by the Owner, in writing, not to do so; 7.2.8 The Architect shall require inspection or re-inspection and testing or retesting of the work in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Contract whenever appropriate; 7.2.9 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine, study, and approve, or otherwise respond to, the contractor’s shop drawings and other submittals. Approval by the Architect of the contractor's submittal shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that such submittal is in conformance with the Construction Contract; 7.2.10 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine and promptly consult with and advise the Owner concerning requests for Change Orders from the contractor. Upon request by Project No.
8
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
the Owner, the Architect shall draft Change Orders, whether initiated by the Owner, or by the contractor and approved by the Owner, in accordance with the Construction Contract. No change in the Construction Contract, such as the price, the work, or the time for completion, may be made without the written consent of the Owner 7.2.10.1 The Architect may, with the prior approval of the Owner, authorize or direct minor changes in the work which are consistent with the intent of the Construction Contract and do not involve a change in: the price of the Construction Contract; the time for construction; the Project scope; aesthetics; visual concepts; or approved design elements. Such minor changes shall be issued by written field order. 7.2.10.2 The Architect shall timely administer and manage all Change Order requests and Change Orders, and shall maintain appropriate records relative to Change Orders, including, without limitation, a log of all Change Order requests and proposals, all actions taken thereon, the dates thereof, the estimated and actual amounts of Change Orders; 7.2.10.3 The Architect shall promptly prepare required drawings, specifications and other supporting data as necessary in connection with minor changes, Change Order requests and Change Orders; 7.2.10.4 The Architect shall review all Change Order requests or proposals submitted, and, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, or more expeditiously if necessary to avoid delay to the construction schedule, the Architect shall advise Owner in writing as to: 1. the description and nature of the proposed change and by whom the change has been requested; 2. the cause of the proposed change and whether the proposed change is due to error or omission, unforeseen conditions, owner requested change or other cause; 3. the necessity of the proposed change; 4. the purpose of the proposed change; 5. the advantages and disadvantages of the proposed change; 6. the likely cost of the proposed change; 7. the likely effect on the construction schedule of the issuance or nonissuance of the proposed Change Order; 8. all other impacts and problems that may result from the issuance or non-issuance of the proposed Change Order; 9. any reasonable alternatives to the proposed change; and 10. the course of action recommended by the Architect. Project No.
9
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
7.2.11 The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved and the determination of whether Final Completion has been achieved, and shall require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Project. If the Project is divided into two or more Phases, each Phase is described in more detail in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements. In the event the Project is divided into Phases, the Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of each Phase of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved for such Phase and determination of whether Final Completion for such Phase has been achieved, and shall require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of each Phase of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of each Phase of the Project. 7.2.12 The Architect shall transmit to the Owner all manuals, operating instructions, as-built plans, warranties, guarantees and other documents and things required by the Construction Contract and submitted by the contractor; 7.2.13 The Architect shall testify in any judicial proceeding concerning the design and construction of the Project when requested in writing by the Owner, and the Architect shall make available to the Owner any personnel or consultants employed or retained by the Architect for the purpose of reviewing, studying, analyzing or investigating any claims, contentions, allegations, or legal actions relating to, or arising out of, the design or construction of the Project; 7.2.14 The Architect shall review any as-built, or record, drawings furnished by the contractor and shall certify to the Owner that same are adequate and complete. The Architect shall update the Final Construction Documents to reflect the as-built or record documents furnished by the contractor. The Architect shall provide the Owner with the updated As-Built Final Construction Documents as per Article 4.2. 7.2.15 The Architect shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both. The Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly correct any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both;
Project No.
10
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
7.2.16 It shall be the responsibility of the Architect to utilize its position as Architect to ascertain whether the contractor is performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect promptly shall provide the Owner with written notice in the event that the contractor is not performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with such notice identifying the non-compliant work and recommending a course of action to be taken by the Architect or the Owner, or both; and, 7.2.17 Once site work begins, the Architect shall attend a job site progress meeting at least once every two weeks.
ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY The Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense, including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract. Within the RFP and now as an integral part of this Contract, the Architect has been provided a detailed schedule for completing the Contract Documents as provided in Articles 3 and 4 of this Contract (See RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule). The Design Schedule shall constitute the schedule for performance by the Architect of its duties hereunder, and shall not, except for good cause, be exceeded by the Architect. Not less frequently than monthly (unless the parties otherwise agree in writing) Architect shall update the Design Schedule to show actual progress and provide a copy to the Owner. Should Architect, at any time during the course of performing the Contract, have any reason to believe that it will be unable to meet any completion date in accordance with the Design Schedule, it shall immediately notify the Owner in writing. In such notice, the Architect shall state the reason for the delay including the party responsible, if any, and the steps being taken to remedy or minimize the impact of the delay.
Project No.
11
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS 10.1 The Architect shall assign only qualified personnel to perform any service concerning the Project. The Architect’s management, design, and construction administration staff assigned to the Project shall have experience in K-12 school design and construction. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to interview the management, design, and construction administration staff that will be assigned to this Project. At the time of execution of this Contract, the parties anticipate that the following named individuals will perform those functions indicated: NAME
FUNCTION
So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the Architect or its consultants, they shall perform the functions indicated next to their names. 10.2 Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the consultants being considered for this Project prior to the Architect entering into a subcontract with such consultant. Architect shall not enter into a subcontract with an intended consultant with reference to whom Owner objects in writing. Any objection, lack of objection, or consent by Owner shall in no way relieve Architect of any of its duties or warranties under the Contract. Identified below are the Architect’s proposed consultants for the disciplines stated, and such proposed consultants shall not be changed by Architect without the Owner’s prior written consent: Geotechnical:
___________________________________________________
Civil:
___________________________________________________
Structural:
___________________________________________________
Mechanical:
___________________________________________________
Electrical:
___________________________________________________
Landscape Architect: ___________________________________________________ Kitchen Consultant/Other: _________________________________________________
All consultants retained by the Architect in connection with the services required by this Contract shall be retained at the Architect’s sole cost and expense. Project No.
12
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
Architect shall coordinate with all appropriate and applicable consultants to schedule review sessions with Owner’s representatives as identified in RFP Appendix A: Design Review - Minimum Submittal Requirements – Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. Architect shall ensure that all meeting participants have allotted at least six (6) hours for such review sessions. Upon completion of a review session, the Architect will incorporate the comments agreed to in the Design Review Meeting prior to the next submittal for review. ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS For its assumption and performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth herein, the Architect shall be paid as follows: 11.1 The Architect shall be paid for those services required by this Contract the sum of _________________________________________ Dollars ($ ), allocated in the following manner: A. Preliminary Consultation/Examination Report
$___________________
B. Schematic Design Phase Provide multiple potential schemes Provide schematic design drawings Provide project specifications Provide cost estimate Space and functional program Life cycle analysis Other items identified in Appendix A
$___________________
C.
$___________________
Design Development Phase Provide design development drawings Provide project specifications Provide detailed cost estimate Geotechnical & surveys Final life cycle analysis Submittal to GaDOE Other items identified in Appendix A D. Construction Document Phase: 30% complete CD phase 30% complete drawings Detailed specification manual Detailed cost estimate 80% complete CD phase 80% Design documents
Project No.
13
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
$___________________
$___________________
Detailed specification manual Detailed cost estimate Fire Marshall review Submittal to GaDOE
100% Complete CD Phase 100% Design documents Detailed specification manual Submittal for permitting Fire Marshall review Submittal to GaDOE
$___________________
E. Construction Administration (Minimum of 30% of fee)
$____________________
F. Reimbursable Expenses
$ Included in Fee
TOTAL LUMP SUM
$____________________
11.2 For the assumption and performance of any duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, provided same are first authorized in writing by the Owner, the Architect shall be paid, subject in each case to such supporting documentation as the Owner may require, as follows: (a) For the number of hours actually, reasonably and properly expended by Architect’s personnel in the performance of such duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, Architect shall be paid at the applicable hourly rate set forth below opposite the title/position of such personnel performing such services: Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical:
Hourly Rate $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour $ per hour
(b) For additional engineering or consultant services actually, reasonably and properly hired by the Architect to perform any such duties, obligations and responsibilities, the Architect shall be reimbursed for the cost actually, reasonably and properly incurred by the Architect for such services. 11.2.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the services required of the Architect by this Contract do not include, unless otherwise amended to the contrary: (a) Project No.
flood plain study and delineation; 14
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
(b)
wetlands study and delineation;
(c)
offsite utility system design;
(d)
domestic and fire water wells, towers or pressure booster systems design;
(e)
civil
engineering
services,
studies,
drawings/specifications
required for off-site road developments/improvements required by DeKalb County Public Works or Georgia Department of Transportation; (f)
interior design services other than color selections.
11.3 All expenses of the Architect, including but not limited to transportation, longdistance calls, and the actual cost of copying and postage or other reasonable mode of transmission of plans, specifications, and other Project documents, are included in the amount to be paid to the Architect pursuant to Article 11.1 and all such expenses shall be paid by the Architect without reimbursement from the Owner. 11.4 If the Architect's duties, obligations and responsibilities are materially changed through no fault of the Architect after execution of this Contract, compensation due to the Architect shall be equitably adjusted, either upward or downward; 11.5 As a condition precedent for any payment due under this Article 11, the Architect shall submit monthly to Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner, an invoice requesting payment for services properly rendered and expenses due hereunder. The Architect's invoice shall describe with reasonable particularity each service rendered, the date thereof, the time expended if such services were rendered pursuant to paragraphs 11.2 or 11.4 hereinabove, and the person(s) rendering such service. The Architect's invoice shall be in such form and content and shall be accompanied by such supporting documentation or data as the Owner may require. If payment is requested for services rendered by the Architect pursuant to paragraph 11.1 hereinabove, the invoice shall additionally reflect the allocations as provided in said paragraph and shall state the percentage of completion as to each such allocation. Each invoice shall bear the signature of the Architect, which signature shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that the services indicated in the invoice have reached the level stated, have been properly and timely performed as required herein, that the expenses included in the invoice have been reasonably incurred in accordance with this Contract, that all obligations of the Architect covered by prior invoices have been paid in full, and that the amount requested is currently due and owing, there being no reason known to the Architect that payment of any portion thereof should be withheld. Submission of the Architect's invoice for final payment shall further constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that, upon receipt by the Owner of the amount invoiced, all obligations of the Architect to others, including its consultants, incurred in connection with the Project, will be paid in full; 11.6 The Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and, if necessary, may demand the return of some or all of the amount previously paid to the Architect, to protect the Owner from loss, or risk of loss, because of any one or more of the following: (i) Services that are defective and not remedied by the Architect nor, in the opinion of the Owner, likely to be remedied by the Architect; (ii) claims, or potential claims, of third parties against the Project No.
15
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
Owner or the Owner’s property or third party property; (iii) failure by the Architect to pay subconsultants or others in a prompt or proper fashion; (iv) damage to the Owner or to a thirdparty to whom the Owner is, or may be, liable; or, (v) “premium costs” incurred by the Owner on account of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s) or both. As used in paragraph 11.6(v), the term “premium costs” means costs that would not have been incurred if such drawings, specifications or other documents had been prepared free of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts; 11.7 The Owner shall make payment to the Architect of all sums properly invoiced under the provisions of this Article 11 within thirty (30) days of the Owner's receipt of such invoice.
ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS All records relating in any manner whatsoever to the Project, or any designated portion thereof, which are in the possession of the Architect or the Architect's consultants, shall be made available to the Owner for inspection and copying upon written request of the Owner. Additionally, said records shall be made available, upon request by the Owner, to any state, federal or other regulatory authorities and any such authority may review, inspect and copy such records. Said records include, but are not limited to, all plans, specifications, submittals, correspondence, minutes, memoranda, tape recordings, videos, or other writings or things which document the Project, its design, and its construction. Said records expressly include those documents reflecting the time expended by the Architect and its personnel in performing the obligations of this Contract and the records of expenses incurred by the Architect in its performance under said Contract. The Architect shall maintain and protect these records for no less than ten (10) years after final completion of the Project, or for any longer period of time as may be required by applicable law or good architectural practice. ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER The Owner shall have and perform the following duties, obligations and responsibilities to the Architect: 13.1 The Owner shall provide the Architect with all information requested by Architect and in Owner’s possession, including the Owner's Criteria; 13.2 The Owner shall review any documents provided by or through the Architect requiring the Owner's decision, and shall make any required decisions; 13.3 The Owner shall, at its own expense, furnish a legal description and any necessary survey of the real property upon which the Project is situated; 13.4 As may be mandated by law or called for by the Construction Contract, the Owner shall, at its own expense, provide for all required tests, inspections, filings, studies or Project No.
16
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
reports (except for those tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports expressly required of the Architect, its consultants, or both, by this Contract); 13.5 In the event the Owner learns of any failure to comply with the Construction Contract by the contractor, or of any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the work product of the Architect, and in the further event that the Architect does not have notice of same, the Owner shall inform the Architect; 13.6 The Owner shall afford the Architect access to the Project site and to the work as may be reasonably necessary for the Architect to properly perform its services under this Contract; 13.7
The Owner shall perform its duties set forth in this Article 13 in a timely manner;
13.8 Except for documents requiring the Owner's decision as set forth in paragraph 13.2 above, the Owner's review of any documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants shall be solely for the purpose of determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The review of such documents shall not relieve the Architect of its responsibility for the accuracy, adequacy or coordination of its work product.
ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW The law applicable to this Contract is the law of the State of Georgia. Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein. Architect irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive venue of the courts sitting in the county in which the Project is located regarding any matter arising out of or relating to this Contract. ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS The Preliminary Design and the Construction Documents shall become “Instruments of Service” and include all Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared specifically for this Project by the Architect and its consultants. The Architect and its consultants agree and shall be deemed to have prepared their respective Instruments of Service as architectural works as defined in 17 U.S.C. §§ 102(a)(8) and 201(b), thereby transferring and vesting in the Owner, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures constituting the Project. The Instruments of Service shall include the Space Plan and Design Concept, if any. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Architect expressly grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, its successors, and assigns, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. §201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in both the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures embodying the architectural and engineering works that constitute the Project, provided that the Owner shall Project No.
17
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
comply with all obligations, including prompt payment of all sums, when due, under this Agreement. The Architect shall obtain similar grants, assignments, transfers, and quitclaims from its consultants consistent with this Agreement. The Architect warrants (and shall cause each of the Architect's consultants to warrant also) that this transfer of copyright and other rights is valid against the world. The Architect hereby grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, without reservation, all copyrights to all Project-related documents, models, computer drawings, and other electronic expressions, photographs, and other expression or Instruments of Service produced by the Architect. However, the Architect will retain all rights to any pre-existing intellectual property or standard construction details or conventions contained in the Instruments of Service. The Owner hereby grants to the Architect a nonexclusive license to reproduce such documents for purposes relating directly to the Architect’s performance of this Project, for the Architect’s archival records, and for the Architect’s reproduction of drawings and photographs for the Architect’s marketing materials provided that the content of those materials, as to this Project, are approved by the Owner prior to publication. No other Project-related documents may be reproduced for any other purpose without the express written permission of the Owner. The Architect's materials shall not include the Owner's confidential or proprietary information. ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS The Architect shall not assign its rights hereunder, excepting its right to payment, nor shall it delegate any of its duties hereunder without the written consent of the Owner. Subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, each party hereto binds itself, its successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other and to the successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party. ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES Nothing contained herein shall create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, with, or any rights in favor of, any third party.
ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE The Architect shall maintain the following errors and omissions insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project: 18.1 Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the Owner the certificate from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia showing issuance of errors and omissions insurance (professional liability insurance) Project No.
18
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
with minimum limits per claim of 20% of the Stated Cost Limitation but not less than the minimum limits of $2,000,000 per claim coverage, $2,000,000 aggregate. Such errors and omissions insurance shall be with a deductible amount of no more than $50,000 per claim unless a different deductible amount is (i) agreed upon in writing by the Owner and (ii), if necessary for the benefit of the Owner, approved by the Georgia Department of Education. 18.2 The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing sixty (60) days notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE The Architect shall also maintain insurance in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION 20.1 Either party hereto may terminate this Contract upon giving seven (7) days written notice to the other in the event that such other party substantially fails to perform its material obligations set forth herein; 20.2 This Contract may be terminated by the Owner without cause upon seven (7) days written notice to the Architect. In such event, the Owner shall pay the Architect for all services rendered prior to the termination, plus any expenses incurred and unpaid which would otherwise be payable hereunder. In such event, the Architect shall promptly submit to the Owner its invoice for final payment which invoice shall comply with the provisions of Article 11. ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 21.1 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a program manager or construction manager, then the terms of this Article 21 shall apply to the services provided by the Architect. 21.2 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a construction manager, the term “contractor” as used in this Contract shall mean “construction manager” and the term “Construction Contract” as used in this Contract shall mean “Construction Management Contract”. 21.3 The Architect shall fully cooperate with the Owner’s program manager (“Program Manager”) and, if applicable, the construction manager. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, providing any requested information to the Program Manager and, if applicable, the Project No.
19
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
construction manager, and advising, meeting with, consulting with, and coordinating with the Program Manager and, if applicable, the construction manager. 21.4 The Architect acknowledges that it has received, reviewed, and studied the contract between the Owner and Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized by its contract with Owner to act as the agent of the Owner, Architect agrees to comply with all directions and instructions given by the Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized and responsible for providing certain services delegated to the Architect hereinabove, the Architect’s role with reference thereto shall be to advise, consult, and cooperate with the Program Manager in its provisions of such services. 21.5 The Architect is not a third-party beneficiary of any agreement by and between Owner and the Program Manager or any construction manager. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Architect’s duties to Owner are independent of, and are not diminished by, any duties owed to Owner by the Program Manager or any construction manager. ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES The Architect by execution of this Contract warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, to solicit or secure this Contract and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, any fees, commission, percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract.
ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT The Architect shall sign and deliver to the Owner the Asbestos Statement of Declaration, attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” or in such other form as may be required by the Georgia Department of Education, at such time as the Owner may require. ARTICLE 24 ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Contract constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between the parties with reference to the Project and supersedes any and all prior communications, discussions, negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Contract may be amended only by a writing signed by both the Owner and the Architect.
Project No.
20
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
ARTICLE 25 MISCELLANEOUS 25.1 Throughout the performance of its duties under this Contract, the Architect shall comply with, and shall provide all services necessary for the Owner to comply with, all laws applicable to the design of the Project or the administration of the Construction Contract, including without limitation the rules, guidelines, and other requirements of the State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, the State of Georgia Department of Education and the ordinances and codes of DeKalb County Georgia. 25.2 Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Contract, the term ”day” shall mean calendar day. 25.3 In addition to, and not in limitation of, the Architect’s other obligations under this Contract, the Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly assist the Owner in resolving any problems arising out of, resulting from or relating to the design of the Project or the materials or equipment specified by the Architect or its consultant(s).
25.4 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this Contract shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. If such matter relates to or is the subject of a lien arising out of the Architect’s services, the Architect may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the matter by mediation. The Owner and Architect shall endeavor to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question between them by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a civil action but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of legal or equitable proceedings, which may be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or a court order. The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Subject to the express approval of the DeKalb County Board of Education, agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
Project No.
21
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION [Typed Name]
By:
By: [Signature]
[Signature]
________________________ [Printed Name, Title]
[Printed Name, Title]
By: [Signature]
[Printed Name, Title]
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd.
Stone Mountain, Georgia 30083
___________________________________
[Printed Address]
[Printed Address]
__________________________________
__________________________________
[Date of Execution]
[Date of Execution]
Stephen M. Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer
Project No.
22
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT
[Here insert or attach list of document for the Project, included herewithin by reference.] Request for Proposal, dated November 5, 2013. Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C: Appendix D: Appendix E: Appendix F: Appendix G: Appendix H: Appendix I:
Design Review- Minimal Submittal Requirements (9 pages) DCSD Elementary School Educational Specifications issued October 23, 2013 (45 pages) DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (63 pages) Aerial Image (1 page) Floor Plan (1 page) Owner’s Master Schedule (1 page) Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (37 pages) 2013-2014 School Calendar (1 page)
Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: Attachment B: Attachment C: Attachment D: Attachment E: Attachment F
Project No.
No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Design Fee Form (5 pages) Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)
23
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
EXHIBIT “B” OTHER INSURANCE 1.1 The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner. 1.1.1
Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits.
1.1.2 Comprehensive Commercial General Contractor’s Protective with the following limits; (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
Liability
including
Owner’s
&
General Aggregate: $1,000,000; Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000; Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000; Each Occurrence: $1,000,000; Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and, Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.
1.1.3 Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. 1.1.4
Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions).
1.1.5 The Owner and the Architect waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Contractor, the Contractor subcontractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to Paragraph (9) above or other property insurance applicable to Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Architect as fiduciary. 1.2 The Owner shall be included as an additional insured on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 1.1.2 and 1.1.3, and shall be indicated as such on certificates of insurance required herein. 1.3 These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until sixty (60) days after the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter.
Project No.
24
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
EXHIBIT “C” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM (NEW CONSTRUCTION & ADDITIONS ONLY)
In compliance with AHERA Part 763 “Asbestos”, Subpart E “Asbestos Containing Materials in Schools”, Section 763.99 “Exclusions” paragraph (a) (7), I ______________________________ (Architect) of record for ____________________________________ (Project Name)
________________________________,
Located in ____________________________________, (School System Name)
_______________________________,
(Substantial Completion Date)
(State Project Number)
certify that to the best of my knowledge no Asbestos Containing Building Material (ACBM) was specified as a building material in any construction document, nor was any ACBM building material installed on this project. ________________________________________ (Architectural Firm)
________________________________________ (Signature of Architect)
________________________________________ (Date) ________________________________________ (Georgia Architectural License Number)
_________________________________________ (Seal and Signature)
Project No.
25
DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL >$2M (11.2013)
DeKalb County School District 2013-2014 District-wide Calendar BOE Approved July 1, 2013 JULY 2013 S
4
Independence Day
JANUARY 2014
M
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
S
Pre-planning Week First Day of School
4
9
10
11
12
13
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
17
18
19
20
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
28
29
30
31
26
27
28
29
30
31
S
M
4
5
T
6
W
7
Th
S
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
M
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
M
T
W
Th
F
S
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
S
M
T
W
Th
F
S
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
17
18
19
20
21
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
29
30
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
S
M
APRIL 2014
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
27
28
29
30
S
M
T
W
Th
7-11 Spring Break
MAY 2014
F
S
1
2
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
8
9
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
DECEMBER 2013
JUNE 2014
S
M
T
W
Th
F
S
S
M
T
W
Th
F
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
29
30
88 Days
17 President’s Day
1
15
M
Winter Holidays Teacher Planning Day First Day of Second Semester M.L. King, Jr. Birthday
MARCH 2014
S
M
1-3 6 7 20
FEBRUARY 2014 F
NOVEMBER 2013
10 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (5)
S
3
16
S
20 Last Day of First Semester 23-31 Winter Holidays
F
2
8
OCTOBER 2013
25-29 Thanksgiving Break
Th
1
15
S
14 Columbus Day
W
7
SEPTEMBER 2013
2 Labor Day
T
14
AUGUST 2013
5-9 12
M
20 26 21
Last Day of School Memorial Day Post Planning Days
Teacher Workday/Staff Development Day Student/Teacher Holiday First & Last Day of School Holiday – All Staff
89 Days 11 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (5)
12 Month Employee Work Calendar Reduction Day (8) Central Office above $80K (9)
2013-14 Testing Calendar Below is a list of dates when DeKalb students will take national, state, and system assessments during the 2013-2014 school year. Attendance has a direct influence on student achievement. As a result, it is important that students are present in school every day, especially on test days. Attendance on designated test days give students an opportunity to show what they know, providing teachers with valuable information that will help to improve teaching and learning.
________________________________________________________________________________ Elementary School Testing Dates Oct. 7 – 11, 2013 Oct. 15 – 25, 2013 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 Mar. 5 – 6, 2014 Mar. 17 – 21, 2014 Apr. 15 – 24, 2014 Apr. 15 – 21, 2014 May 14 – 16, 2014 May 14 – 16, 2014
Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grade 5 Writing Assessment Grade 3 Writing Assessment – Rating Window Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) Criterion Referenced Competency Test Modified (CRCT-M) Criterion Referenced Competency (CRCT) – Retest Criterion Referenced Competency Modified (CRCT-M) – Retest
Grades 1, 3, and 5 Grades 1, 3, and 5 Grades K – 5 Grade 5 Grade 3 Grades 3 – 5 Grades 3 – 5 Grades 3 and 5 Grades 3 and 5
Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grade 8 Writing Assessment Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) Criterion Referenced Competency Test Modified (CRCT-M) Georgia End of Course Test (designated high school courses) Criterion Referenced Competency (CRCT) – Retest Criterion Referenced Competency Modified (CRCT-M) – Retest
Grade 7 Grades 7 Grades 6 – 8 Grade 8 Grades 6 – 8 Grades 6 – 8 Grade 8 Grade 8 Grade 8
Middle School Testing Dates Oct. 7 – 11, 2013 Oct. 15 – 25, 2013 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 Jan. 22 – 23, 2014 Apr. 15 – 24, 2014 Apr. 15 – 21, 2014 May 7, 2014 May 19 – 21, 2014 May 19 – 21, 2014
High School Testing Dates Aug. 19 – 23, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 9 – 13, 2013 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 - 12 Sept. 16 – 20, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 25 – 26, 2013 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Main Administration Grade 11 Oct. 15 – 18, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Oct. 16, 2013 PSAT Grade 9 - 11 Nov. 11 – 15, 2013 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 – 12 Nov. 18 – 22, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Dec. 9 – 16, 2013 End of Course Test (EOCT) Winter Administration Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 21 – Mar. 4, 2014 ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 21 – 24, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 10 – 14, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month/Retest Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 26 – 27, 2014 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Retest Grade 11 Mar. 10 – 14, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Mar. 17 – 21, 2014 Georgia High School Graduation Test (GHSGT) Main Administration Grades 11 – 12 May 5 – 12, 2014 End of Course Test (EOCT) Spring Administration Grades 9 – 12 Local Schools will communicate testing dates within administration windows. Contact your local school with questions. This calendar is produced by DeKalb County School District’s Department of Research, Assessment, and Grants.
2013-14 Testing Calendar
May 5 – 16, 2014 Jun. 23 -24, 2014 Jul. 14 – 18, 2014
Advanced Placement (AP) Exams End of Course Test (EOCT) Summer/Retest Administration Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest
AP Students Grades 9 – 12 Grades 11 -12
_________________________________________________________________________________
Local Schools will communicate testing dates within administration windows. Contact your local school with questions. This calendar is produced by DeKalb County School District’s Department of Research, Assessment, and Grants.
ATTACHMENT A: NO SUBMITTAL RESPONSE FORM RFP Number: 14-752-003 DCSD Project No.: 122-422 Title: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement If your company will not be submitting a proposal in response to this Request for Proposal, please complete this form and return or fax, prior to the RFP due date established within to: DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”) Sam A. Moss Service Center Procurement Services Attention: Mrs. Belinda Quillet, Procurement Specialist 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084-6705 Fax (678) 676-1475 This information will assist Procurement Services in the preparation of future RFP’s. Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ Contact: ____________________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________________ Telephone: _________________________________ Fax: ____________________________ Email:_______________________________________________________________________ Please check reason for a “no submittal.” _____
Specifications ‘too tight,” geared toward one brand or manufacturer (explain below)
_____
Insufficient time to respond
_____
Specifications unclear (explain below)
_____
We do not offer this product/service or an equivalent
_____
Our product schedule does not permit us to perform
_____
Unable to meet specifications
_____
Unable to meet bond requirements
_____
Unable to hold prices respondent throughout the term of the contract period
_____
Unable to meet insurance requirements
_____
Other________________________________________________________________
Explanation:__________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ If submitting this form, only this form needs to be returned.
ATTACHMENT B: ARCHITECT’S CHECKLIST AND CERTIFICATION The undersigned, hereby acknowledges having received Request for Proposal (RFP) No. 14-752-003 for Project No. 122-422, Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting & Emergency Generator Replacement containing a full set of documents: Owner’s Information and Criteria for Design and Construction: Appendix A: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements (SCL >$2M) (11 pages) Appendix B: DCSD Middle School Educational Specifications issued February 15, 2013 (82 pages) Appendix C: DCSD 2020 Vision Design Program & Guidelines issued July 22, 2013 (87 pages) Appendix D: Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (67 pages) Appendix E: Aerial Image (1 page) Appendix F: Floor Plan (1 page) Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule (2 pages) Appendix H: Sample Contract - Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (28 pages) Appendix I: 2013-2014 School Calendar and Testing Schedule (3 pages)
Owner’s Standard Forms: Attachment A: No Submittal Response Form (1 page) Attachment B: Architect’s RFP Checklist (1 page) Attachment C: Design Fee Form (6 pages) Attachment D: Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form (1 page) Attachment E: Form of Consent to Release Information (1 page) Attachment F Proposal Delivery Label (1 page)
Include with Proposal N/A YES Separate Sealed Envelope YES YES Affix to Exterior of Package
CHECK BOX TO CONFIRM INCLUSION
Indicate Addenda(s) Nos. ___________________________________ received (none unless indicated here). The Architect is responsible for reading and understanding all sections of this RFP, and affirms that the Architect shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this RFP. Further, the undersigned, being duly sworn, states on oath that no disclosures of ownership have been withheld from the Board, that the information provided herein is current, and Architect and its officers and employees have not entered into any agreement with any other Architect or prospective Architect or with any other person, firm or corporation relating to any prices or other terms named in this RFP or any other RFP, nor has it entered into any agreement or arrangement under which a person, firm or corporation is to refrain from responding to this RFP. Name of Architect: _________________________________________________________ Signature:
____________________________
Printed Name:
____________________________
Title:
____________________________
Date:
____________________________
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ___ day of _______________, 2_____. Notary Public: _____________________________ My commission expires: __/__/__. (SEAL) THE DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY AND ALL PROPOSALS AND TO WAIVE INFORMALITIES.
ATTACHMENT C: DESIGN FEE PROPOSAL FORM Project Name:
A/E Services for HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement at Miller Grove Middle School Project No.: 122-422 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
DeKalb County Board of Education Sam A. Moss Service Center 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084 Gentlemen: In compliance with your Advertisement for Sealed Proposals and the Request for Proposal, the undersigned Architect, ____________________________________________, [legal name of Architect] ____________________________________________ ____________________________________________, [address of Architect] ____________________________________________, [telephone number of Architect] ______________________________________________________ [federal taxpayer identification number] having carefully examined the site of the Project and the Owner’s Criteria, and having carefully examined the proposed form of Contract For Fixed Price Design And Construction Services (“Agreement”) and the Owner’s standard forms and other documents included in the Request for Proposals and any Addenda thereto, and having carefully examined the Representative Quality School referenced in the Request for Proposals, for DCSD Project No. 122-422 A/E Services for HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement at Miller Grove Middle School proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to enter into a contract with the Owner in the exact form provided in the Request for Proposal and to perform the Design Services and the Work including all services, supervision, labor, equipment and material in conformance with the Contract Documents, in the time stated therein, for the Contract Price set forth below, and submits the following proposed compensations and fees and other matters set forth below: a.
DCSD has determined that the maximum stipulated fee the Architect will receive for this project scope will be $384,000. This fee is all inclusive and incorporates all reimbursable expenses for this project. No fee amount will be added or subtracted simply due to variations between the Stated Cost Limitation and the Contractor’s final contract value of more or less than 25% for this project.
b.
Below provide your proposed breakdown of the stated fee with the milestones provided for Project No. 122-422:
10.2013
1
Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 2 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
A. Preliminary Consultation/Examination Report
$___________________
B. Schematic Design Phase $___________________ Provide three (3) potential schemes Provide schematic design drawings per Appendix A Provide project specifications per Appendix A Provide cost estimate per Appendix A Space and functional program per Appendix A Life cycle analysis Other items identified in Appendix A C.
Design Development Phase $___________________ Provide design development drawings per Appendix A Provide project specifications per Appendix A Provide detailed cost estimate per Appendix A Geotechnical & surveys per Appendix A Final life cycle analysis Submittal to GaDOE Other items identified in Appendix A D. Construction Document Phase: 30% complete CD phase 30% complete drawings Detailed specification manual Detailed cost estimate
$___________________
80% complete CD phase Design documents per Appendix A Detailed specification manual Detailed cost estimate Fire Marshall review Submittal to GaDOE
$___________________
100% Complete CD Phase Design documents per Appendix A Detailed specification manual Submittal for permitting Fire Marshall review Submittal to GaDOE
$___________________
E. Construction Administration (Minimum of 20% of fee required) $____________________
10.2013
G. Reimbursable Expenses
$ Included in Fee
TOTAL LUMP SUM (for 122-422)
$____________________
2
Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 3 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
c.
The hourly rates as required in Section 11.2. of the Agreement (Appendix H) in the following manner are indicated below. (These hourly rates will be added to the contract for this project): Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical: Estimator: Scheduler: Designer: CADD: Others as appropriate
d.
Hourly Rate $ 210 per hour $ 155 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 100 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 50 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 65 per hour $ per hour
The hourly rates as required in Section 11.2. of the Agreement (Appendix H) in the following manner are indicated below. (These hourly rates will be added to the contract for this project): Title/Position Principal: Director: Project Architect: Project Manager: Project Coordinator: Interior Designer: Project Captain: Technical Staff: Contract Administrator: Clerical: Estimator: Scheduler: Designer: CADD: Others as appropriate
e.
Hourly Rate $ 210 per hour $ 155 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 100 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 110 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 50 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 90 per hour $ 85 per hour $ 65 per hour $ per hour
The undersigned Architect hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: [insert the number and date of each Addendum; if none, insert "None"] __________________________________________________________________
f.
10.2013
The Architect understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any technicalities or informalities.
3
Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 4 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
g.
The Architect agrees that this Proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals.
h.
The undersigned Architect agrees that if it is notified in writing by mail, telegraph, facsimile or handdelivery of the acceptance of this Proposal, via Notice of Award or otherwise, within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals, the undersigned Architect will execute, within three (3) business days of the date of the notice, a contract for the Design Services and the Work in accordance with the Request for Proposal in the exact form provided therein for the Contract Price as agreed upon by the Owner and Architect.
i.
The undersigned Architect agrees to commence the Design Services under the Owner’s form of contract after its receipt of a written Notice to Proceed from the Owner.
By submission of the Proposal, Architect represents and warrants that: (a) Architect has read and understands the Proposal Documents and the Proposal is made in accordance therewith; (b) Architect has read and understands the bidding or proposal documents or contract documents for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid or offered concurrently or presently under construction, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Design Services or the Work for which the Proposal is submitted; (c) Architect has visited, examined and inspected the site of the Project, obtained first-hand knowledge of existing conditions, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the products needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work to be done under the Contract, and become thoroughly familiar with all conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated all the Architect’s personal observations and any other facts or conditions that are known to or reasonably knowable by the Architect with the requirements of the Proposal Documents, including without limitation the proposed Contract Documents; (d) the Proposal is based upon furnishing all of the Design Services and the Work, and other things required by the Proposal Documents; and (e) all facts stated in the Proposal are true and correct.
10.2013
4
Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 5 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently, without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal. Respectfully submitted, ______________________________________ [typed name of Architect] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Architect] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution] [If the Architect is a joint venture, utilize the following page of this proposal form for signatures.]
10.2013
5
Project Name: Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting, Emergency Generator Replacement RFP No. 14-752-003 DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 122-422 Page 6 of 6 RFP Date: January 8, 2014
By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently, without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal. Respectfully submitted ________________________________________________________, [typed name of Joint Venture] By: _________________________________ [typed name of Joint Venture partner] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Joint Venture partner] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution]
By: __________________________________ [typed name of Joint Venture partner] By: __________________________________[seal] [signature] __________________________________________ [typed name and title] __________________________________________ [address of Joint Venture partner] (_____)____________________________________ [business telephone number] __________________________________________ [date of execution]
10.2013
6
ATTACHMENT D: CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE FORM I HEREBY CERTIFY that 1. I,________________________________________________ (Printed Name) am the_________________________ ____________________________________ (Title) and the duly authorized Representative of the firm of (Firm Name) ________________________________________________________________________________whose address is ______________________________________________________________________________________________ and that I possess the legal authority to make this affidavit on behalf of myself and the firm for which I am acting; And, 2.
Except as listed below, no employee, officer, or agent of the firm have any conflicts of interest, real or apparent, due to ownership, other clients, contracts, or interests associated with the DeKalb County School System; and,
3.
This request for qualification is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a qualification for the same services, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
EXCEPTIONS (Please List)
Signature:
__________________________________________________________
Printed Name:
__________________________________________________________
Firm Name:
__________________________________________________________
Date:
__________________________________________________________
Sworn to and described before me this ___________ day of _______________________ 2013 Personally known:
_____________________________________________________
OR Produced identification: _____________________________________________________ Type of Identification:
_____________________________________________________
Notary Public - State of
_____________________________________________________
My Commission Expires:
_____________________________________________________
Affix Seal Here:
ATTACHMENT E: CONSENT TO RELEASE INFORMATION The undersigned, having submitted a competitive sealed Proposal to the DeKalb County Board of Education in respect of a local government entity public works construction project (or being a partner in a joint venture that has submitted such proposal), hereby authorizes any person or entity having in its possession, custody or control any information regarding the undersigned to fully disclose and make available such information to the DeKalb County Board of Education, its agents, attorneys and other representatives.
This ______ day of _______________________, 20_____.
_____________________________________________________ [Printed name of person or entity consenting to release of information]
By: ___________________________________
Printed name: ___________________________
Printed Title: ____________________________
10.2013
ATTACHMENT F: PROPOSAL DELIVERY LABEL
DELIVER TO: DeKalb County Board of Education Attn: Stephen M. Wilkins, Chief Operations Officer 1780 Montreal Road Tucker, Georgia 30084
SEALED PROPOSAL – DO NOT OPEN
RFP No:
14-752-003
RFP Title:
A/E Services for Miller Grove MS HVAC, Ceiling, Lighting and Emergency Generator Replacement
Project No.
122-422
Due Date/ Time:
January 8, 2014 no later than 11:00 AM
Submitted by: ______________________________________________________________________